Published on BigCloset TopShelf (https://bigclosetr.us/topshelf)

Home > Cleo Kraft

Cleo Kraft

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Organizational: 

  • Author Page

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)
Cleo Kraft

Apart of Me Together

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Adult Oriented (r21/a)

Genre: 

  • Transgender

Character Age: 

  • Mature / Thirty+

Other Keywords: 

  • Island

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Apart of Me Together
by Cleo Kraft

Part One: Island of Fun and Wonder

Chapter One

I woke up on my side with my head all a daze from last night's
activities. I felt a man's arm wrapped over my narrow waist and
I heard him softly breathing as he slept contentedly beside me.
One of his legs was tucked in between mine, his other leg pressed
down on top of the other. My eyes gazed at the mass
of my long auburn hair splayed out across my pillow.

I vaguely remembered stepping into the mind transferrance booth
just after dinner last night and seeing a bright flash of white
light. A moment later I found myself in the body of a beautiful
young woman. A clone, as I was told by the mad scientist who did
this to me. A cloned woman without a consciousness of her own
until my own mind was placed in hers.

My old male body was left with a copy of my mind and in this way
I was swept off my feet and carried off to a guest room here and
made love to multiple times.

We were the perfect couple, Dr. Hallins assured us. A matched
set designed for ultimate love. Indeed my old male body informed
me many times after sex that he truly loved me and would love and care for me always and forever after.

When he held me in his arms I looked up to him like a contented
little kitten, grateful to be held and loved and handled by her
master.

I felt a moment of panic set in, realizing at last the terrible
mixup that I'd gotten myself into. It was an interesting
experiment but having to spend the rest of my life in the
body of the opposite sex was a frightening proposition. I
wondered if this switch up could somehow be undone.

Tom was waking up now. I heard him yawn and felt his hand feel
up my bare side and cup my left breast. I chuckled nervously
and turned my head towards him. "Come on, now, you. Let's not
start that again. I think I've created a monster," I said trying
my best to stop him from getting excited all over again for me.

I reached up and gently pushed his arm aside but his legs were
still entwined in mine and I felt him rubbing them up and down.

He kissed me on the neck and I felt him breathing heavily in
my ear.

"We need to change back to normal," I informed him.

"The Doctor made you for me, my dear," he reminded me gently
stroking the side of my cheek with the back of his hand. "Let
us not forget this was a most special gift. Oh, if only I were
in your place, the things I would do right now."

"This is too weird," I complained. "Fun is fun but we can't
stay like this. I was game to try the Doctor's little
experiment last night but I never intended it to be for more
than a day."

He pulled his legs off me and rolled me onto my back. He climbed
over me and gazed down on his hands and knees. I laughed
nervously and felt myself blush all over again as I had the
first time we made love.

"You love this, remember? You told me you did. You said it with
your own lips last night over and over again to me," he said
grinning.

He leaned in for a kiss and I giggled myself out of it in a
hurry.

"You're going to get me pregnant if you keep doing this," I
cautioned him.

"That's more or less the idea, though, isn't it?" he stated
with a telling smirk.

I swung my legs close together, determined to stop the mad
man from taking advantage of me again. Last night I was willing
but this morning I was having my doubts.

He glanced at my closed legs and raised a brow. "You're just
playing hard to get, now, aren't you?" he noted.

I bit my lower lip a little and stifled back a giggle.

"Come on, now, Tom," I said. "This isn't funny anymore. I'm no
longer amused by it."

"Just once more," he promised. "Just to work off the morning
wood. Don't be such a tease. We both share the same mind so
you must know what I'm going through right now. Imagine waking
up beside a beautiful woman. Wouldn't you be doing the same
as I?"

He clamped his hands down over my wrists, pinning them above
my head. I laughed nervous as ever. "Stop that, you. I never
agreed to be your love slave."

"You're my girlfriend now," he reminded me.

"That was for last night though. Come on, now, I'm serious
here, Tom. It isn't funny anymore. You're scaring me," I
said feeling helpless and at his mercy.

He angrily threw my pink bathrobe at me. "Get dressed then.
If you won't have me then I think we need to inform Dr. Hallins."

He climbed off me and got out of bed and began getting
dressed.

"Please don't be mad at me," I said sitting up and pulling
the bathrobe on. "We both know this is more than kind of
silly."

"Silly? You didn't seem to think so last night," he reminded
me.

"Well it's weird, okay? That's all I'm saying. It's just
weird."

"You've been given a gift. We both have. It's wonderful what's
happened. You may not see that but I do. I appreciate what
the Doctor's done for us - to us."

"Don't be ridiculous. I can't go on being my own girlfriend.
It's unnatural," I complained swinging my legs over the side
of the bed and sliding down to the floor on my feet.

I tied up my bathrobe and walked over to the door and opened
it.

Tom finished getting dressed and followed after me as we both
headed downstairs to breakfast.

The others were already there seated at the table waiting to
be served.

There was Jack and his newly made girlfriend beside him, then
there was Robert and his girl too and finally there was
Alex and his. The women here were all bright eyed and smiling,
looking around the room with interest and amazement.

I could certainly empathize with them for the kitchen as I
remembered it the night before didn't seem as big as it did
to me now. My shorter body seemed lost in a new world, shrunk
down and placed in the land of giants. The men were all a good
foot or so taller than me and I felt quite intimidated in
their presence.

The cook brought over plates of food for us and Dr. Hallins
sat at the head of the table and greeted us with a little
speech. "I hope you all thoroughly enjoyed yourselves last
night, my friends. I've been meaning to share with you my
invention for quite some time now. I am so glad you all
agreed to undertake the procedure.

"It has long been my desire to create the perfect woman for
every man. With my invention I hope to continue to do so for
quite some time and bring joy and happiness into the world on
a scale that truly cannot be measured.

"Gentlemen, I have given you each your future brides and
ladies, your future husbands. In the blink of an eye I have
provided each of you with your soul mate. The perfect match.
Each of you and your companions have identical interests, likes and dislikes. The same identity residing happily in your
partner's body.

"Ladies, you have been given new bodies to explore and a truly
remarkable new insight into the life of the opposite sex. I
urge you to be good to your life mates. Enjoy a more...
submissive role, if you will.

"Gentlemen, you must always be conscious of what your new
girlfriends are going through. Their minds are a copy of yours
after all. They were the original occupants of your bodies and
as such require the love and care and attention that they so
well deserve. Treat them right and they will treat you right
but... take charge of them. Romance them and serve as their
provider, guardian and keeper. Care for your better half and
may your love last forever.

"I have welcomed you each to my little island here in special
invitation to test out my invention for the first time on
humans. Your boat will be sailing away first thing tomorrow
morning. In the meanwhile I urge you each to explore my island
paradise and be my guests here another night."

He raised his glass in a toast and all the men around the
table raised theirs and clinked them together. The women and
I sat mesmerized by the entire affair. None of us had been
prepared to remain this way in female bodies.

"You're not changing us back?" Jack's brunette girlfriend
asked, her mouth agasp in shock.

Dr. Hallins smiled at her and said,"It is too delicate a
procedure, my dear. The mind can only be transferred into
the blank mind of a cloned body at present. There simply
isn't enough room for you back in the head of your boyfriend's
body. It was always ever a one way trip but do not be alarmed.
You have been given a new life to live in a wonderful new
female body.

"In time your female hormones will mold in you each a unique
female persona. Your minds, though having once been male,
will take on more feminine qualities. It will be an exciting,
new interesting journey for you ladies, I'm sure. Do not be
afraid. Things will all work out for the better, you'll see."

Jack's girlfriend's eyes watered up as she gazed up at him
sad and confused at her loss.

Robert's girlfriend had had enough of this fiasco and stood
up and threw her napkin down. "You can't keep us stuck like
this!" she hollared in contempt.

"It's unnatural!" Alex's girlfriend added shoving her plate
of food away.

"What right do you have to do this to us?" I asked but one
by one the men covered up our mouths with their hands to
keep us quiet and smiled at our host in embarrassment.

"Girls, girls," Dr. Hallins said with a chuckle. "Ladies,
please. You have been given a most wonderful gift, each of
you. I haven't intented for this to be a stressful experience
nor have I ever intended for you each to feel as though I've
trapped you in an unpleasant situation."

The men slowly withdrew their hands away from our mouths now
and the Doctor continued,"You have each moved over to the
other side of the gender fence to accompany your former male
bodies as future brides to be. I'm sorry if I didn't make that
perfectly clear last night to you each but this was always my
intention right from the start.

"You may not appreciate it now but you are each perfect matches
to your former half. Four men arrived on my island yesterday
and four will return home again, each with a lovely new girl
at their side. You girls can no more return to ever being a
man again, now, than I could coax a kitten into barking like
a dog."

"Why don't you clone up some male bodies for us to transfer
into then?" Jack's girlfriend suggested hopefully.

Hallins laughed a hearty laugh at that. "Oh no, my dear, I
can not easily clone up a male body for you overnight. It takes
time and patience to build a clone and without always any
guarantee of absolute success. It would take many long years for me to prepare such a thing as that.

"I suggest you each determine what your female names will be.
Perhaps your boyfriends can help you in this matter. In the
meanwhile feel free to select whatever outfits you wish from
my store rooms. My servants will be more than happy to assist
you in the matter. Afterwards perhaps a breath of fresh air
would do you all some good. There are plenty of trails on my
island for you to stretch out your legs and enjoy the comforts
of nature.

"While you new love birds are busy doing that I will be busy
working in my lab downstairs and tending personally to my
rose garden. In a way, ladies, you are each a treasure to
me as certainly as one of my flowers. More than that, you are
like daughters to me. I only want what's best for my sweet
little angels."

"See? Listen to your father," Jack said to his girlfriend who
elbowed him roughly in the ribs for it.

We finished our breakfast and the other girls and I were pretty
bitter about what had been decided for our fate. The butler and
maid showed us to the store rooms where plenty of skirts,
dresses and other outfits had been gathered ahead of time for our benefit.

In the end we all decided to wear one piece women's swimsuits
and sandals. Then we gathered out front on the lawn where our
boyfriends lathered up our exposed skin with suntan lotion
before our planned hike through the jungle.

I could see the look of humiliation on the other girl's
faces as their former bodies rubbed suntan lotion over their
legs. I felt pretty humiliated myself but there wasn't anything
I could do about it. I was stuck this way with no way to undo
this awful mixup.

Each girl had a different look. Jack's girlfriend was a pretty
brunette in a light pink one-piece swimsuit with her hair done up in a ponytail. Robert's girl was a redhead with shy little
green eyes and wore an aquamarine number with her straight
long hair dangling down her back. Alex's girl had light brown
hair and pretty blue eyes and she wore a pink swimsuit with
her hair done up in a pigtail.

I was the blue eyed, auburn haired girl. I wore a white
swimsuit and hadn't yet figured out how to do my hair in
a pigtail or ponytail so it just dangled over my shoulders.

Tom looked like he was certainly enjoying himself as he rubbed
more lotion on my legs and feet. My nipples seemed to have a
mind all their own and were all stiff and tingly in my bathing
suit.

"Jessica?" he suggested for a name for me.

"No," I sharply replied with a frown.

"Amy?"

"No."

"Gretchen?"

"No way."

"Well what then? I can't just keep saying 'hey you' to you," he
said annoyed at my refusal to accept this.

"I'm not letting you give me a girl's name. I'll do it myself,
okay? I don't need your help," I insisted.

"Catherine," Dr. Hallins said poking his head out the open
window to check up on us. "Or Kate for short."

I scowled up at him and shook my head no.

"Oh come on," Tom said. "Kate's a nice name for you. You look
like a Kate, don't you think?"

"Fine," I grumped crossing my arms beneith my breasts in
a huff. "I guess I'm Kate then."

"Splendid!" Hallins agreed with a hearty wave.

I watched him vanish back into the mansion to go do whatever
it is mad scientists must do after screwing up people's lives
forever.

So I was Kate now, a name given to me by my so-called father.

"That's enough with the legs already," I said growing even more
short tempered than before. "Do my arms or something."

"It's not as much fun," Tom countered and I frowned at him.

"Do my arms, you pervert," I snapped. "Or let me do them
myself."

He reluctantly switched over to rubbing suntan lotion on my
hands and arms instead.

After about ten minutes the men stopped lotioning up their
girls and began quickly lotioning up themselves.

All the men wore swimming trunks and were barefoot and topless.
Tom suggested I could go topless myself but I stomped on his
foot good to show him he wasn't being funny.

I stood up to start on the hike. The other couples had already
gone off ahead of us by now and left us alone.

Tom's eyes widened in amusement and he pointed at my
crotch and exclaimed,"Camel toe!"

I glanced down to have a look for myself and blushed as I tugged my bathing suit downward to correct the matter in a
hurry.

"That isn't funny, Tom," I said and he grabbed hold of my hand
in his. I just looked at it and gazed up at him with an open
mouthed expression.

"Oh come on," he said. "We're boyfriend and girlfriend, remember? Let's at least try to behave like it."

"Standing next to you I feel like a little kid," I complained.

"You are a bit short, aren't you? Oh but I like it. Short and
sweet, pretty and petite," he offered.

I glanced down at my one-piece white bathing suit and flopped
my free arm loosely at my side. "Wearing this I feel like I'm
one of those gymnast girls."

"No you're not," he said trying to comfort me. "You've got
bigger breasts than any of them."

Maybe by a cup size at best, I thought shrugging off the awful
illusion running through my head.

He suddenly lifted me up and set me down on his shoulders for
a piggyback ride. It was so ridiculous I burst out laughing.

"Come on," I pleaded as he walked up the little sandy trail
into the jungle. "Stop it already. I'm not a little kid."

He ignored my pleas and kept right on hiking. His hands held
firmly onto my smooth soft calves and I felt every little
bounce in his step as he walked along.

"You'd better not drop me," I warned feeling his hands slip
a little from time to time on my lotioned skin.

He made a sudden left turn and headed down another path away
from where I'd seen the others going.

"Okay, mister, just where do you think you're taking me?" I
asked.

"You'll see," he said and pretty soon it became obvious he
was taking me down to the beach for a swim or something.

Chapter Two

Tom carried me into the ocean until he was waist high in the
surf. Waves crashed around us and then suddenly he lifted me
up off his shoulders and tossed me in like a rag doll. I was
pissed!

I came up gasping for air and he quickly scooped me up in his
arms and held me there, laughing down at me from above.

I spit out salt water and rubbed the sea from my eyes. My sopping wet hair hung heavily on my head, the ends clumped together in little soaking wet ropes here and there. "You moron, you got my hair wet," I complained wondering how long it would take to dry it all off again.

He lifted me up and planted a loving kiss on my lips to shut
me up. Then he tickled my ribs until I was laughing hysterically and begging him to let me go.

Finally he released me and I swam a few yards away from him
to get away.

He followed me of course and grabbed my left foot and pulled
me back to him until I was floating on my back with both legs
straddling his sides. Our crotches were pressed together and
I could feel his manly lump in his swimming trunks nestled
against my pussy. I felt it through the slick wet material
of my one-piece swimsuit. That had been my cock before of
course, a thing I was still having trouble fathoming.

He playfully gave my forehead a shove, dunking my head
underwater. I came back up spitting out water and gasping
for air. He could have easily drowned me if he wanted but
I knew he was only playing.

"Come on, Tom. Cut it out already," I begged but he splashed
water in my face and laughed at how helpless I was to stop
him. "Pick on somebody your own size why don't you?"

I splashed him back and then we were suddenly engaged in
a nasty splash fight. He tickled my ribs again until I begged
him to stop. "Hee-hee-hee-hee-hee! Stop that! Stop it
already," I cried laughing to tears.

"Okay then," he said reaching behind my back and lifting me
up until our bodies pressed together.

I glanced up at him smiling as he carried me out of the water
and gently laid me down on dry sand. I felt it all cake up
beneith my sopping wet body.

He laid down beside me resting on his elbow with his chin
propped up on his hand. He eyed me with amused consideration
and I wondered what he was going to do to torment me next.

"I like that you're a girl," he informed me. "I like this.
I think we're going to have all kinds of fun together, you
and I."

I glanced down at my breasts which he'd been looking at with
interest. "I... I can't help it that I'm a girl now," I said
trying to get him off my case already.

"Exactly," he said. "You don't know how much that turns me
on. If I asked you sometime, would you marry me?"

"Hold on there a sec, buddy-boy," I said propping myself up
on my elbows beneith me. "If I have to be stuck like this I'm
not so sure it's a good idea you and I hook up like that."

"Why not? It'd be perfect."

"Why?" I asked thinking about it for a moment before
continuing. "Well for one thing it's a little weird, me having
my old male body leering at me all the time."

"Oh you liked the sex last night and you know it," he
reminded me.

How could I forget it? It was about the best thing I'd ever
experienced in my life.

"Yeah," I said letting a smile escape my lips. "Okay so you've
got a point there but it's still weird, okay?"

He reached over and pulled my shoulder straps down and yanked
my bathing suit down to my waist exposing my breasts.

Before I could do anything about it he stuck his face over
my left breast and began sucking away at my nipple.

I laughed and pushed him away. "Cut that out, it tickles."

"It tickles?" he asked surprised to hear it. "Really?"

"Yes, really."

He reached over and began playing with my nipple with his
fingers. "Does this tickle too?"

"Not exactly," I said watching my nipples stiffen up in
excitement as wonderful little tingles shot from there to
somewhere in my crotch. "Only when you're rough so just stop
being rough around there, okay? And let's, umm..., let's save
this for later, okay?"

I pulled my swimsuit back on all the way and saw the hurt look
in his eyes. "I thought maybe we could do it right here."

"Here? Are you kidding me? With all this sand?" I asked
and laughed at the notion. "Maybe you don't get the physics of
it yet but I imagine it's pretty painful getting sand in certain places."

I glanced at my bare feet and muttered a curse. I'd lost my
sandals in the water somehow when Tom tossed me in.

"Sorry about your shoes," he said with a shrug. "I think you
look cuter barefoot anyhow."

"We're wasting too much time," I complained. "We should be
trying to figure out a way to switch me back again."

"Hallins said it's not possible," Tom reminded me.

"Yeah? Well I think he knows he can swap me back. He just
doesn't want to, that's all."

Tom rubbed his chin a little as he thought about that.

"It is possible he's lying," he agreed.

"Well DUH! Of course he's lying. If he can transfer a human
mind at all don't you think he could transfer it back?"

"He said that you'd need a clone body with a blank mind to
do that though."

"That's what he wants us to believe," I said insistant on
figuring out a way out of this mess. "But we've got the same
mind, you and I. He says there's no room for me back in your
head - my head, but what difference would it make? We're the
same guy."

"Maybe he could wipe my mind out first and then transfer you
back," Tom suggested. "Hmmm... I don't know though. That would
be like dying, wouldn't it? I mean, I wouldn't be around
anymore."

"Not around? What in the world are you talking about, you're
ME, remember?"

"We'll look into it, okay?" Tom assured me. "But you have to
have sex with me again..."

He counted it up on his fingers and said,"Three times."

I rolled my eyes at him. "Oh brother."

We walked back to the mansion hand in hand together. Tom still
wanted to go swimming and since there was a large pool in the
backyard he suggested we go there.

We hosed off all the sand from our bodies with a garden hose
and dove in the deep end.

Tom swam with me to the shallow end and he sat me down in
his lap facing away from him. He wrapped his arms about my
narrow waist. My smooth little legs rested atop his large hairy
ones and I was once again reminded just how much smaller
I was compared to Tom.

He ocassionally gave me gentle kisses behind the ear as he
hugged me close.

"This is really, really weird, you know," I said wondering when
he'd ever let me go. It seemed like he was happy as can be with
me sitting there in his lap with his arms protectively wrapped
about my waist.

"I don't know why you keep saying that," he said annoyed
a little by it. "The way you were moaning in pleasure last
night you'd think you'd want to stay that way."

"Yeah well at least you don't have to get weirded out by your
old body making love to you," I pointed out.

He chuckled. "Are you trying to tell me you don't find me
attractive?"

I sighed. "Look, Tom, I don't know. My body certainly knows
what it likes in the sack. My mind on the other hand's trying
to cope with the idea of having a man make love to me and in
my own body."

"Not your body anymore," he reminded me and began wrapping
his finger round and round my hair and unravelling it again
only to start anew. "You should stay as a woman."

"To be your girlfriend so you can have sex with me whenever
you want?"

"That's part of it, sure," he agreed. "But think of the
opportunity you have. You get to know what it's like having
been a man and now a woman. You know the secrets of both
sexes."

"Really, Tom, it's no big deal."

"No? Then why not stay that way?"

"You'd like that, wouldn't you?"

He kissed me on the neck and whispered,"I love you."

I hadn't been able to say it back to him even once so far
though he continued to wear my patience thin with his
I-love-you's.

I squirmed away from the kiss. "Come off it, Tom. You're
starting to worry me."

"But I do," he insisted. "I do love you very much. I don't
know what it is. Maybe the fact that a part of me is trapped
in that pretty little body of yours. Maybe it's just that I
think you're hot. Either way it really, really turns me on."

I craned my neck around to try and look up at him but I
couldn't quite get a clear view of his face. I only saw it
out of the corner of my eye. "I thought so too at first, you
know, but last night was last night. Let's just leave it at
that. We both were trying out something new - well I was
anyway. How long can we keep up this charade?"

"As long as you like."

"Are you serious? I don't know the first thing about how I'm
supposed to act like a girl."

"You'll learn."

"Okay and supposing I do learn? What then? Should I just give
up and go along with this because that mad scientist wants us
together like this? Together and apart."

He laughed at that. "That's a good one. 'Together apart.'
I like that. That's what we are, aren't we? Two minds of the
same body now seperated by gender. You as a woman and me as
a man. Girlfriend and boyfriend, together apart. You know,
I think that's pretty special. You and I and the other guests
have got really unique relationships compared to anyone else
on the planet."

"Yeah but it's not natural."

"No but it's fun and you know it."

Maybe it was a little fun being in this situation. I certainly
enjoyed the sex last night but I never thought this was going
to be a permanent transference.

We stayed together like that in the pool for a long while and
afterwards we got out and dried off in the warm morning sun.

The servants seemed to know exactly what had happened to the
guests last night. The maid excused herself from her duties
and hurried to find Tom and I sitting on a bench in the
garden. She had a little camera with her and asked for us
to stand and pose a kiss.

"No, no. Not like that," the maid said. "Up on your tiptoes.
That's right. Oh my but how cute you look."

Tom kissed me on the lips and I gazed at the maid out of the
corner of my eye as she took our picture.

"Just one more with you sitting on his lap," the maid
suggested. "No, no. Facing him for another kiss."

Tom sat on the bench and I swiveled around on his lap with
my legs straddling his. Tom kissed me as she took our picture,
then she walked around to the side of us and quickly snapped
up another.

She walked up to me and playfully wriggled my cheek and gave
it a pat as though I were just a little child. "Impossible,"
she muttered to herself with a grin. "Just plain impossible
but I like it. You two have fun now, okay?"

Tom was absolutely enthralled over it. "See?" he asked lifting
my chin up to make me look into his deep blue eyes. "Even the maid likes you this way, Kate. You're a pretty good little
play actor there."

I couldn't help but try to suppress a grin. "Well... it is fun
to play."

"It is. It is," Tom agreed kissing me on the lips once more.
"Think of it as a fun little game we're playing together. You
get to be my girlfriend and I'm your loving boyfriend. Now you
don't really want to change back into a man, do you? Come on.
You can't honestlly tell me you're not enjoying every little
minute of this."

I bashfully let another grin escape my lips as I shyly glanced
down at my curvacious body still encased in my one-piece
swimsuit. "Well... it is a little fun."

"Of course it is. Of course it is," he said lifting up my
chin again for another quick little kiss on the lips. "You
have a nice body that I know you like. I like it too. You wear
it well, now, don't you? You're just too ashamed to admit it,
my little honey bunny. Being a girl suits you, doesn't it?
It's the best, right?"

I let out a shrug and felt myself grinning in response but I
was too speechless to say a word. He was trying to get me to
admit I liked being a woman now and I was starting to realize
he was right.

Of course I still felt like my old life had been stolen from
me but only one of us could be Tom Venton after all. If the
only way for me to change back to normal was to have his mind
wiped for another mind transfer from my head to his he'd be
pretty much killed. Even if he was only a copy of me I'd feel
kind of guilty about having him erased. It was all too
confusing and frustrating. There had to be a better way for
me to get back to normal without hurting poor Tom.

"If you say so," I finally agreed though a bit under my voice.

"That's right," he said satisfied at having gotten me to
go along with this. "You just leave things to me. I'll be in
charge from now on, all right? Katey are you listening to me?
I'm the one in charge now, okay?"

I shrugged. "If that makes you happy," I said feeling my head
drop only to have it raised back up again by the chin.

He made me look deep into his eyes for a few long moments.

"It makes me very happy," he said rubbing his hands up and down
my smooth thighs. "You and I have a special connection, don't
we? We know each other's way of thinking. I've known for years
that I was always curious what it would be like to be a woman.
You know that. You've wanted this too, for a long, long time.
We both have but only one of us got to have that wish come
true and that's you, Kate."

"I know but-"

He placed his finger over my lips to hush me. "Shhh... It's
what you wanted. You can't tell me you didn't. You don't know
how much I envy you for what you're going through right now
but I'm perfectly happy to be here for you - to be here with
you as your boyfriend."

"Tom, please. I-"

"Hush now," he urged giving me a quick hug and pat on the
back. "I know it must be tough for you to accept things the
way they are now. It must be torture knowing you may never
be a man again. I feel deeply sorry for that but at the same
time I think you and I both know the truth about the way you
feel. The way we both feel.

"The Doctor gave us a gift and set things up so we could have
the most wonderful relationship together. We're the perfect
match, you and I. You know every square inch of my body. You
know what makes me tick and I know you and I'd like to get to
know you even better - the new you that is.

"From the moment you got placed in that wonderful sexy
woman's body last night I knew we'd be the perfect couple
together. You just need time to adjust, that's all. Time
to adjust and accept things the way they are. I wouldn't
ask you to stay a girl if I didn't love you. You know that."

"But Tom..."

He waited for me to say what I had to say but I was too
overcome by my jumble of new female emotions to respond
fully to him right now.

"It'll be fun and you know it," he assured me. "Fun little you.
Fun for both of us. You'll be the greatest girlfriend a guy
like me could ever have. Think about it. We like the same
movies, the same kind of music. We like going to the same
places. We both like long hikes in the mountains. We both
like going fishing and camping and swimming... The list goes
on and on but you know what I'm saying here and you bet your
buttons we both like sex."

"But Tom, I like women," I protested.

"Not anymore you don't," he laughed. "Not after last night
with me you don't. You're the woman now, my sweet. I have it
on pretty good authority that you're attracted to men now -
well... at least to me anyway. You'd spread your legs for me
anytime, now, wouldn't you?"

He tickled my ribs again and made me laugh just like he did
at the beach. "Well... you know..."

"Yes?" he asked waiting.

"Okay so I enjoy sex this way. I admit it. I enjoy having sex
with you, okay? It's a little weird, I know, but I like it."

"Better than as a man?"

I shrugged blushing out a slight grin.

"I knew it," he said triumphantly. "I just knew it. All along
I knew it. What do you like best about it?"

"It's not just one thing, okay? It's lots of things all put
together. I can't tell you what it's like. I'm sorry. It's
just nice, okay?"

"Will you do it with me again? Right now?"

"We could do that I guess," I agreed and he hugged me tightly
about the waist. "Just don't go too crazy this time and maybe
we'd better use protection, just in case."

He shook his head no. "You heard what Hallins said last night.
You can't possibly get pregnant until after your first monthly
period kicks in. Your body's been in stasis for quite awhile
and those nummy, yummy little eggs of yours aren't ready yet to
make you a mommy."

I'd forgotten all about that. My clone body wasn't ready for
ovulation yet. It would take a month or more for all that stuff to finally kick in.

"Okay," I agreed. "Just one thing though..."

"What's that?"

"I know we tried it last night but... I'm not comfortable having your you-know-what in my mouth."

He enjoyed a good laugh about that. "Well okay then. We don't
have to if you don't want to - that's fine. I'll just eat you
out instead."

I grimmaced at the memory of that. It felt weird having myself
penetrated like that, especially by his tongue. I had phantom
memories last night of what my old equipment was like and it
was extremely unnerving having my new personal space invaded in
such a way.

I let him carry me back into the house. The butler grinned as
we passed him by. Tom carried me upstairs to the bedroom and
made no waste of time undressing us both.

Chapter Three

Precisely twenty three minutes later as timed by Tom's
stopwatch he brought me to climax together with him. I didn't
know why he had to go and be so scientific about it this time.

He scribbled something down in his brown leather journal.

"I do believe I think that makes it twelve," he bragged
underlining his entry several times before closing his journal
and setting it back on the nightstand. "Assuming an average of
two-hundred and fifty million sperm per session I'd say I
pumped in at least three billion of the little buggers in you
since last night."

I tried to ignore his remarks. My face felt flush still from
my recent orgasms and my heart was only just now beginning
to slow its rapid beat.

Tom seemed rather proud of his achievement and turned his
attention to other things now as he rolled off me and onto
his back.

"I am wondering about our trip back on the boat tomorrow
morning," he said. "I mean, I've got an identity and passport
and all that but what about you? Maybe we'll have to smuggle
you in the country. Then again maybe the Doctor's got some
I.D. cards for you girls - at least I hope so. It would
certainly make things considerably simpler."

I felt out of place as I glanced down at my nakedness and was
met with the same strangeness I'd seen before. I had a young woman's body which had just been used for pleasuring a man. The slickness in my crotch was something weird like out of a
dream.

My perky breasts just stayed there on me with big achy
nipples. Further reminder that I was a girl. I spied the
empty gap between my legs and let out a puzzled sigh.

After the sex what was there? What was I now? I'd served my
purpose but now what? I was stuck in a world that was strange
and alien to me. If my boyfriend had his way I'd have to
dress up in sexy skirts and pretty dresses for him and be
toted around hand in hand. There would be dating and maybe
even kissing in public for all to see.

He really seemed to like having me sit in his lap. I used
to like it when my girlfriends sat in mine so it was no wonder
he liked the same.

He was really touchy-feelie with me as often as it pleased
him. It was difficult to cope with him feeling up my legs
and groping my breasts all the time. Of course I knew I was
letting him do so for his own benefit. If our situation were
reversed I'd certainly expect the same.

Nevertheless I felt used. He'd used my body and I'd let him.

God help me I'd let him use me and as creepy as it was trying
to get used to having sex with a man I'd thoroughly enjoyed every moment of it. Especially the multiple orgasms afterwards.

I felt like I was his toy or plaything when we had sex. He'd
position me however he liked as though I were just a sex doll
for him to play with. I laid helplessly on my back and let him spread my legs wide and mount me without a word of protest or
complaint.

He'd felt up my body even more so than I had since my
transformation. He could scarcely keep his hands off me and
I was letting him do whatever he wanted because I knew I'd
want that too if I were still a man and had a pretty girlfriend like this.

I felt empty and withdrawn now that we were finished with
our latest round of sex.

My mind was a tangle of confusion. The man in me wanted to
deny what I was letting myself become. My body's favorable
reactions to his gentle touches and caresses puzzled me. I
wondered how much longer I could handle being his girlfriend
before I went crazy.

There was a certain element of fun in what we were doing. Also
a good measure of guilt afterwards.

Tom Alexander Venton had been turned into a woman and was
set to the task of being his own girlfriend while a copy
of himself leisurely masqueraded around in his own body
without a care in the world.

Times were certainly looking up for the new Tom Venton,
that's for sure. A new girlfriend with the ideal mind. Someone
to share life with and identical interests. I was his little
sex bunny to have romps with in bed whenever he wanted.

Oh how I'd enjoyed sex before as a man. I felt a little
envious of Tom as I knew how satisfying the release was
when he climaxed. My own orgasms didn't have the luxury
of total release but instead sent my body spasming out
of control in tumultuous wave after wave of pleasure.
Always afterwards leaving me feel empty and alone and
wanting my personal space given back to me again even for
just a few moments to collect my thoughts.

Then there was the guilt. The nagging guilt which I now
felt overwhelm my mind. I'd just done a disgusting thing.
I'd let a man, my old male body no less, cream in me.

He laughed joyously afterwards of course in pride at what
he'd done and what he made me do with him. That laugh was
ever so embarrassing each and every time I heard it. It was
like he was saying "oh, ho, ho! Look at what I did! Look
at what I did to you!"

I felt myself pouting now as I rolled over on my side and
curled up away from him, not wanting to be touched or held
or handled but at the same time feeling a strange yearning
for a good old fashioned cuddle.

My girl body was beautiful but what was beauty without
appreciation? I wanted to feel wanted, not so desperately
alone and unappreciated. Was a cuddle too much to ask?

I heard him peacefully snoring now beside me.

My breasts got in the way now as I reached an arm across my
chest to brush my long auburn hair out of my eyes.

We had sex twice more before lunch time. Then Tom took a shower and cleaned up. When it was my turn we almost had sex again when he giddily snuck in the shower but I laughed and
shooed him away.

I could always tell when a woman had had sex recently by the
telling glow radiating outward from her smiling face. All the
new women had that glow as we seated ourselves around the
table beside our boyfriends.

Though this morning we'd all protested in being stuck this
way all the women were singing life to a different tune. It
was apparent the repeated sex and attention from their new
boyfriends had turned their minds to mush. Each girl either
held hands with her man or leaned into him lovingly now.

Maybe I was the hold out of the bunch. Tom's hand rested on
my knee but at least I wasn't holding hands with him at the
table or leaning into him like a love sick love bird.

Dr. Hallins made a point to give another little speech as
lunch was served. He was a slime ball of a man if I ever saw
one. His paunchy belly lifted up his red and white checkered
napkin tucked into his collar. His brown hair was greased
back and he had annoying beady little blue eyes.

The kitchen seemed just as remarkably huge and alien to me
as it had when I'd first set eyes on it this morning. All
us tiny little women sitting beside our giant men. Stuck in
a topsy turvy world where furniture and door knobs were ever
strangely taller and the tops of door jams were now out of
reach.

I'd prided myself on my former six foot two inch height
before. Being able to easily reach up and touch most average
ceilings. Now I'd need a good sized ladder to even reach that
high. The top two or three bookshelves I'd seen in the living
room earlier were now woefully out of reach and the tall cupboards here in the kitchen were far out of my grasp.

The flats on my feet barely touched the floor as I sat in
my high backed wooden chair. I felt the coolness of the
air conditioned room send shivers up and down my spine as
the chilly air danced around my legs which now peeked out
from beneith a skimpy little black skirt.

Short little women were obviously Dr. Hallins' thing. Though I
was told we were all twenty-three year olds it seemed like
most fourteen year old girls would be taller than us.

Maybe it was easier to grow the clones short like this. I
didn't know. Whatever the reason I was now stuck in a much
larger world.

Hallins began his speech now. "Ladies, you've all done remarkably well this morning. I can tell you're all well
on your way to adapting to your new female bodies.

"Gentlemen, I'm proud of you for handling the situation with
the utmost delicacy. I would have a word with each of you men
in private after lunch. There is much still to discuss about
the future of your hopefully soon to be wives.

"To you all, I thank you for allowing me to demonstrate my
invention on my first human subjects. Some might call what
I've done evil and that's all right. This procedure isn't
for everyone and not everyone's entitled to understand my
reasonings behind it."

He stood up and slowly paced about the room, pausing once
in awhile to give one of the new women a gentle squeeze on
the shoulder. When he squeezed mine I was so furious it took
all my willpower to avoid slapping his hand away.

"Ladies," he said then chuckled. "Girls... daughters, my
daughters... You are embarking on new ground and I'm proud
of you for taking it so well. There is much still for you
to learn about being a woman but in time you'll aquire the
proper skills and knowledge.

"When I first tested my mind transferrance theory some many
years ago I considered the option of a simple body swap. Then
it occurred to me that finding willing participants to engage
in a permanent swap might be difficult to obtain. So I decided
to try my hand at human cloning and with some measure of trial
and error I finally managed to clone adult women of my
choosing. More so than that I was able to do so without
allowing them to grow a consciousness or identity of their
own. In this way my mind transferrance could pair up old mind
with new body to complete my creation.

"That is what you are, my dears - the final product of my
latest creations."

He again walked around behind me and clasped his hand over
my shoulder and gave it a loving squeeze and let go.

"Then I asked myself, what would it be like to be one's own
girlfriend? This idea interested me greatly. Ethical aspects
aside, the preponderance of what this could mean for the
happiness of man seemed to outweigh the negative aspects.
So much so that I concluded that I must test my new invention
out on some unsuspecting guests and for that I profusely
apologize. Nevertheless, my friends, I think my idea has
finally measured out.

"Ask yourselves, am I not happier this way? I think you each
know the answer to that. Of course you're happier. This is a
perfect pairing. Not a one of you new ladies can ever be your
old selves again," he said and now his hand found its way
to my left thigh momentarily and I frowned up at him. "The
world of men is yours no more and a thing of the past. You
are now experiencing life in the world of women. You will
never grace the halls of a gentleman's only club with your
presence again."

That last one riled me up good. How dare he rub this in?

He chuckled as I glared at him from across the table.

"Well it's true," he said to me in particular. "Men's restrooms and locker rooms are now off limits to you as well
but of course I'm sure you're each already aware of that
fact. Yes there is much to consider, many things that will
be strange and new to you which you'll each have to deal
with and adjust to in due course.

"Tomorrow morning you will all leave here by boat. I have
some things to give you ladies, including your new identification cards and passports which you'll need.

"Ladies, do not so hastily abandon your boyfriends here for
someone else once you reach the mainland. You need each
other now. You'll need someone to confide in who understands
what you've been through. Someone who knows. Someone you can
trust. Someone who will protect you, provide for you and
be there for you when times get rough.

"Gentlemen, I am counting on you to do a good job and take
care of my daughters."

"We will," Tom and the other men said at once.

I glanced up at Tom and he smiled down at me and gave my
knee a gentle loving squeeze.

What had I gotten myself into here?

I could stand it no longer. I had to ask. "Is there no way
of switching us back again?"

Hallins chuckled at that and some of the other girls gave
nervous giggles. "Oh, my, no," Hallins replied firmly. "I have
already explained that the procedure is a one way process."

"What if you blank out his mind?" I asked pointing to Tom now
who narrowed his eyes on me suspiciously.

Hallins laughed once more. "The clones are made carefully and
in a special way to ensure their minds are empty and ready to
receive a host. I can not simply erase a person's mind who
already exists with an identity intact. Besides which, erasure
of a person's identity would be considered as murder and I
won't condone it."

"But isn't placing me in a woman's body with no way back
the same as that?" I asked.

"Your identity hasn't been erased, Kate. It may develop
differently than you'd planned but it's not been erased,
I assure you," Hallins said sitting back down in his seat
at the head of the table now. "Of course you were probably
referring to the ethical nature of what I've done to you.
This is understandable. I'm sorry if you feel cheated out
of your old life. I promise I won't engage in this sort of
experiment again without fully informing future test
subjects. It's a pity I had to resort to trickery to
carry out my experiment. I simply had to know if it was
possible for it to work on humans and thankfully it has."

"Well you didn't have to do this to all four of us," I
pointed out still angry at him for this.

"Perhaps you're correct in that assessment," he said
stroking his chin. "However since I've grown four female
clones it was time to give them minds of their own. I did
what I had to do in order to make my daughters complete."

After lunch I was still so upset at the Doctor's speech that
I refused to have anything to do with poor Tom.

I snuck out into the garden while Tom and the other men had
a private meeting with Dr. Hallins.

Afterward Tom somehow found me and still followed me around in the garden like a loyal puppy while I moodily paced and sulked.

"There's got to be another way," I said to him at last as
I sat down on a bench.

"We've been through this already," Tom said sitting down
beside me and putting an arm around my back. "You heard what
he said. It's just not possible to switch you back."

"What about a mutual switch? You could take my place and I
could take yours and be a man again," I suggested.

Tom shook his head no. "You need a blank mind to transfer into, remember? It just won't work. His machine doesn't work
like you're thinking."

"Well I tell you he's lying. He's lying to us just so we'll
all agree with it."

"There's something you should know," he said. "The Doctor
didn't tell you girls but he told us guys in private. He's
got a fifth clone."

"He does?"

"Yes but I'm not sure who he's planning on using her for.
I think maybe the butler. I don't know. The reason I'm telling
you this is he's worried one or all of you girls will find
out and try and take revenge on him. You know, make him go
through the machine himself. He entrusted us to help protect
him from any tretchery."

I smiled at Tom, thankful he told me. "And you told me
anyway. Thanks."

"Hey, I'm you, remember?" he said with a smile. "Anyway, I'll
help you get him back if you want."

"When?"

"Right now if you really want to. The others are off on
another hike or something. There's only the servants, the
Doctor and us."

Chapter Four

Tom grabbed a rifle from the gun rack in the parlor and
I followed him downstairs to the basement lab.

Dr. Hallins had his back to us as we entered and Tom was quick
to quietly shut and lock the door behind us.

Hallins hadn't heard us as several of his inventions were
noisily churning away in the background. He was busy measuring
out chemicals from one beaker to another at his big wooden workbench.

Tom tapped him on the shoulder and Hallins spun quickly
around. His eyes shot down to the barrel of the rifle which
was currently aimed at his heart. Then he looked at me, then
at Tom and I saw the fear in the Doctor's eyes now as he
knew what was up.

"No, please," he begged. "You musn't... She's too young. Too
young. The clone body's not ready yet."

I spied the blonde little girl floating vertically in a large
glass tube filled with bluish fluid. She was clothed only in
a little pink one-piece swimsuit and couldn't be any older than four or five.

"Shut up and get in the chamber," Tom ordered him.

The Doctor backed himself slowly into the mind transferrance
booth and Tom swung the door shut and pulled down a restraining bar to keep him sealed securely inside.

"You musn't do this," Dr. Hallins pleaded. "Her mind's too
small. The transfer might lose part of me in transit."

Tom curiously looked around the room for the controls and
saw a series of five levers. Four of which had been pulled
downward. The last remaining one he pulled with all his
might and it clicked down into place.

The little girl's suspended animation chamber drained quickly
of fluid and her unconscious body slumped lifelessly to the
ground on her side.

Dr. Hallins screamed for us to stop but it was already too
late. Little indicator lights were already blinking above
the transferrance chamber and above the little girl's tube.

The girl's body convulsed a few times as the Doctor's mind
was transported electronically somehow into hers. Then she
opened up her eyes and gazed around the room in confusion.

Then she sat up and screamed, kicking her little legs up
and down in a tantrum.

"What have you done, you fools?" the Doctor's old body hollared at us from inside the booth. "God in heaven... what
have you DONE?"

The glass wall around the little girl lowered slowly into the
floor and Tom opened up the door of the transferrance booth.

Dr. Hallins' old male body hurriedly rushed over to the
little girl and knelt there beside her.

"Daddy?" the little girl asked recognizing her old body now
and addressing him properly, for like myself and the others
she was now Dr. Hallins' daughter. "Look at what they did
to me, daddy."

"It serves you right," I said to the girl. "You got what you
deserved. Serves you right."

Grownup Dr. Hallins turned to us both with a scornful
expression as he grit his teeth. "You're not supposed to
transfer an adult mind into a child's head. The repercussions
can be disasterous."

"Daddy?" the new little girl asked. "Why did they turn me into
a little girl, daddy?"

Hallins glared at Tom and I and said,"Well I hope you're both
happy. Her mind's been reduced to that of a five year old."

"Not enough space, right daddy?" the girl guessed.

Hallins rested his hand upon her shoulder and nodded yes.

"That's right, sweetheart, not enough space," he agreed sadly.

He helped her to her feet and she clumsily took a few steps
toward us, nearly misjudging her step on her new wobbly little
legs and almost tripped.

She walked up to Tom and I and made a fist and wriggled it up
at us with a pouty lip. "You turned me into a little girl when
the body wasn't ready yet, you big fat meanies," she angrily
said. "You was 'posed to let it growed up more."

"Ironic," Tom said lowering the rifle now. "How ironic that
your twisted mind intended this machine to create the perfect
girlfriend. You created it so a man could become his own
girlfriend and have sex that way. Looks like you won't be
having sex for quite awhile. Guess you'll have to just wait
until you grow up."

The little girl frowned and turned to Dr. Hallins.

"Daddy? I don't know dat word," she said. "What's six for?"

"Not six, sweetie," Hallins corrected her and shook his head
in frustration. "Never you mind. You'll find out all about
that when you grow up to be a big girl, okay?"

"Well now that that's settled," Tom started and looked down
at me. "Think we should go take a walk."

"Don't you think I'll forget what you've done here," Hallins
said threateningly.

"Don't give me that. You had this coming to you and you know
it," Tom snapped back. "And if you know what's good for you
you'll both keep your big mouths shut about it until we're
all safely on that boat tomorrow and on our way."

"Daddy, they turned me into a girl," the little girl announced
once more.

"Shut up!" Hallins shouted harshly at her, enough to make her
jump back a little in surprise. "I KNOW you're a little girl,
okay? That's not important now. You've got to listen up and
behave yourself like these nice people said. They turned you
into a girl but it's a secret, okay?"

"A secret, daddy?"

"Yes, sweetheart. A secret. You know how to play pretends,
right?"

"I think so, daddy."

"Good. Then let's play pretends that you were always a girl,
all right?"

"Always one?"

"That's right and what's more let's also play pretends that
you didn't get turned into a girl by these two, okay?"

"Okay. Pretends is fun, daddy."

Tom seemed satisfied with Dr. Hallins' solution. "Good. That's
just how it's going to be then. Don't try anything stupid. I'm
keeping your rifle until we're on that boat tomorrow."

Dr. Hallins walked over to his workbench and opened up a
drawer. He held a little pistol between two fingers and offered it up to Tom. "You can have this instead. It'll be
easier to conceal from my servants. I am not interested in
violence, Mr. Venton. Only in protecting my work here. I can
assure you there's nothing more that I want than to see you
and your girlfriend and the others off my island in the morning.

"I will conceal the facts from the others and we'll pretend
as though nothing ever happened here. As I do not currently
posess the proper schools and facilities with which to raise
a five year old girl I will probably have one of my servants
escort her to the mainland and have her put in a private
school or something.

"It pains me to have to have to do so to the little tyke but
the situation warrents it, I'm afraid."

"No!" the little girl hollared stomping down a foot in
protest. "I won't let you do it, daddy. I don't wanna go
away. I'm not going to school. You can't make me, so there."

"It may only be for a little while, sweetheart," Hallins
assured her but the child just rolled her eyes and stormed
around in a circle taking great big steps and stomping her feet in a tantrum.

"I feel kind of sorry for her now," I whispered to Tom as
we headed back upstairs.

"The guy had it coming to him," Tom reminded me. "At least
you got your revenge."

"Then why don't I feel so happy about it?"

"That would be the bitter sweet part of the deal I'd guess."

With Dr. Hallins now trapped in the body of a five year old
little girl and his old male body occupying a simple copy
of his old persona I felt a mixture of content and remorse
for what Tom and I did. The real madman still lived on in
a way while the old one remained trapped in a girl's life
for ever after.

I could picture his humiliation right now at the proposition
of being made to wear a cute little girl's dress, panties,
tights and flats and paraded around the house as her former
self's adorable little daughter. Part of me wished he'd fight
his new role as a girl and attempt to be a tomboy instead.
The thought of Hallins running around a future schoolyard
exhibiting boyish qualities in such a body as that seemed
rather comical. Still a part of me felt deep sympathy for
the child. She would have to grow up all over again and
experience life from the other side of the fence as a girl
this time.

Tom had betrayed the trust Hallins had given him almost right
away and had done the one thing that Hallins had feared the
most - entrap him in his own little game.

As I walked holding hands with Tom I could almost feel the
new Dr. Hallins looking at us, plotting and scheming his next
move. I felt deeply uneasy about what he might do to us if
he decided to continue this game of revenge.

"Tom," I said as we walked along the sandy little trail. "I don't know if I want to go back there."

"I know. I know... but we can't just camp out on the beach.
If he wants to get even with us he could just as easily have
us hunted down by a handful of his servants. We might as well
make the best of it and stay the extra night," Tom suggested.
"As it stands right now he knows we're on even grounds. He
tricked us and we made him pay for it. There's no more clone
bodies to mind transfer anyone into right now so the game's
pretty much over. In the morning we sail back to the
mainland and each couple goes their seperate ways. Hallins
the girl goes to boarding school or whatever and that's that."

I heard laughter coming from behind some bushes and imagined
one of the other couples making out back there. It reminded
me once more of my changed sex and I glanced down at myself
in that little black skirt, matching short sleeved top and
flats. My breasts, though not too big, stood out proudly on
my chest. Perky little things I was now stuck with having to
deal with being there.

My creamy white skin, smooth and hairless all over radiated
a certain girlish glow. My narrow little feet walked naturally
now with one foot before the other, hips swaying in my light
feminine gait, curves in all the right places now. A man's
mind entrapped forever in a woman's body. My old male body
here beside me to help, love, protect and lead the way.

I wondered how fate had chosen me for this impossible, crazy match up. My old body, Tom there, deeply in love with a mad
scientist's sexy creation. I wondered if this indeed was the
way it was going to be from now on, with me opening up my
legs and welcoming deep inside my new sex my former cock.
To be loved to the limit by my old self to some day have
his babies and suckle them at my breast.

There was no question about it that I was more than a little
turned on by the idea of all this. It was fun to enjoy sex in
a new and different way but part of me still hated what had
been taken away from me. I only ever thought it was going to
be for just one day, not for the rest of my life.

The other women were certainly enjoying it, it seemed - once
we'd all been told outright at breakfast that there was no
way of changing us back again. They'd become angry then, sure,
but by lunch time they all seemed more accepting of the
situation.

I caught Tom glancing at my butt as I walked. I could feel
a definate pride in my strut now as I began to realize I had
more self confidence.

Tom detoured us in through a small grove of trees and sat me
down in his lap sideways in the tall grass. He began giving
me little kisses and enjoying the feel of his hands slowly
rubbing up and down my smooth soft legs.

"Come on now, Tom. There's got to be more to this than
sexual attraction," I said. "I'm not a toy you know."

He fumbled around in his pocket and pulled out a little
ring box and showed me. "Dr. Hallins told us men we should
get engaged," he revealed opening the ring box and showing
me the ring. It had a few diamonds on it which sparkled in
the sunlight. "We should get engaged to our girlfriends so
that we could plan for a wedding as soon as possible."

"He gave you that to give me?" I asked.

Tom nodded yes. "He wants his new daughters to be happy."

"Come on now, Tom. That's sweet and all but this is hardly
the time or place-"

"Why not?" he asked interrupting me. "We could get married
on the boat tomorrow if you want. Besides, why put off the inevitable? You know we're going to get married sooner or later and I'd really like to settle down with you and have some children."

"You're asking me to marry myself. Come on now, Tom. Don't
you realize how silly that is? Now I like you and all and
it's really been fun doing what we've been doing together
but this is a mad scientist's twisted fantasy we're living.
This was never meant to be," I said.

"But you're the perfect girl," Tom insisted.

"For you maybe but what about me? What do you think I want
in the long run? To be hooked up with my former male body
for the rest of my life? Come on now, Tom. Fun is fun but
this is going too far."

He put his ring box away now. "Okay. Maybe I was offering this
to you too soon. You're a really great girl, you know and I
do love you very, very much. If you can't change back to
normal then why not consider what I'm asking? We need each
other, you and I."

He reached out and lifted up my chin to make me look in his
eyes. "Oh Tom... What am I supposed to do? It's all so
confusing to me."

"Marry me," he said. "Be my wife and have my children. We
can live happily ever after together, you and I. I'll take
care of you and you can be my wife. We'll go places together
and think of all the fun we can have."

I chuckled. "Come on now, Tom. You seem to be enjoying this
way too much. Sex with you's been fun but I only ever did it
to make you happy. Remember, we're of the same mind, you and
I. Remember all the girls we've dated? Remember what we both
really want of life? Remember Patricia? The girl we dated
last year. The woman we both loved and wanted to marry? What
about her? Now I can't marry her stuck like this of course
but you can."

"Stop talking crazy talk, Kate," Tom said. "Patricia's nothing
compared to you and you know it. Stop comparing yourself to
her. You're way better than she is. What does she even have
in common to us, huh? She's more interested in guys her own
age. She's eight years older than I am and who care's if
sometimes she's a little flirt? Doesn't mean she's hot for
me. So what if I dated her for awhile. It was more of a
friendship thing back then than anything, really. What I need
is a woman like you, Kate."

"Augg!" I growled. "You're making me crazy. If I marry you
then that's as good as admitting to myself that I'm stuck
this way. I don't want to be stuck this way, Tom. I don't
mind having a little fun with this but what you're asking
is too much. Can't we just be friends or something? Why do
you have to want to OWN me?"

His hands moved up to my breasts and cupped them. He started
massaging them a little with his fingers.

"I'm not asking for you to be my slave," he said. "I just
want us to always be together, that's all."

His fingertips tickled my nipples unintentionally and I
laughed, squirming to get away but I couldn't. "Hee-hee-hee. Cut that out. It tickles. I told you it tickles. Why don't you ever listen to me?"

"Sorry," he said massaging my nipples more carefully now
until they got nice and stiff for him. "Is this better?"

"Yes," I replied. "But Tom... you're just not getting the
point. It's unnatural for us to be together like this. Dr.
Hallins made this happen. You and I were never meant to be.
Can't you see that? Don't you understand that if we get
married, that's what he wants? He wants us to accept this
situation. He wants you to be attracted to me. That was
always the point of all this."

"I don't see what's so wrong with it," Tom said. "You're a
very pretty woman. Our minds are alike. There's nothing wrong with me falling in love with you."

"That's what Dr. Hallins would say," I pointed out gently
pushing his hands away from my breasts now. "We've got to do
something, Tom. We can't let him do this to anybody else."

"You want to destroy his machine then?" he asked.

"Well, we've got to do something. If we allow him to keep
that machine he'll use it on somebody else sooner or later.
We've got to make him stop. There's no telling what he'll
do if we just leave this island tomorrow and let him keep
making monkeys out of people."

Tom chuckled at that. "You're not a monkey, little darling."

"You know what I mean," I said grumpily.

"Fine," Tom agreed. "First thing tomorrow morning I'll go down
in the lab and set the place on fire if that's what you want.
I'll set the whole house on fire if that makes you happy.
Problem with that is if I do then you're as good as stuck
that way my hunny bunny."

"I already am," I pointed out.

He kissed me behind the ear. "Then you've accepted that you
can't change back?"

I shrugged. "I guess so..."

"Then will you marry me?"

I craned my neck around to look up at him. "Don't let's start
that again, Tom."

"Will you consider it at least?"

"I'll think about it, okay? That's all I'm saying. Yeah, I'll
consider it but not right now. Don't rush me into this, all
right? It's weird enough having to be my own girlfriend for
Pete's sake. Give me some time and I'll think about it."

"Kate?" he asked.

"Yeah?"

"I know you agreed to only three more times," he started and
added,"but would you like to have sex again with me tonight?"

It seems I've created a monster.

Since I changed into a woman my need for sex had dropped
considerably but my body's response was amped up for it, so
I accepted it.

I didn't know how much more I could handle it being this man's
deposit center for his seed.

"If that's what makes you happy," I said shrugging.

"What would make you happy, my darling?"

"Changing back to normal, all right? But we both know that's
not going to happen."

He kissed me on the neck and began rubbing his hands slowly
up and down my legs again. His fingers were getting dangerously close to my crotch as he felt his way up my
skirt.

"You've got what I need," he said.

Boy that was a news flash and a half. Of course as a guy I
liked pussy but this guy was crazy for it. I would have to
slow him down somehow if I was going to keep my sanity much
longer.

"Please, Tom," I urged. "You know what they say about too
much of a good thing..."

"I don't care about that, now, honey. I only care for you."

His finger movements were starting to tickle and I laughed,
squirming to get away. "Hee-hee-hee! Cut that out. Stop
man handling me so."

He gently pat my thighs and left them alone for now.

"Whatever you say, my darling," he said kissing me again
on the neck.

"I didn't want to have to do this but I need boundaries,
okay? I don't want you feeling me up whenever you feel
like it. It's unnatural and you're really starting to
creep me out," I said.

"Whatever makes you happy," he agreed.

"Good," I said. "Then from now on you ask before trying to
do that stuff to me. No more feeling me up all over or giving
me kisses on the neck or anywhere until I agree, all right?
And for crying out loud, what am I doing sitting in your lap
for?"

He let go of me and allowed me to shift position and slide
off his lap to sit beside him instead.

"I don't see what's so wrong with it," he said.

"Well I do and for one thing I don't need to feel your
stiffy while sitting in your lap. It's just plain gross.
Put yourself in my shoes for a change," I said.

He chuckled looking down at the bulge in his shorts.

"I thought you were attracted to it," he said in defense.

"I don't even know WHAT I'm attracted to anymore, your cock
or having this body or what," I said. "There's a lot of
crazy thoughts going through my mind right now, Tom. Thoughts
and ideas I don't understand and don't know if I want. My
body's got these strange new attractions that I never had
before. Guys weren't something I was ever supposed to be
attracted to and sometimes I get really creeped out by what's
going on here. My body and mind aren't exactly on the same
page yet, all right?"

"Okay then," he agreed. "What do you want to do this afternoon?"

Now we were getting somewhere.

"Let's get some fishing poles and go fishing," I suggested.

"In the ocean or at the lake?" he asked.

"There's a lake?"

"Dr. Hallins mentioned one, yeah. We could go fishing at the
lake. It'll probably be easier to catch fish there than off
the dock."

"Good and what about a row boat or something and some beers?"

"Think I can round that stuff up no problem," Tom assured
me.

"Now we're talking, partner," I said giving him a love punch
in the chest.

I had always loved going fishing when I was a man. That love
hadn't dissipated one bit from my becomming a woman.

Tom and I went back to the mansion and fetched up a few
fishing poles, a tackle box and keys to the lakeside boat
house and hiked our way over there with a twelve pack of
beer.

We arrived at the boathouse around two o'clock in the afternoon and Tom put everything in a little row boat
there and I climbed in after him. He rowed us out onto
the lake and we cast our baited lines.

"It's a little weird chumming around with myself," I said
after awhile. "But I like it."

"So do I," he agreed.

A fish tugged on my line and I started to reel it in.

"Careful now, don't let it get away," Tom said standing up
and walking over to help me. He put his arms on mine to
steady the pole and with his help we reeled in the fish.

It was a nice looking trout. Just over eleven inches long.
I watched it flap helplessly at my feet in the boat as Tom
unhooked it and rebaited my line.

"You're a pretty good fisherman," Tom said then corrected
himself. "I mean woman."

I smiled and blushed. "Thanks. At least I've still got it,
right?"

"See? That's what makes you so special. You and I've got
the same skills and interests."

"You've said that already," I reminded him.

He didn't care though and continued on talking. "It's what
makes us the perfect couple. The Doctor was right. The
perfect woman for a man's got to be of the same thinking.
I love what you love and you love what I love. Isn't it
great?"

"I love women, Tom," I said. "Or at least yesterday I did."

He laughed at that. "And today?"

"Today I don't know what I love. My mind's all a filthy
mess of naughty ideas about what I like anymore. I didn't
ask for this. It just happened. I didn't think this was
going to be permanent. I just agreed to it because it tickled
my fancy and, like the others, I wanted to try it.

"It drives me out of my mind knowing that I could have strong feelings for a man, for my original male body even. I didn't think cocks would ever enter the picture for me at all but apparently they have. I don't know how the silly things have
wormed their way into my mind but they have and it creeps me
out. It really does."

He clutched his crotch now and boasted,"So, you like the
package."

"Well, duh!" I said rolling my eyes. "What girl wouldn't?
Grrr! I'm calling myself a girl already. Look, Tom, I'm going
through a lot of crazy changes in my head. Yes I find you
attractive and yes I find your equipment appealing to me but
I don't know why, okay? I don't know why and it scares me that
I should feel this way. I'm supposed to like pussy, not cock,
and it really weirds me out that although all the other
women are really attractive I don't find myself seeing them
that way anymore. All I see that's attractive is men. I don't
understand that, Tom. I really don't. I like how my new body
looks but... grrr! I'm more attracted to yours and it's just
not fair."

Tom stifled back a laugh and shook his head no for it.

"I'm sorry," he apologized. "I wish I knew how you feel.
I really do. It amazes me how much you've changed since
you got put in that body. We both started of the same mind
but you're on a different path than I am now."

"Yeah," I said and huffed. "Welcome to a woman's world
already, I know. Don't remind me."

"I'm really glad you've been sharing yourself with me," he
said. "That's really sweet of you, Kate."

"It's no joke I want to make myself - yourself, happy," I
said with a slight grin.

"That's what makes this so special," he agreed. "You and I
come from the same mind. The same body. The same life. You
may be the original and I'm only a copy but it's really been
nice having a girl like you around to love."

He sat beside me now and wrapped his arm around my back and
gave me a good long kiss on the lips until I blushed from
embarrassment and shrugged him away.

"Okay," I said having had enough of this already. "New rule.
When fishing out on a lake we're fishing buddies, not lovers,
okay? Leave that mushy stuff for the bedroom."

"You don't know how bad I want you right now."

"Yeah? Well keep it in your shorts, mister, because I'm starting to really get sick and tired of being your little
plaything twenty-four seven. You stay on your side of the
boat and I'll stay on mine. Let's just keep fishing and stop
this crazy nonsense for a little while, okay?"

Ignoring my plea he pulled off my flats and began massaging my left foot.

I'd always been a leg and foot man so I guess I didn't
blame him.

The fish in the small puddle in the boat finally stopped
moving about and gazed up at us.

"I love every square inch of you," Tom claimed and I knew he
wasn't lying. I'd love me too if I were him. "From your
delicate little ankles to your cute little nose, I love
every little bit of you."

"Tom," I said growing annoyed. "Remember the rules. You're
touching me again when we should be fishing."

He placed my left foot in his lap and continued his massage.
My right foot felt a little cold in the puddle as the boat
sloshed around in the middle of the lake.

A light breeze blew my long auburn hair a little as our
fishing poles dangled over the sides of the rowboat.

"I like your skin," he said gently stroking his hand up
my leg. "Girl skin is so soft."

I nervously laughed and said,"It's supposed to be, silly."

He seemed to ignore that and kept on feeling my leg.

"What it must be like for you," he said. "Trapped in a pretty
little body like that. Having smooth soft hairless girl skin
all over. Long, lovely hair on your head and pretty little
eyelashes, luschious kissable lips, wider hips and a yummy
little pussy between the legs. Breasts - what it must feel
like for you. Nice squeezable fun little breasts with nice
big nipples to play with."

"Hey buster," I said,"Nature designed those mainly for babies
you know."

He ignored that and released my leg. His hands cupped themselves over my breasts and hefted them up and down a
little. "Fun little breasts to play with. Fun little breasts
to have and enjoy. A neat little flat tummy and narrow waist,
sexy curves all over, everything in just the right place. What
it must be like to have all that now."

He put his hands on my hips and kissed me until my eyes went
wide from the sudden surprise.

When he broke off the kiss finally I had to take a few moments
to catch my breath. "Believe me, I'd trade places with you in
an instant if you wanted to feel what I'm feeling," I said.

He chuckled at that. "Never in a million years, Kate. I'd
much rather be with you than BE you."

"Okay, stop it, now," I said having had enough. "Stop trying
to get me all excited for you. We'll have sex again later
tonight, okay? Later tonight after dinner. Let's just try and
enjoy the simple pleasure of fishing, all right?"

He kissed me again and his kiss told me he was having other
plans than what I wanted.

His hands roved freely all up and down my body now and I could
sense his passion by all his heavy breathing.

"Okay, okay," I finally relented. "But not here, all right?
Row us to shore. I'm not going to have you mount me in the
middle of the lake."

He stood up and sat across from me, grabbed the oars and rowed in all earnesty. "Oh the things I'm going to do to you
when we get to shore," he promised with a wicked smile.

"Tom, you're starting to frighten me again," I said but he
laughed that away.

"I'm going to put your knees up on your shoulders on your
back and take you with your legs up in the air," he said
describing one of his favorite positions.

I used to love doing that to all my former girlfriends. Now
it was Tom's favorite thing as well.

I laughed nervously to try and get his mind off it but he
continued rowing furiously to get us to shore so he could
once again have his way with me.

I put my flats back on but knew that Tom would only take
them off again once we got to the beach.

"Tom," I said. "Maybe we should clean this fish first and
take it back to the mansion."

He shook his head no to the idea. "Oh, ho-ho!" he laughed. "Fishing. All you can think of right now is fishing when we
could be doing so much more. The fun we could already be
having just like all the others... and you wanted to go
fishing. Ha!"

"I don't really see how this relationship is going to work
if you don't calm down once in awhile and just be my pal for
a second. Sex isn't everything in life you know."

"To you it isn't but I'm the man now, remember? Sex is all
we ever think about or have you forgotten so easily?" he asked
pumping the oars faster and faster.

It was true. So far sex with him was always at his urging, not
mine. He was like a wild animal out of control.

The oars splashed again and again in the water as he rowed
us closer and closer to shore. I craned my neck to watch a
seagull fly overhead towards the rocky beach and thick
green jungle.

I had absolutely no inkling of a desire for sex with this man
but I guess it didn't matter to him now because I was here for
the using. Like it or not I was here for the using and he was
going to use me whenever he wanted to fulfil his crazy desire.

I'd gone along with it always of course. Always there for him
whenever he needed me. Always the perfect little girlfriend
for him to make love to on the spur of the moment.

I understood fully the needs of a man because I'd been one
before. Seeing it from a woman's eyes, though, was more than
a little frightening. This was a man out of control and if I
didn't want to wind up going insane from it I had to learn how
to stop him sooner or later.

"Tom," I pleaded. "We should save it for tonight and make it
special."

"Tonight? I need you right now," he replied.

"Please, Tom," I urged him. "You don't know how awkward it is
for me having to be made loved to and manhandled by my own
body."

"It's not your body anymore, sweetheart," he reminded me
harshly. "It's mine. I'm the man now and you're the woman."

I laughed nervously at that. "Uh, well... Maybe you should have better feelings for me then. Maybe you should want to
try and make me happy instead of just yourself."

"Don't try and tell me you're going to be one of those hard
to get women who never put out for a guy," he said. "You and
I know the type well. You want sex with me just as much as I
want it with you and you know it."

"Yes but there's so much more to do during the day than just-"

"You know it," he said interrupting me. "Admit it. It's what's
fun for both of us now. Nothing could be better, in fact."

"Yes, Tom, but you're acting like a kid in a candy store right
now and it's creeping me out."

"Oh, ho? How so? You've enjoyed every minute of it every time
I've made love to you," he boasted. "Every single minute of
it and you know it."

"But you're abusing your privileges," I pointed out. "If we're
to be girlfriend and boyfriend together then you need to slow
it down a little and stop trying to stick your cock in my
panties. You don't know how invasive it is when I let you do
that to me. I need personal space just like you do, just like
everyone does. If you keep this up I think I'm going to go
out of my mind."

The boat shook as it reached shore and hit gravel and sand.

"You want to do this just as much as I do," he insisted
stepping out of the boat and offering me a hand to get out
myself.

I climbed out and he took my hand in his now and led me up
the beach and behind some trees and bushes to find a nice
spot.

"Tom, I really think you're wrong about this," I said as he
laid me down on my back and began removing my clothes.

"Do you want me to or don't you?" he asked angrily. "Why'd
you make me row us all the way to shore if you didn't want
to? You're really ticking me off, now, Kate. You're sending
me signals that you want this and now you're telling me you
don't. So which is it already?"

"I want what makes you happy," I said. "If that's having sex
right here on the jungle floor beside a lake then whatever.
I don't care. Just get it over with."

He finished undressing me and lifted my legs up so my knees
rested on my shoulders and my feet stuck straight up in the
air.

Foreplay was out of the question right now I guessed. He
obviously wanted me pretty bad.

He gazed down at me lost deep in thought about what he was
about to do, then he suddenly grew angry and let me go. He
stood up and walked a few paces away with his back to me now
as he ran his hands through his short brown hair.

I lowered my legs to the ground and propped myself up on
my elbows. I began gathering up my things.

"So you want to go fishing," he stated.

"I'd like to do something other than have sex all the time,
yes," I replied slipping back into my panties and pulling on
my skirt.

"So right now you just want to be my pal, is that it?"

"Now you're getting the picture, Tom."

I put on my bra and top and slipped back into my flats.

"But you WOULD have sex with me right now if you knew that
I wanted it, right?"

"I would."

"But you don't really want that right now."

"No."

"But for me you'd do it."

"Yes."

"I don't get it," he said turning around to face me again. "I
guess I just don't understand women. We've got the same mind
and yet yours is so much different now. What gives?"

"I'm learning things from a different perspective I guess," I
offered.

"What is it about me that creeps you out so much?"

"Plenty," I replied. "For one thing that's my body you're in.
You don't know what it's like being handled by the body you
grew up in. What's more until last night I'd never even
considered the idea of sleeping with a man."

"But you're a woman now."

"Yes, I suppose you're right," I agreed. "But until last night
I was a man, okay? And now I'm supposed to let you feel me up
and kiss me and make love to me whenever you want, just because we share the same mind? Come on now, Tom, you know
better than that."

"So you're saying that sex with me is like masturbation?"

"No, Tom. Well... almost. It's just weird, that's all. At first it was exciting and fun, something neat and interesting
to experience but now I feel as if you're just using me. You're using me, Tom. I don't want to feel like I'm being
used by you."

He pounded his fist into a tree trunk. "Damn it, I need you!
If you were still a man you'd know this need runs strong.
You don't know how bad I need you right now, Kate. Do you
realize how pretty you are? How sexy you look in that skirt?
Do you know what that wonderful woman's body of yours is doing
to me right now? I just can't stop thinking about it. About
how much I want to do it with you."

I felt myself pouting a little. "I don't have that need
anymore, Tom. My new body's not out of control like yours is.
All I'm saying is you need to give me some more space, okay?
I can't constantly have sex with you all day long just because
of your silly needs and wants. I like sex like this, okay? I
really do but not every half hour all day long."

"Will you at least stroke me off?" he asked hopefully. "You
don't have to suck it, just stroke it off so I can have some
relief here."

I grimmaced at the thought of that but I understood fully his
desperate need right now.

"If that'll make you happy, then I guess so," I agreed at
last, darting my eyes quickly away to try and not think
about it.

Within a minute I found myself doing the impossible. Jacking
off my old male body from on the outside of it.

It didn't take him long to cum and when he did it shot all
over my face. I wiped it off with the back of my hand and
spat at the salty taste of it on my lips.

He chuckled at my sourpuss expression. "Sorry about that," he
aplogized.

Yeah, right he was sorry. He deliberately aimed it at me at
the last moment.

I let go of his cock now and looked up at him as I sat there
on my knees. "Maybe it would have been better if you did that
in me than on me," I said regretting what I'd just done with
him.

I finished wiping the stuff from my face and got up on my
feet again.

"Thank you," he said.

"Yeah well I'd appreciate it if you didn't tell the others
about it."

He laughed. "Embarrassed?"

"Humiliated is a better word for it but yes. Are you happy
now?"

"Very."

"Good. So we can go back out on the lake and you won't
manhandle me anymore?"

"I'll try. That's all I'm saying."

Chapter Five

I caught three more fish and Tom caught two that afternoon
before he rowed us back to the boat house and we hiked back
to the mansion.

I spotted Hallins, the little girl, in the living room as
we entered the house. She wore a little pink dress, white
tights and shiny black flats and sat there on the carpet
playing with a red headed dolly.

She was certainly lost in her own little world when she
suddenly snapped out of it and glanced up at Tom and I
in recognition.

"You!" she hollared pointing at us accusingly. "You did this
to me."

"Calm down now," Tom said to her. "There's no need to be
upset about something that can't be undone. You got what
you deserved, now, and that's that."

"Daddy named me Heather," she informed us with a pout. "And
he made me wear this and carry a dolly around. I'm 'posed to
be a size-un-tist, nots a little girl."

"Shhh," Tom warned her. "Not so loud. Do you want the others
to find out?"

"No," she agreed with a shrug.

"Remember what your daddy said. You've got to play pretends
like you were always a little girl, okay?"

"Okay.... but you tell him I don't wanna go to boarding
school tomorrow with you guys on the boat."

I held my hand up to my mouth to cover up my amusement.

Tom freely grinned and said,"Well, we'll see, okay?"

We went in the kitchen and the cook took our fish away,
cleaned them, wrapped them up and put them in the freezer for
later.

When we returned to the living room the maid was playing
patty cake with poor little Heather who was lost to the
giggles in the midst of it.

Tom and I went upstairs and changed into our bathing suits
for a quick swim in the pool out back.

I put a bikini on for the first time at Tom's insistance and
followed him barefoot out to the pool.

This time I at least had the common sense to put on a pink
swim cap to keep my hair from getting all wet.

We dove in the pool together and swam from the deep end to
the shallow end just like before. Tom had a quick little
splash fight with me before engulfing me up in his arms and
giving me a kiss. Then I was sitting there on his lap just
like before with his arms wrapped around my waist.

It was crazy sitting there like that and feeling his manhood
rise to the occasion beneith me, nestling itself up against
my bikini bottom in just the right spot. It was as if his thing had radar and knew just where it wanted to be.

I rolled my eyes around twice, trying not to think of what
was going on right now and there he was with his arms around
me, invading my space just like I warned him not to all the
time.

"I don't know what keeps you going," I said amazed. Was I always that horny around my girlfriends? It didn't seem so.
Then again I was no ordinary girlfriend either.

I think it turned him on that my male mind was trapped in a
female body for him. There didn't seem to be any other
explanation for why he was so constantly turned on by my
presence.

I was no prettier than any other girl I ever dated. If anything Patricia, my last girlfriend, had a taller and more
beautiful body than mine. So then why was Tom going so crazy
over me all the time? Why wasn't he thinking about getting
back with her?

His lump in his lap throbbed beneith me as if reading my
mind.

It was because I was here and not her. That's why.

Oh how convenient.

"I think you need to calm down some, there, Tom," I suggested.

"I told you I can't help it," he said in excuse.

"Let's just stop thinking about sex all the time for awhile.
Think you can do that?"

"I'll give it a try but, then, you know me."

I craned my neck and looked up at him smiling down at me.

"Stop trying to be funny about it. I'm being serious, here,
Tom. Let's talk about something else."

"Okay. Like what?"

"Well... I'm twenty-three again," I replied. "You're twenty-eight and have already got a college degree. I think I should
go back to college and get one myself."

"In what?"

"Well... maybe I could be a teacher or something or a nurse."

"A nurse?" he asked laughing.

"What's so funny about that?" I asked elbowing him hard in
the side for it. "I could be a nurse if I wanted to."

"Yeah right. Mister computer programmer's going to become
a nurse," he laughed.

"So what if I don't want to be a programmer anymore? So what?
That's your job, now, remember? I've got to start all over
again and the way I figure it why should I go down the same
path all over again? How boring is that?"

"Okay," he said stifling back his laughter now. "So you want
me to support you in this and help you go back to college or
medical school or whatever and become a nurse. I'm fine with
that if that's what you want, Kate."

"That IS what I want," I said. "And what's wrong with that?"

"It seems so stereotypical, that's all."

"Oh? Just because I'm a woman now you think I'd choose that
to follow a stereotype?"

"Well what else would you choose? Heck, if I was a girl like
you I guess I'd become a nurse as well."

"See? So we DO still think alike then. So give it a rest
already. Don't pick on me for what you know you'd pick as
well if you were in my shoes."

"Well why not an astronaut or a news reporter or something?"

"I could do that but that's not what I'm interested in right
now. Hmmm... I wonder how long it takes to become a nurse."

"Longer than just college, that's for sure."

"Okay, then if you're so smart, what do you suggest?"

"I think you were right the first time. You should become
a teacher."

"Really?"

"Why not? Besides which you know what I really want for you."

"Yeah, to be your house wife and raise your children. Don't
remind me. I already know your old fashioned sense of
reality when it comes to marriage. So you'd have me cooped
up at home with the kids, then, is that it?"

"Well... I'd give you your own car and we'd have a joint
bank account you could use whenever you like," he offered.

"How very astute of you, putting me under your little finger
and giving me some so-called freedoms while having me couped
up in your little cage until the day I die."

Tom laughed at me and said,"I'm not saying I'm going to be
a bossy or controlling husband."

Now it was my turn to laugh. "Bossy? Controlling? For your
own good, Tom, you'd BETTER be controlling otherwise I'm
going to be the one wearing the pants around the house, you
can better believe that."

"You want me to control you?"

"If I have to be a woman I want you to take charge, okay?
That's all I'm saying. I can't even believe I'm saying it
but if one of us has to be submissive to the other then I guess it'll have to be me."

"So what do you want me to do with you if you get out of
line? Spank you?"

I glared up at him. "You'd like that wouldn't you? Maybe I
would too, who knows. All I know is that you've got to get
yourself a pair of balls, Tom. Out by the lake you let me
talk you out of having sex with me."

"Okay, hold up here. You're starting to confuse me again.
You're saying I should have tried to coax you into it more?"

"Yes Tom. That's exactly what I'm saying. You know how much
sex always meant to me. It still does. So for you to have me
jack you off while I got nothing, well, mostly nothing, is
a pretty selfish thing for you to go and do."

"So... let me get this straight. If I did and said the right
things back there you'd have had sex with me?"

"Bingo."

"What did I do wrong?"

"For one thing you're in too much of a hurry. Slow down, all
right? Just slow down your act a little. Give a girl some
space, too, while you're at it. You don't have to always have
me sitting in your lap. Maybe we could just hold hands a
little instead."

At that he hefted me up and off his lap and sat me down
beside him.

I was so short though that the water came up to my nose and
I stood up and spat out a mouthful.

"Very funny," I said punching him lightly on the shoulder
while he laughed at my expense.

He pointed and laughed at me. "Your boob came out."

I glanced down and saw the he was right. My left tit had
somehow slipped out of my black bikini top. I corrected it
in a hurry and smoothed my hands gently over my breasts and
toyed with the tiny little black bow in the middle for a bit.

"Augg!" I cursed. "You don't know how difficult it is being
a girl."

"Trade with you."

"Anytime, you name it."

"Yeah, I wish."

I smiled and walked over to him. I rested my hands on his
shoulders as he sat there looking up at me.

"Sorry, Tom, only one of us gets to be a woman in this
lifetime and I guess that's me," I said grinning.

He grabbed my arm and yanked me down into a kiss then
dunked my head underwater real quick and laughed as I
came up for air and splashed him one in the face.

"Stop acting like a little boy," I snapped, having had
enough of his antics lately.

"If anyone's little now it's you," he teased.

"Yeah, yeah, very funny, very funny, so I'm short now.
Big deal. You'd be too if this happened to you."

"You're forgetting something, sweetheart, it couldn't
have ever happened to me. I'm just a copy of your original
mind, remember? A copy of your mind left in your old body
while you transferred to that cute little body over there.
In truth I didn't exist before last night. I'm a phantom of
your old identity."

"Okay so this couldn't have happened to you, so what? So
what if I'm a woman now and you're not? Big deal. Just stop
acting so childish sometimes, that's all, and I didn't appreciate it you throwing me in the ocean this morning
either by the way."

"I'm sorry, okay? I'm only just playing. Come on. It's fun.
Admit it. You like it too. I know you do. It's fun playing
with you. You're like my new best friend, only better."

He gave me a splash to prove his point and I splashed back
at him until we were in a huge splash fight. It lasted for
over ten minutes before he picked me up and carried me to
the diving board and cannon balled us both in the deep end
together.

He relased me underwater and I swam up to the surface gasping
for air and hollared at him for what he did.

"That's not funny, now," I said. "Just because you're bigger
than me doesn't give you the right to- hey! Put me down."

He carried me out of the pool again, my legs kicking and
flailing all the way, and once more jumped off the diving
board with me in tow.

I swam to the surface and over to the pool's edge. "Cut it
out, Tom."

"Only if you'll say you're sorry," he insisted.

"ME say I'm sorry?" I shot back.

"For not having sex with me by the lake."

"Right. Like that was ever MY fault you big lummox. No! Put
me down! Put me down again! Okay, okay... I'm sorry. I'm sorry. Just put me down already."

He set me down in a streched out lounge chair on the
concrete deck.

"Boobie alert," he said.

I glanced down and saw my left tit had slipped free of my
bikini top again. I righted it and glared up at him while
he laughed.

He stared at my crotch now and I quickly put my legs close
together before he said something clever like "camel toe"
to me.

"Oh come on," he begged. "I think it's cute that little
pussy of yours trying to show herself off when you least
expect it."

I tugged at my bikini bottom to fix the situation a little
and wondered how often this sort of thing happened to a girl
and how in the world I'd ever deal with knowing it could
even happen.

"That's not very nice, Tom, laughing at a woman's little
problems."

"Oh it's no problem to me, believe you me. In fact I'm kind
of sorry I pointed out the obvious. I should have enjoyed it
a little more first."

Just then a little blonde girl in a pink dress came running
out of the house on wobbly little legs. Her arms were up in
the air and she hurriedly talked to herself. "Not gonna put
ME in no boarding school. I'm donna run away an' hide in a
cave. Can't send ME away from my island..."

I realized it was Heather, formerly Dr. Hallins and tried to
conceal my growing amusement at the little girl's antics.

The maid hurried out of the house after the girl and scooped
her up in her arms. "Bad little girl. Bad, naughty little
girl, Heather. Bad. Bad. Don't you ever threaten to run away
from home ever, ever again. Do you hear me?"

Heather struggled to escape, pushing down on the maid's arms
around her and straining to break free but to no avail.

"You don't un'nah stand," Heather cried, gritting her teeth
as she tried and tried to pry her way free. "It's not what
you think. It's all a mish'take. I'm weely da doc'toh."

"Oh don't be ridiculous, now. You're not the Doctor. You're
just a little girl. How could you ever be the Doctor when
he's right downstairs in his lab right now?"

Tom walked over to them now and lifted the little girl's
chin up and said,"What a cute imagination she has, right?"

"Very cute," the maid agreed. "But it's dangerous for her to
think such things, even if it is all just made up in her
pretty little head."

"But I'm not the-," Heather started but Tom interrupted her.

"Careful now. Remember what we were told," Tom said reminding
her she was supposed to keep her mind transferance a secret.

She frowned, confused, then her eyes got big and bright and
she nodded yes. "Dat's right. I'm sorry. I'm a girl. I'm a
little girl. I was only foolin' you guys."

Tom whispered something into the little girl's ear that only
she could hear. Heather looked up at him, smiled and nodded
yes.

"Good," Tom said. "Now you be a good little girl from now on,
all right?"

"I will," Heather promised giggling happily at the reminder
he'd given her that this was a fun little game of playing
pretends. "I like having fun. I'm gonna have ALL the fun.
Tee-hee!"

The maid carried her back into the house now as Tom walked
back over to stand beside me.

He swirled a finger around the side of his head to indicate
the poor child was crazy. "So easy to fool her into fooling
herself, I guess. It'll be interesting having her along for
the cruise back to the mainland. I wonder what crazy antics
she'll be up to then."

"She may look innocent enough, Tom, but remember who she
really is. She's mad at the both of us for putting her in
that body. There's no telling what she'd do to try and get
us back for that," I said shifting slightly in my seat. I
felt my bikini bottom riding up my pussy crack again and
tugged at the soft material to correct it.

"Oh what are you even worried about? She's as helpless now
as a little kitten. The real one to worry about's downstairs
in the basement. I'll bet right now he's already plotting
some little scheme to get back at us."

Tom knelt down beside me and ran his hand up and down my
leg then kissed my left knee affectionately.

"I'm in the mood again, sweetheart," he said with a hungry
look in his eyes.

"After supper," I insisted.

"Are you testing me again or are you being serious this
time?" he wondered aloud.

"That's for me to know and you to find out."

He reached under my legs with one arm and behind my back with
the other and lifted me up out of my seat.

"Tom," I warned. "Okay, this time I mean it. After supper,
all right."

"If we can't have sex then at least make out with me," he
offered as a compromise.

"Kissing and petting only leads to sex, now, you know it."

"I'll behave myself. I promise. Come on. It'll be fun for
both of us."

"The point of it is I don't want you always invading my
space. Can't you relax already and just cool yourself down?
Look, Tom, if you want me to go on being your girlfriend
then you're going to have to learn to give a girl some
space. The way you're carrying on you'd think we were
a couple of newlyweds on our honeymoon. Well, we're not.
Not yet anyway. So just cool it, okay? Put me down now."

"I'm not invading your space. I'm sharing it with you," he
said carring me out the back gate and walking down a sandy
little path into the jungle.

I kicked my legs up and down to show him I wanted to have
him let me go but he just ignored my efforts.

"Tom!" I hollared.

"I'm taking charge, just like you told me so."

He had me there and I found myself regretting having said
it.

I shook my head no at him. "You silly fool, you. You're
thinking with your penis again, aren't you? Don't tell me
you've been eating clams or something."

"I don't need anything of the kind," he said but I suspected
he and maybe the other men had all been given some kind of
aphrodisiac. I'd never in my entire life before as a man had
the kind of stamina Tom had been displaying lately. He had
to be lying to me. There was just no way he could want sex
again so quickly.

"You're taking something," I realized and by the slight smile
he gave me and that knowing look in his eyes his expression
finally revealed the truth. "You ARE! You ARE taking something. No wonder you're all over me the way you are.
No wonder. Okay, okay. What did the Doctor give you guys?"

"I'm sorry but I don't know what you're talking about."

"Don't lie to me, Tom. I saw it in your face. You gave me
a look just then."

"Okay, so the Doctor gave us men some pills, okay? It's no
big deal. So I'm a sex starved lunatic now over you. So what?
At least it's fun."

"What kind of pills?" I asked as he carried me off the trail
and back over to the spot where he'd taken me this morning.

"Sex enhancers of some kind. I don't know. Never took 'em
before," he admitted laying me down on my back in the tall
grass.

"How many have you taken today?" I asked.

"To tell you the truth I've lost count," he said grinning
down at me as he climbed on top of me, propping himself above
with his big strong arms. "The Doctor said you could eat as
many as you wanted so I've been eating them like candy."

"Oh, so THAT'S what you've been snacking on all day," I
realized at last.

"Stuff's driving me crazy for you," he said. "I mean... even
without them I'd think you're hot but..."

"Just stop it Tom. Don't dig yourself deeper into the grave
you've dug already. By the way, where are the pills now?"

"Left them back at the room."

"Could I have one?"

He laughed at that and shook his head no. "Afraid not,
sweetheart. They're for men. They don't work on women."

"Oh," I said pouting a little. "Well... maybe the Doctor could
give us ladies something that works for us."

"Don't count on it, Kate. He's on unspeaking terms with us
after what we did to him, remember? The only thing besides
revenge that he wants is to throw us off this island."

He smothered his face in between my legs and smoothed his
hands up and down on them greedily. "Mmmm... Your legs are
so freaking sexy I could lick them up all over."

I just laid there on my back and let him roam his hands all
over my body. Some of it felt pretty darn good actually but
other stuff just wasn't turning me on at all. Like his kisses
on my neck for example or with him staring at me inches away
from my face eye to eye. Just looking at my old male face
staring at me there from this perspective was enough to
creep me out.

The sex was good and all but I was still a man inside this
woman's body and until last night I didn't have these kind
of problems to deal with.

He seemed to really be enjoying himself though and I felt almost obligated to let him do so. After all, I'd have wanted
him to let me do that to him if things were turned around and
he was a woman instead.

I just laid there on my back sometimes looking up at him,
sometimes feeling rather bored and looking over at the trees
or the tall grass around us.

He got himself down in a good position on top of me and we
began kissing. I found myself for the first time offering him
kisses back in return as our make out session continued.

"Mmmm," he moaned happily rubbing the palm of his hand up
and down my crotch, feeling my smooth sex through my bikini bottoms.

I couldn't believe this was happening to me. Happening to me
again like all the other times only this time with our clothes
on. This time holding off from having sex. It was just one
big forplay session going on and on and on and it never seemed
like it would ever end.

"Tom?" I asked interrupting him as he rubbed my nipples through the thin fabric of my bikinni top.

"Huh? Wha-?"

"Isn't that enough, Tom?"

"Huh? Oh no. I figure we still got a couple hours until
dinner. We can do it until then."

"You're having most of the fun, though," I complained.

"You don't like what I'm doing?"

"I didn't say that. Of course I like that. It feels really
wonderful what you're doing there. I just don't feel like
I'm playing an active role."

"You can feel my body too if you'd like," he offered.

"Ungh! Please, Tom, give me a break. I'm still a man in
here, remember?" I said pointing to my temple. "All my life
I've loved women, not men. My body seems to like this, yeah,
but I'm all confused inside about these feelings."

"Put your hands on my chest and rub them around," he said
lifting one hand then the other up to him for me.

My hands quickly retreated to my sides and I balled them up
into little fists and pounded the ground repeatedly as I
shook my head no. "Ungh! No, no, no! I can't do it. I can't.
It's weirding me out."

"Well you like the sex, right?"

"Yes but-"

"Then what's the big deal? We've done it lots of times since
last night. You should just go with it. Let yourself go and
get over it already. I don't bite."

"Well it's different for you. You don't have to switch your
sexual preferences around for me because you're still a man.
I'm not. For me it's different. For me it's... difficult."

"Is that why you were playing hard to get out by the lake
today?"

"It's part of it, yes. That and I think I'm going to go crazy
with you having your hands on me all the time."

"Fine. I'll stop taking the pills if you want."

He stopped playing with my nipples and rolled over and sat
beside me.

I sat up to join him.

"It's only my first day as a woman," I said. "I'm sure I'll
figure myself out sooner or later but not with you rushing
me."

"But you're so... beautiful... so... touchable and kissable.
You've got to share that with me, Kate. Share it with me."

"I am sharing it. I am. I'm trying to but if you don't stop
it soon and give me a break I think I'm going to scream and
lose my head."

He was quiet for a few moments then chuckled to a thought
he'd got in his head.

"What's so funny?" I asked.

"What I wouldn't do to be in your place and have your so-called problems," he said. "I envy you. I really do. If it
were possible I'd trade places with you in an instant just
to see what it's like. It must be pretty darn fun for you."

I let lose a grin. "Sometimes it is. Sure. Sometimes but not
all the time. Do you know the confusion that runs through my
head after every time we have sex? As much as I want and enjoy
my personal space back when you roll over and take a nap I
also feel the urge to be held and cuddled."

"You never told me that."

"Well it's true. I'm getting these strange feelings. These
weird... needs. The guy part of me is loathe to admit it but
my girl side's screaming in my head right now to just shut
up and listen already and fulfil those hungry needs."

"Are you feeling one of those needs right now?"

"Yes."

"Like what?"

"Hold my hand."

"Really? That's it."

"Yes. I WANT to hold hands with you, Tom."

He reached over and took my hand in his now and we interlocked
our fingers together. I felt a warm feeling inside wash over
me. There was pleasure in this but it wasn't exactly sexual
or anything. It was just pure unfettered bliss.

My male ego was in my head screaming no, begging me to stop
this silly nonsense at once. How dare I have feelings for
a man? How dare I want to feel his closeness by the simple
act of holding hands?

The woman in me enjoyed it though so I let it continue for
a few minutes before finally letting go again. The man in my
head was screaming fits for me to stop so I had to finally
let go.

I glanced down at my lonesome hand now feeling strangely
guilty and oddly creeped out.

"What's wrong?" Tom asked picking up a twig and snapping it
in half.

"I don't know if I can ever get used to this," I replied
shrugging. "I don't know if I can ever accept that this is
me and that you're my.... my replacement."

He smiled and said,"I wouldn't say that. I'm more to you now
than just someone to take your place and live your old life
for you. I'm here to help you and protect you. Oh, but much
more than that. There's other things too. You're short now
but I'm still tall so I can help you fetch things off the
shelves or from the cupboards that are out of reach. I can-"

"Don't patronize me, Tom. I'm not helpless you know."

"I didn't mean to put it like that. I was only saying that
as a team we go hand in hand, right? We complete one another.
That's all I'm saying here."

"What's even the point? We're of the same mind. Who cares if
we have things in common or share similar interests. Don't you
want to marry a girl who's got differences in her head? Someone with a slightly different education that you? Don't
you want to meet someone like that who doesn't always feel like she has to say yes to sex, just because she doesn't want
to hurt your... her... old feelings?"

"Is that what you think?" Tom asked. "That you feel pressured
into having sex with me for my benefit, not yours?"

"Yes, Tom," I replied. "Well... sometimes yes. We don't have
to have a full on marathon in bed. You don't have to try and
impress me by taking those pills. I still like sex, even the
way I am now, but it's just too much of a good thing. I don't
want it to ever get boring. Can you understand what I'm saying
here?"

"I think so," he said shrugging and scratching the back of
his neck a little. "You must feel pretty cheap, huh? Well I'm
sorry. I guess maybe all along I was only thinking of myself
by taking those pills."

I offered him my hand again and he took it. I felt chills of
bliss coursing through my body even though the little man in
my head was throwing fits.

"I'm trying to like this, Tom," I assured him. "It's difficult
but I'm trying to do my best. I do like my new female body.
It's really, really nice but it's still a bit too early for
me to make a final call and admit I want to stay like this
for the rest of my life."

"Well, there's always a sex change operation."

I narrowed my eyes on him. "Don't try and be funny with me,
Tom. What kind of a shrimp of a man do you think I'd make if
I went and did a thing like that? How many women would I ever
attract even if a doctor could make my face more boyish with
plastic surgery? I'm not saying that I'm against people doing
that stuff. That's their business if they want to but it's
not for me. No, the only way I'd be happy is if I could go
back through that machine and switch back to normal. A man's
life is really where I belong but I guess I don't really have
a choice in the matter, do I?"

"Maybe not. I'm willing to try and swap you back if you'd
like."

"And make you go through what I'm going through? No sir. I
wouldn't wish this on you, Tom. Even if you WOULD like to
fondle these breasts from inside a body like this to see
what that's like. Believe me, the novelty wears off pretty
quickly, honey."

"By the way, that reminds me, I haven't seen you fondle your
own breasts at all since the mind transfer last night."

"I always did it while you weren't looking. Believe me, I'm
not stupid enough to give up on a good thing and throw it
out the window."

"Play with them now."

"Huh? What?"

"Your breasts. Play with them now if you want to."

"I can't. I'll get embarrassed with you watching me."

"We're the same mind so it should be no big deal to either of
us. Go on. I know you want to."

I gave my breasts a few little squeezes then blushingly
turned away giving up.

"I can't," I said in near whisper. "Not with your watching."

"I've been a big headed selfish old fool today, haven't I?
I haven't given you an inch of space all day. I bet you've
wanted to play with your new body all day long but you couldn't because I was always with you," he said and wrapped
an arm comfortingly around my back. "Isn't that right?"

I nodded yes and found tears welling up in my eyes. They just
came out of nowhere and started trickling down my cheeks. The
man in my head stood there puzzled and absolutely flabbergasted by this sudden rush of female emotion.

Tom stood up to leave. "I'll go back to the mansion and leave
you be until dinner, I promise. You need a little alone time.
I didn't see that before but I know now I was in the wrong.
You need some time to get used to your body in private."

"Thanks," I weakly said.

He waved goodbye down to me and I waved back and watched him
turn and leave.

I sat there and hugged my knees up beneith my chin just enjoying the feel of my hands resting on my smooth, soft
hairfree girl flesh. After a good while of this I felt
comfortable that I was indeed alone and Tom had kept to his
word and went back to the mansion to leave me alone in
private.

I began fondling my breasts now and enjoying the weight and
feel of them in my hands. I could play with them all day if
that sex crazed Tom would ever allow it.

I played and played and played with myself for I don't know
how long but it must have been close to dinner time because
Tom poked his head in through the bushes, saw me playing with
my breasts still and covered up his eyes. "Sorry," he said
apologetically. "I just wanted you to know that it's about
dinner time."

"Already?" I asked letting go of my wonderful fun little
breasts now with a disapointed sigh.

"Afraid so. You've been here almost two full hours," he claimed but to me it seemed a whole lot less than that.

Chapter Six

Poor little Heather had to sit at the dinner table in a
high chair for babies. She grumped and complained about it
the entire time but her "daddy" tired of her ownry behavior
and scolded her several times.

Dr. Hallins didn't give his usual speech which was of no
surprise because he seemed pretty upset still at what Tom
and I had done to him.

The other women sat beside their former male bodies absolutely
enthralled and deeply in love with them. I could tell right
away by the way most of them were holding hands and leaning
into their boyfriend's shoulders but by the middle of the
meal there was a little hanky panky going on beneith the
table.

I deliberately dropped my spoon for an excuse to see what
all the sudden eye movements from the women were all about.

Below the table almost all their boyfriends had slipped off
one shoe or another and were rubbing their feet slowly up
and down the legs of their dates.

I picked up the spoon and sat back down in my chair and let
go a funny smirk at what I'd seen. Tom looked down at me
but didn't get the joke.

"Heather, eat your peas or you'll get no dessert," Dr. Hallins
sternly warned.

"They taste yucky. I don't like 'em," Heather complained
crossing her tiny arms over her chest in protest.

Dr. Hallins took a bite of peas himself and made an "mmmm"
sound to show her even HE liked peas and why not her?

"I don't care if YOU like 'em. I don't like 'em no more,"
Heather whined.

Dr. Hallins rapped his fork loudly on the girl's high chair tray. "Remember what we already discussed, young lady. I'll
have no more outbursts of this kind here at my table."

"Okay," Heather reluctantly agreed. "I guess so... but I
still don't like them peas. I don't like ANYTHING green."

"Not even cute little frogs?" one of the women interjected.

"Ewww! Frogs are yucky," Heather said squinting her eyes
and puckering her lips all up into a sourpuss expression.

Suddenly Robert stood up and clinked his spoon on his wine
glass to make an announcement. "I'm sure many of you will
soon come to the same conclusion as Roberta and I have. At
least it's my hope you do so. Anyway, I'd like to announce
that Roberta and I are now engaged to be married. The wedding
will hopefully take place two weeks from now in Las Vegas and
you are all invited to join us if you'd like."

There was much clapping and congradulations from all around
the table.

I could sense the jealousy in Tom, Jack and Alex's eyes at
how lucky Robert was that he'd completely won over Roberta
in less than a single day already.

I could only sit there and feel myself blushing at how awkward
THAT would be - to get married to your own self like that and
be your own bride.

Dr. Hallins stood up as Robert sat down again. "It will be
my honor to attend the wedding and give my daughter away."

He sat back down to more clapping and shot a menacing look
towards Tom and I.

Hallins finally decided it was about time to finally introduce
the spoiled little brat daughter of his in the high chair.

"I'm sure some of you have already met her," he said,"But this
is my five year old daughter Heather."

"Hi Heather!" the women all chimed together. The men simply
sat there and gave a casual wave.

Dr. Hallins continued,"Unfortunately she couldn't be with us
until this afternoon as she was visiting her mother on a
nearby isle. The divorce has put an unfortuante rift in the
family and though I have full custody, I have thus far freely
allowed Heather every opportunity to visit her dear mother."

I saw the lie for what it was. A cheap excuse to explain
Heather's sudden appearance here and nothing more.

Heather's eyes wandered around the table and she smiled in
amusement at her little secret but Tom and I knew who she
was before and so did her "daddy."

"Well I think she's absolutely adorable," one of the women
said and Heather's face gushed and blushed happy to hear it.

It was funny how the child displayed two completely seperate
attitudes. One of denial, hatred, betrayal and anger, the
other of giddy little fits of happiness and loyal innocence
that crept up on her without her ever really realizing it.

The maid had thus far sort of took up the role of nanny for
the child and picked up a spoon full of peas and offered it
to her. "Now, now. Open up wide. The airplane's coming
inside."

Heather's eyes seemed as if they were about to pop out of her
head as she tasted the first spoonful of peas. She shook her
head no but the maid forced her to chew down every drop and
then handed her her glass of milk. Heather gulped down the
milk greedily to wash away the aftertaste only to be confronted by another silly little airplane coming in for
another landing in her mouth.

"Oooo! No! Nasty, icky, icky, no," Heather complained.

"Two more bites now, almost done sweetheart," the maid assured
her. "And then you get some nice chocolate pudding for dessert."

The last mouthful was too much for the poor child. She spit
out the peas and one of them landed in her daddy's glass of
milk. Another bounced off his forhead and landed on the floor.
A third went rolling across the table and landed in one of
the women's laps.

Dr. Hallins stood up and threw his napkin down angrily on
the table. He walked over and scooped up his five year old
daughter out of her high chair and carried her kicking and
screaming down the hall and into the library.

I looked at Tom and he looked at me and neither of us could
believe what we were hearing. Poor little Heather was now
getting a spanking from her former male body and couldn't
do a thing about it.

Tom whispered to me,"That's got to be a little awkward for
her."

I smiled weakly back and shrugged unkowingly. I couldn't
imagine what the poor little girl must actually be thinking right now but betrayal once more popped into mind.

After awhile the two returned and Heather was rubbing her
sore little bottom through the fabric of her pink puffy
dress. Her daddy lifted her up and set her back down in
her high chair and said,"I'm sorry but I must excuse myself
from the rest of this little... gathering. I will see you off
on your voyage first thing in the morning. Good night."

Heather's eyes were all watery and she sniffled sobbing from
the spanking.

"Oh come now, sweetie, it's all right. You must learn to better behave yourself. It's not nice to spit out our food
all over the place," the maid said trying to calm the girl
down. "Here, now, here's your pudding. See? You still get
your pudding for at least trying to be a good girl and eat
all your peas... well... most of them."

Heather moved her lips mocking the maid's words as she said
them. She was clearly angry and upset at the whole mess. I felt a little sorry for her again at what Tom and I did. It
really was a shame to have to turn Hallins into a five year
old girl and leave her under the supervision of her old male
body.

After dinner and dessert all the couples retired to their
rooms and Tom and I to ours.

I sat down in bed expecting Tom to be all over me once more
like he'd been all day long but he surprised me and stepped
into the bathroom and took a shower.

Awhile later he came out whistling a happy little tune to
himself with a large white bath towel wrapped about his waist.

"What are you so happy about?" I asked watching him get
dressed in only a pair of white boxer shorts.

"Why wouldn't I be happy? It's been a heck of a little
vaction so far, wouldn't you say? I'll bet you never expected
anything like this when you accepted the Doctor's invitation."

"Well I didn't expect he'd turn all us men into our own
girlfriends."

Tom chuckled at that and climbed into bed with me. He put an
arm around my shoulder and pulled me close, kissing me atop
the head. "You know you're having fun and wouldn't have missed
out on a thing like this for anything in the world."

"Well... maybe..."

"I've decided to start listening to you," Tom said. "From now
on I'm going to put your interests first. Yours above mine. I
won't be selfish any longer. I promise. I'll give you the
space and freedom you deserve. In fact, tonight's your call
completely. You want to just snuggle? Then let's snuggle."

He pulled me in close to him and the little man in my head
went screaming into a fit but my body reacted approvingly
and filled my heart with true warmth and comfort.

I sighed and thanked him for this. He reached over and turned
off the light and I fell asleep like that in his arms.

Tom gently shook me awake early the following morning. He'd
already gotten up and had dressed himself in some dark blue Bermuda shorts and a bright flowering Hawiian shirt and
boat dockers.

"It's time to get packed and ready to sail, my sweet," he said and I sat up yawning and rubbing the sleep from my eyes.

He gave me a quick hug and a kiss good morning on the lips
and I frowned as the little man in my head didn't seem to be
anywhere around now to complain. It seemed I'd frightened him
completely away last night by our snuggling.

"Wait a minute," I said afterward. "Do that again."

Tom hugged and kissed me once more and I felt genuine pleasure
from it for the first time without feeling the slightest bit
guilty or weirded out afterwards.

"What?" Tom asked looking deeply into my surprised eyes.

"Nothing," I said dismissing the notion of telling him about
it right now. "It was wonderful. That's all."

He scratched his head in confusion and went about the business
of packing now.

I went in the bathroom and relieved my bladder on the toilet then got undressed and hopped in the shower afterwards.

It was a true luxury having a nice body like this to wash. Every curve and ounce of flesh was amazing to the touch and
for a good ten minutes I was in absolute heaven. I retained
self control somehow avoiding masturbation in such a sexy,
wonderful woman's body and just enjoyed the simple pleasure
of washing myself all over with a washcloth.

So smooth and silky soft and slippery wet all over. I couldn't
believe this was actually me now. Not a hint of stubble on
my legs or under my armpits or pussy. I imagined perhaps Dr. Hallins had engineered my body to avoid growing body hair in those places.

I finished up my shower and toweled myself dry, then walked
back in the bedroom with a towel around my waist.

Tom pointed at my mistake. "I don't mind the free peep show,
my dear, but shouldn't you be wearing that towel like a woman
now instead of a man?"

I gasped in embarrassment as I looked down. I quickly covered
up my breasts with both hands even though Tom had seen them
well enough already the past day and a half.

"Oops," I said turning to face the dresser now.

I pulled out some panties and a bra, both white and made of
smooth soft thin cotton. I wore these and only fumbled a little bit with the clasps in the back of the bra before
Tom came to the rescue and locked it in place.

"Thanks," I said blushingly. "Guess I'll have to learn how
to do that myself."

"No hurry. I like helping you get dressed," he admitted with
a sly grin.

I walked over to the closet and selected a white summer dress
and slipped into that. Tom did the zipper up in back for me
and I thanked him once again.

I slipped into a pair of white leather sandals and buckled
them up.

Tom helped me pack my suitcase. There was my old black one
sitting already packed there on the bed. I'd been given a
pink one by Dr. Hallins as had all the other new women.

After packing we headed down for a quick bite to eat.

After that Tom went up and got our suitcases and walked me
to the dock. Dr. Hallins was there and watched Tom and I
board.

Tom took the suitcases down below deck to our cabin and
returned shortly after. He winked at me and annouced for
all to hear, including the Doctor,"Well it seems as though
I've forgotten my watch. I'll just pop back in the house
and get it. Won't be but a minute. Please don't sail away
without me."

He jogged down the boarding ramp and along the dock vanishing
into the jungle beyond.

Dr. Hallins didn't suspect a thing and seemed ever anxious
to see us off his island.

Heather was aboard and so was the maid here to escort her
off to boarding school. The maid held tightly to the girl's
shoulders but Heather didn't want to go and kept struggling
to get away. "No! I don't wanna go to boarding school!" she
cried squirming to break free. "I don't wanna go. You can't
make me! You're all making a mistake. I don't need to go.
Daddy, what are you doing? Why are you sending me away like
this?"

Her father smiled and waved. "I'm sorry sweetie but you need
to go to school now. You're a big girl, remember? Big girls
like you have to go off to school."

"But daddy," she pleaded rolling her eyes a bit, trying to
remind him of the secret of who she really was. "Daddy...
you know... Come on now, daddy, you know you shouldn't treat
me this way. Daddy... remember? Remember what happened?"

"Oh I remember all right, my sweet little darling daffodil," Hallins said with a content smile. "That's part of why you
have to go away for awhile. I don't need you tinkering around in my lab anymore. That's for daddy to worry about, now, my
dear little angel. Don't worry though. I promise to
come visit you from time to time. Things will all work out.
You'll see."

"But daddy...," Heather said then her eyes nearly crossed
as she danced in place and shot a hand to her crotch. "Ooo!
Rats! Now I gotta go tinkles..."

The maid escorted her below deck to the ladies room and
one of the other women commented on the girl's behavior,"She's
worked herself all up over nothing, I'm sure. Poor little
angel. Don't worry, Doctor, we'll take good care of your
daughter."

Tom returned several minutes later and boarded the ship.

Dr. Hallins bid us all a fond farewell and untied the ropes
securing the ship to the dock as anchor chains clattered and rose.

The captain blew the fog horn a few times signalling the
start of our voyage. Dr. Hallins watched us sail away with
his back to the island. Off in the distance over the thick
green jungle I saw a black billow of smoke rising high into
the clear blue sky.

"Tom, what did you do?" I whispered.

"Oh, I gave the good Doctor something to keep himself busy for
a little while, that's all," Tom replied with a smile.

"You set the whole place on fire?"

"No. Just the lab. I'm sure the Doctor and his servants will
get the fire under control and put out before it spreads to
the rest of the house. If not then I suppose they'll just have
to rebuild."

Tom kissed me on the forhead and we waved to the Doctor and
he waved back, blissfully unaware still of the dreadful fire burning away in his lab.

I suppose he must have watched us until we'd sailed over the
horizon before he realized his house was aflame.

Though the small cruise liner had an engine to propel us
faster home she also had sails which were currently flapping
about in a westerly moving tradewind.

Jack, Robert and Alex wasted no time in taking their love struck girlfriends below deck to their cabins. I could only
imagine all the fun they were having already.

Tom Alexander Venton gave me a big hug and a kiss. The little
man in my head was nowhere around to protest. Maybe I'd gotten
rid of him for good and I guess that's all right because at
least I was finally starting to fall in love with the man
that was myself.

Heather was always ever the little mischief maker on our
voyage home but other than that her nanny the maid kept her pretty well in line.

Tom Venton had some pretty big shoes to fill for me if he was
ever going to prove himself husband material and I, well, I
had some new shoes of my own to fill and a great big new
world to view through a woman's eyes.

That's how I left behind the world of men on Dr. Hallins'
island and ventured forth into the world of women.

Every now and then I could see a glimpse of the world I'd
left behind but now that I was a girl I knew I would always
be treated a little differently by members of my former sex.

I guess that's all right though because I've got Tom and
he's got me and no matter what anyone else says we both
know who the real Tom Venton is right now. He's his own
girlfriend.

What a trip. A girl now and with a know-it-all boyfriend
in my old male body to shower love and kisses on me for
the rest of my life.

And who's Kate now, you wonder? She's a lucky little lady. In fact she's the one this adventure's all about but don't you worry. This is only the beginning.

Apart of Me Together: Romance on the Run

PART II

Chapter One

As soon as we got back home from our recent trip to Dr. Hallins' island Tom bought me tons of new clothes,
especially sexy lingerie to wear for him in the bedroom.
Along with the new clothes came the shoes, makeup, perfumes
and other accessories. The only thing even remotely boyish
of my entire new wardrobe were some cutoff shorts but even
those were cut too small for a guy. It looked like from now
on skirts and dresses would be my thing.

The cruise back home had taken us just over a week and by
now I was almost like putty in Tom's hands, willing to do
just about anything he wanted.

Sex from now on meant sex with my boyfriend. I'd made him
stop taking those aphrodesiac pills the first day of our
voyage home but by now Tom was taking them again, insistant
that we have sex as often as possible before my first
monthly period kicked in, signalling my eggs were ready
and that I could then get pregnant. After that we'd have
to take precautions unless we both wanted a baby on our
hands.

It was a Friday night, our first Friday in my old house.
Tom had worked hard all week at my old computer programming
job down at the office and was looking forward to spending
lots of time with me in bed over the weekend.

It was our third time tonight having sex toghether and
we'd just climaxed together moments ago. He was still in
me, my knees resting on my shoulders, feet high in the air
above my head, his hands still gently caressing my smooth
soft calves. At my insistance he kept his cock there in my
pussy so I could further enjoy the wonderful sensation of
fullness.

I gazed down past my little breasts a big puffy brown and
pink nipples, down past my smooth, flat little tummy to
where our bodies joined together at the crotch. It fascinated
me that that was my former cock there shoved all the way deep
inside my pussy. "Oh god," I moaned straining my neck for
another look at it.

He saw me looking at it and reached over to the nightstand
table and got out a pink plastic framed mirror. He positioned
it down there for me to get a good look at my pussy with his
cock still in it. The mirror had been Tom's idea and it blew
my mind every single time. So did getting screwed with my
legs up in the air over my head.

There it was, my little football shaped venus mons with a
simple slit running down the middle of it. There it was, the
base of his cock shaft peeking out a little, the rest of it
all snug and warm inside a mass of slippery wetness.

He set the mirror back down and gave my pussy a few gentle
pats of appreciation, then smoothed his hands luxuriously
all around my little smooth hairless mound. "Mmmm," he
nearly moaned then chuckled softly to himself at having
victoriously mounted me and done the deed.

I let my head fall back upon the pillow then craned my neck
again for just one more look.

"Oh god," I whispered in disbelief at what I saw.

We'd had sex over fifty times since I'd changed into a woman
and I still couldn't believe a sight like this.

Just how deep in his cock went I couldn't tell. Even with
his cock now going limp after sex it was still pretty huge
in there. My pussy had clamped down on it after we climaxed
and I wouldn't let it go. He could easily slip out of me now,
though, if he wanted. It was too slippery inside for me to
really do anything about it but he was there now and I was
absolutely amazed.

I let my head flop back down on the pillow.

Maybe just one more look.

I craned my head once more. "Oh wow, Tom..."

He grinned down at the sight and seemed to read my thoughts.

"I'm in you," he whispered proudly.

I balled up my hands into little fists and reached up and
gently pounded on his chest all giddy now with laughter.

"Oh wow, Tom..."

His body tensed up and he somehow summoned up one last little
spurt as he injected his seed in me again. My pussy muscles
clenched and tugged his cock inward, trying to sap out every
last little drop.

"All done now," he said pulling out of me and I watched as
the tip of his cock emerged leaving a long slick trail of
cum behind which broke off and smacked against my tummy.

I reached down with one finger and swirled up a little of the
stuff on my finger tip and brought it up to my face for
closer inspection. "Oh wow..."

It had been my cum I was staring at, now his. It seemed odd
and alien and somehow mysterious to me.

He gave my pussy a few gentle pats. "All filled up for now,"
he informed me as he climbed off of me and rolled over on
his back beside me.

I swung my legs down to the mattress. My knees remained bent,
legs a little wide still. I reached down and cupped both
hands over my crotch, feeling the smoothness and wetness
there. I bit my lower lip and brought my legs down flat
against the mattress and close together. "Nnnnnnn... wow,
wow, wow..."

(and their girls) - other guests
Tom Alexander Venton - former main char. 28

------------------------------
from dream: It shook so hard "I think the earthquake had an earthquake."

runners on a beach.... dusk or just after nightfall.
running to a point and back again, getting lost on the way n a maze of buildings, a mechanic's shop, etc.

riding down a hill quickly on a bicicle, fearing death is
just around the corner on a busy street as a car
could pull out at any moment.

doughnut shop - they all went out for them on bikes but
somehow I always got left behind. Then I stored my bike in
a little crate by or in the pizza parlor.

crazy "secret" door in plain sight in there - leads to another
side of the pizza parlor where everything's so much more fancy.

Earthquake happens and bnuilding seems to groan from above
like it's ready to collapse. I make a run for it but too late -
the roof caves in but not all the way. thanks to the odd
-design where there are crossbeams on the walls, the ceiling is "caught" at about
three feet from the floor. Three feet from being flattened
completely.

Crawl into the pizza kitchen, the roof there is made of
plastic and fiber glass and is easier tobreak through to make an
escape but it's a two to three storie drop to the ground
below.

Ther's a tree and in its branches for decoration makeshift
skeletal art.

I go crashing down as I lose my footing....

my body slams into the ground, my head landing on a girl's
back there (people all around were lying on the ground now, some dead perhaps, others alive but weakened or injured.

+++++++

Jack, Robert and Alex (and their girls) - other guests
Tom Alexander Venton - former main char. 28
Kate - main char. 23
Dr. Hallins - mad scientist
Heather - age 5, the "new" Dr. Hallins

Dash

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • 7,500 < Novelette < 17,500 words

Genre: 

  • Transgender

Character Age: 

  • Teenage or High School

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

An old story of mine. I wonder if I should have entitled it "Dashed" instead. A good friend of mine read it and said it read like a Twilight Zone story or an Outer Limits tale. I don't know but I kind of like the dystopic feel.

Dash
by Cleo Kraft
-------------
"Hi."

Crackle-crack-crackle.

"Hello there."

"Hi."

"Hi."

"Hello."

Crackle.

"Hold on a sec. Warming up."

Crackle-Hummmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm.

"Come closer. Yes, that's it, my friend. I am truly glad you have taken the
time to visit me today . . ."

"Greetings! Hey there! Well, look at me now, will you? Ha! What more can
I say? Just look at me now . . ."

"Hi mom!"

"Hello again. Flowers? For me? How sweet my dear."

There I stood, all alone and beside a row of statues in the Old Blue River
Graveyard and the memory boxes were running off their little gedsols at
me quite bedaggledly.

"Lo there visitor! Stand forward and speak."

"Hello from the great beyond. How are you?"

"Hello there stranger."

"Howdy pawwwwwwwwrd-ner. Stay awhile, wone-shuh?"

I stood there in the graveyard like I always did every night at just before
midnight. My friends - well, they're blingoed, you know, expired, only
it's not like you'd think. They'd already blingoed before I even met a
single one of them.

You see, I'm an old sentimental. A lonefre kadigor, you know, a loner,
and Sedge is the name I go by. I pay visits to the little memory boxes
each night in my favorite graveyard, the Blue River. I'm sort of like
their protector now. I try and keep the Grims and yonlemen from harming
my friends but sometimes I'm not much of a protector and my enemies gang
up on me and in comes the painful and familiar beatings.

"Good evening Sedge," Dolly, one of the smart-graves, said.

"Good evening Dolly. Circuits keeping you warm enough tonight?"

"Yes, thank you. I was wondering, Sedge, if you might free me tonight."

"I'm sorry, Dolly, but I still don't have enough on me to buy you out
of there."

She cried a bit but there really wasn't a thing I could do to help her
right now. I wanted to help her real bad because I knew how much it meant
for her to be a lonefre like myself. Bodies aren't exactly cheap though,
and I doubt if I'd ever be able to help the poor girl out on the little
money I manage to scrape up to keep me going from day to day.

"Tomorrow? Will you free me tomorrow, Sedge?"

"Perhaps, Dolly. Yes, perhaps tomorrow."

I wanted her to keep positive about things and always keep hope alive but
the reality of the situation is that I simply won't ever be able to afford
to free poor old Dolly.

"I hope it's tomorrow. I really do, Sedge. Please help me, Sedge. I'll do
anything to be free again. To see the sky with real eyes, to smell the
flowers, to dance and sing and live and love. I'd do anything to be free,
Sedge. Please help me, won't you?"

"I'll do my best, Dolly. You know it won't be easy to come up with the
money, but I'll do my best, my friend. For now, I can only promise to
come here every night and do my best to protect you from the Grims and
yonlemen."

"You look different tonight, Sedge. Did you do something with your hair?"

"It's the hormones," I replied. "I've been taking female hormones again
recently. The govdocs are giving them away for free again because crime
went up again in the male population, and you know how it pays to be a
woman these days, so I'm decided to give it a try. Maybe once I'm a woman,
I'll be able to keep a steady job. Who knows."

"I like you the way you are, Sedge."

"Thank you, Dolly, but this is something I feel I need to do."

"Will you have babies, Sedge?"

"No, Dolly. The govdocs won't pay for artiwomb implants, so I'm afraid
I won't be able to have any children."

"That's really sad, Sedge. I want you to be able to have children."

"Me too, Dolly. Me too."

Just then someone hit me in the back with a small rock. I turned around
and there was Lee. He was a mean old Grim who usually brought his whole
gang with him, but tonight he came alone and surprisingly he wasn't
carrying his baseball bat with him.

"I told you before - those boxes belong to the Zells," he said clenching
his fists as he approached me.

"I won't let you take them," I said standing my ground.

It was nearly midnight now. If he took the boxes at midnight, it was
bad news for the blingoed.

"How many times do I got to teach you a lesson, Sedge? Now if you don't
vammyscray out of here right now, I'm gonna beat the kunk out of you
with my bare hands."

"Run, Sedge!" Dolly cried. "I can't bear to watch you get hurt again.
Run!"

"Not tonight, Dolly," I said. "Not tonight or any night - ever. I'm not
going to let a stupid Grim tell me what to do."

Lee ran at me and I expected him to punch me but instead he ran right
past me and up to Dolly's box and yanked it from the base of her statue
and all the wires came dangling out.

"Sedge? I don't want it to end like this . . . Sedge? Can you hear me?"

I grabbed Lee's arm and tried to pull him away but he slugged me one
in the side and I fell down on Dolly's grave.

"Sedge? Good-bye Sedge . . . Good-bye . . ."

Lee finally ripped the wires all apart and tossed the box aside and looked
at his watch.

"Just midnight," he said with a satisfied grin. "Perfect. How's your little
friend now, huh? Gone and gone forever, that's how. Gone at the stroke of
the haunting hour. Perfect. Now get the kunk off my turf."

Grims loved to cheat those that in some little way cheated death, and
to cheat them at midnight was especially their favorite time to do their
cheating.

He wouldn't harm the other memory boxes tonight. No, he'd be back tomorrow
night to try and pull the plug on one of my other friends and I'd be right
here to try and stop him.

I got up off the ground and dusted myself off with my hands, then I turned
and walked down the little cobblestone path.

I really will miss poor old Dolly I think the most. She was like the
closest thing I ever had to a girlfriend.

I wandered off the graveyard and down a lonely street that took me
down to the docks where I lived with some other lonefre kadigors.

It wasn't really living in the true sense of the word, but at least it
couldn't get much worse. It was just a bunch of tents and cardboard boxes
in a back alley between two warehouses. The lonefres I hung out with there
were all men like myself but in various stages of feminization from the
free hormones the govdocs have been passing out. We referred to each other
as girls would refer to other girls for that's what we each would become
when the hormones were through with us.

Charlie was the most feminine one of us all. She had even gotten a steady
job recently at the fish market and was in the process of moving out of
our little alley and into her new boyfriend's house deep in North City
where all the great transgendered clubs are, like Dixy's and Smokin'
Sally's and The Girl Zone (which was the best or so I heard).

Charlie was brown eyed and dark skinned and she had long, straight, black
hair. If I didn't know she was a man I'd swear she was all woman. She
was twenty-three, but looked like an eighteen year old girl.

Nan was a grave saver like myself until last week when the grims broke
both her arms and she decided to retire. She was probably forty-something,
but with all the knife scars on her face, and the worry lines on her
forehead, and her gray old frazzled hair, she looked more like she was
in her sixties. The hormones gave her breasts and softer skin, but that
was about it. She still sadly looked like an old man for the most part.

Ogo was a young eighteener like myself. She exercises quite a bit and
her big, muscular body has been quite handy in keeping the grims from
bothering us in our little alley. She has blue eyes and dirty-blond hair,
like myself, and had only recently started on female hormones. She's going
to turn out to be one mean looking amazon lady, that's for sure.

I climbed in Nan's tent and saw her sitting there with her two broken
arms in frecasts and she and Ogo were staring at Charlie who was sitting
on the floor with her red dress pulled up and both legs spread wide so
everyone could see her new simvag.

"Hey Sedge, looks real, don't it?" Ogo asked me.

"It feels real too," Nan added. "Go on. Touch it. Charlie let us see how
good a job the docs did on her."

Ogo pushed me a few steps forward and I got down on my knee and
Charlie took my right hand and brought it up and between her legs.

"No stitches or nothin," Charlie bragged. "Got it a few hours ago. Got an
artiwomb too."

"How did you ever get the money?" I asked as she guided my hand along
the surface of her smooth simvag.

She guided two of my fingers in through the slit and into warm wetness
and said,"Boyfriend's a mugger and bank robber by trade, so he had
plenty of money and just gave it to me but he still doesn't know I
started out as a man, and now he'll never know."

"He just . . . gave you the money?" I asked as she pulled my hand deeper
into her simvag and let go, letting her simvag muscles push my hand back
out again.

"Yeah," Charlie said shrugging. "I guess he really loves me. I lied and
told him I needed the money for my sick and dying mother. Isn't that
naughty of me?"

She laughed.

"How come there's no stitches?" I asked.

"Seamless lasers," she said. "Seamless lasers cut out all the boy-stuff
and they put in the artiwomb and simvag and made sure to connect my
pee-hole and then they just sealed it all up. Took less than ten minutes
too."

"Charlie let us screw her," Nan bragged.

Charlie looked up at me and shrugged and said,"Had to test it out to
see if it works."

She laughed.

"Charlie, why don't you let Sedge help you test it out some more?" Ogo
suggested.

"No thanks," I said. "I'm not in the mood. I lost Dolly tonight to
the grims."

"That's awful, Sedge," Ogo said patting me on the back. "You'll get over
it though. She was already blingoed anyway. You did your best, I'm sure."

"Hey, Charlie," Nan said. "Tell Sedge what you're going to do for us.
That'll cheer her up."

"Artiwombs and simvags," Charlie said. "Artiwombs and simvags for all of
you. You won't need any more female hormone pills that way. You'll have
all the natural female hormones built right in, and I hear it speeds up
the feminization of the rest of your body pretty fast too. Also girlvocs
for each of you so you'll sound like real girls without having to worry
about retraining your voices."

"Really?" I asked.

"Yes," she replied. "First thing in the morning if you'd like."

___-----___

I woke up later that morning and Charlie led us all to the govdocs
office just up the street from us.

They could only work on one of us at a time and we decided to let Nan
go first. When she came back to the waiting room, she was just stunned
at how fast and easy it was, and her voice was all high pitched like
a teenage girl's. The docs also did something to her face to get rid
of her scars and make her nose smaller and her chin more like a girl.

"It was easy," Nan said sitting down on the chair beside me. "In fact
it was kind of fun. Go on, Sedge. Your turn. You go next."

"Next lady please," a nurse said from the doorway.

I stood up and followed the nurse down the hall and into the operating
room.

"Undress," she said and I undressed as she got all the surgical equipment
ready for me.

"Are you comfortable with that height?" the nurse asked as she strapped
me down to a table. "We can make you shorter you know. Your friend said
you could have anything done that you want. She's paying."

"A foot shorter would be nice," I said. That would make me five feet
tall.

"Okay, I'll begin on that now then," she said taking a laser of some
sort and quickly swiping it across my shins, cutting my legs all the
way through.

She cut again a few inches lower and quickly removed the unwanted bit
of material and reattached my legs with another type of laser that
amazingly reattached and healed muscle fiber, veins, arteries and
nerves as it sealed up the cut seamlessly.

She repeated this process with my thighs, then my upper and lower arms.

She also worked on my hands, making my fingers slightly smaller as
well as the rest of the bones in my hands. Then she repeated the process
on my feet.

All this took less than two minutes to complete.

"There you go," she said. "Five feet tall now."

Then the govdoc came in and quickly cut me open in between my legs
and removed what needed removing and placed in an artiwomb and simvag
and sealed it all up real quick.

"Nose and chin?" the govdoc asked.

"Yes please," I said.

"Want to see the options?" the nurse asked.

"No," I said. "Anything that looks pretty is fine."

"Okay," the govdoc said and began work on my face.

A few minutes later they were done changing my nose and rounding my
chin and were working on my girlvoc.

"Do you know `Mary had a little lamb'?" the nurse asked me and I
nodded. "Then go ahead and sing it for us."

"M-Marrrrrrry," I started, unsure of my voice which sounded really weird
now. "M-Mary haaaaaad a-"

"Adjust it up a bit more, would you nurse?"

"Yes doctor."

"....little lamb.... little la-"

"More please, that's it."

"....little lamb..... Mary had a-"

"Hold it right there. I think we've got it."

"....little lamb her fleece was white-"

"Perfect. All done. Send in the next one, nurse. I'll be in my office."

"....as snow."

"Good. Good girl," the nurse said patting me on the shoulder as the
doctor left the room. She then unstrapped me. "Now sit up, my dear. Good.
Now wasn't this easy? Now go over there and look in the mirror and get
yourself dressed. If your clothes won't fit, we can provide you with
a robe if you'd like."

I got up off the table and walked over to the mirror. There looking
back at me was someone not quite a man, but not entirely a woman either,
but I had a simvag and I girlvoc and I was shorter now, so I was well
on my way to becoming a real woman.

Certainly I was a woman where it counted now, but I still had a kind of
mannish body, which was oddly disturbing considering the changes that
had taken place a few moments ago.

"I think I need a robe," I said and the nurse handed me a white bathrobe.

"Now why don't you go back to the waiting room, now, okay?"

"Okay."

I walked down the hall, feeling weird being shorter now and with a simvag
between my legs.

"Look what they did to Sedge!" Nan exclaimed as I entered the waiting room.

"Sedge, you look pretty," Ogo said as I sat down beside her.

"Yes, Sedge," Charlie agreed. "You really got the works, didn't you? Well
I'm happy for you. Now you'll be able to get out of that alley. We'll get
you a boyfriend tonight at one of the clubs and you'll see. He'll take
care of you. You'll see. That's how it works now. You'll see. We'll go
dancing at The Girl Zone tonight. I'll see about setting you and Ogo and
Nan up with some blind dates. My boyfriend's got lots of buddies that need
girlfriends. I'll fix you up with them."

___-----___

That morning we all went out to get some clothes. It was the most fun I
think I'd ever had in my life.

I tried on dress after dress after dress and Charlie saw I couldn't make
up my mind, so she bought them all for me. Ten dresses in all, and lots
of panties, slips, stockings, shoes, make-up and other girl things.

"Why are you doing this for us, Charlie?" I asked.

"Because, you're my friends," she replied. "I can't go live the high life
with my boyfriend and leave my friends back in the gutter. It wouldn't be
right, so I'm helping all of you out of the gutter and into better lives."

"Thank you Charlie," Ogo said.

"Yeah, thanks Charlie," I added.

"You're a real friend Charlie," Nan said.

"It's nothing, really," Charlie said. "Now why don't you all try out some
wigs. Okay?"

I picked out a blonde wig. It was shoulder length wavy hair and it looked
pretty good on me so Charlie bought it for me.

Nan got a curly red wig and Ogo a long haired black one that hung down to
the middle of her back.

We went out into the mall all dressed up in some of our new clothes
and carried around huge bags full of the rest.

Ogo, Nan and myself sat down in a little coffee shop while Charlie made
a few phonecalls to arrange for our dates tonight.

"I can't wait to go dancing," Ogo said. "I mean, to go dancing as a real
live girl. I hope I get lucky tonight."

"I hope I don't break my neck," Nan said nodding to indicate the casts
on her arms. "These things are awkward enough, but with high heels, I'm
going to tip right over, I'm sure of it."

Charlie came back and sat down beside me. "I've got dates for everyone.
We'll all meet there at eight, okay?"

"Ogo and I are leaving at six, to get there early," Nan said.

"I'm not going that early," I said.

"Then you can go at seven, with me," said Charlie. "We'll walk. It's a
nice little walk."

___-----___

Five o'clock came and all of us were in Ogo's tent getting ready for
the big night out.

Charlie was helping me with my make-up and Nan helped Ogo with hers.

"I can't believe we're all really girls now," I said.

"Neither can I," Ogo said. "Isn't it great? I never thought it would feel
so nice."

"Yes," Nan said. "Thanks again Charlie. This was really nice of you."

"Don't mention it, Nan."

___-----___

Six o'clock came and Ogo and Nan headed on foot towards The Girl Zone
nightclub, leaving me alone with Charlie.

"You going back to the graveyard tonight?" Charlie asked.

"It's my duty as a lonefre kadigor. Besides, maybe this time the grims
will listen to me because I'm so pretty now."

"You be careful, Sedge. You know the grims can rape you now that you're
a girl. Just be careful whatever you do."

___-----___

Seven o'clock came and Charlie in her red dress, and me in mine, walked
out of the little alley and up the street.

We passed by the Blue River graveyard and I shuddered at the memory of
losing Dolly last night.

We walked up past the factories and into Old Town where some guys whistled
at us from their cars as they drove by.

"This is going to be fun, Sedge," Charlie said. "You'll have a blast tonight,
I just know it."

"I know. I can't wait to see who my date is."

"You'll like him, I'm sure. My boyfriend's buddies are all really nice guys,
aside from the dirty work they do to make a living."

It was dark now as we entered North City and passed by Dixy's club.

The thump-thumping of the music could be felt under our feet as we walked
by on the sidewalk.

We rounded a corner and passed by Smokin' Sally's club and turned left,
crossing the street now and walking down a small alleyway past rows and
rows of garbadge cans and old rusty junk.

"Ow!" I said tripping over something and falling to my hands and knees,
skinning my hands up a bit and bruising my knees and tearing my stockings.

My wig fell in a puddle of oil and my dress was now spotted with dirt
and grease.

"Are you okay Sedge?"

"Darn it," I said as Charlie helped me up to my feet. "I can't go in there
like this now, and my wig is totally ruined."

"Too bad you can't use that iron to get those wrinkles out of your dress
now," Charlie said and I looked at what I tripped over.

It was a rusty old iron.

"Yeah. Ironic isn't it?"

We headed out of the alley and turned right, walking under a small
building that hung over between two buildings like a bridge.

We continued down the sidewalk and Charlie and I both paused as the
whole street up ahead was darkened and littered with broken glass from
all the street lights and storefront windows that had been smashed.

There were a few burglar alarms ringing but apparently no police had
arrived yet.

"What's happened?" I asked.

"I don't know. This is awful."

We cautiously walked into the darkened street which was lit now only
by a sliver of moon that hung in the sky above.

I could just make out the shadowy forms of two bodies lying silently
in the street, and as we approached I could just make out the faces
on those bodies to be none other than Ogo and Nan.

At this point I really didn't know what to think about what happened
to them or what I was going to do. I think I was mostly filled with
fear and terror and my heart beat faster and faster as I turned and
looked around to see if anyone was near.

Then a pink neon sign flickered on and off and on like it couldn't
decide if it was really broken or not and what letters there were
read "he IR Zo e."

I walked up to the door and heard music coming from within, only it
sounded like music coming from a crackly old radio rather than from
any fancy nightclub sound system.

I peeked in the door and saw five guys sitting at a table playing
cards and listening to some grim-like music on the radio.

Most of the lights in the room were busted up and nearly all the
other tables and chairs were toppled over and body after body after
body lay there on the floor, either unconscious or dead and who knows
for how long either.

The five guys were smoking cigarettes and drinking hard liquer and
they all turned to face me as I stood there in the doorway.

One of them stood up and he walked a few paces towards me and I saw
him under the crackle and glow of one of the pink ceiling lights
that still worked. His face was shrouded with pink light and I couldn't
believe who it was.

"How many times do I got to teach you a lesson, Sedge? Now if you don't
vammyscray out of here right now, I'm gonna beat the kunk out of you
with my bare hands."

It was Lee!

I was completely speechless and terrified with shock now.

"Have you gone fag on us, Sedge? And here I thought you were pretty
tough, standing up to me and my gang night after night. Well, looks
like I get to beat the kunk out of you after all."

He ran for me with fists flying and before I knew it he punched me a
dozen times or more and knocked me clean out of my high heels and onto
the sidewalk.

"If there's one thing I don't like, it's faggies like you, Sedge," he
said kicking me in the side again and again. "Get up and fight like a
man if you've still got any balls."

He stood back for a moment and let me get up to my feet, but then he
socked me real hard in the stomach, knocking the wind out of me for
a moment.

"Won't it be nice," Lee said kicking me in the shin and punching
me in the side. "To have the whole graveyard all to myself from
now on."

I'd taken beatings from him before, but none like this, and none with
such hate. All because I wanted to be a girl, he put extra effort into
his punches and kicks. This was the worst beating I'd ever gotten in
my life and I was too struck with fear, pain, and terror to do anything
about it.

I stumbled back and fell over Ogo's body in the street.

"Get up and fight," Lee said kicking me in the leg. "Get up and fight."

I got up and he paused, waiting for me to swing a punch at him.

"Come on, faggie, punch me. Go on. Here's your chance. Punch me good," he
said.

Instead I was filled with adrenaline suddenly and it gave me the needed
energy to attempt and run away.

I ran, ripping up my stockings and cutting up my feet on broken glass
as I headed for the ally.

"You won't get off that easily," he said walking casually towards me
while slowly clasping his right fist into his left hand over and over
again.

I stumbled in the alley, tripping again over that same damned iron
and landing in a puddle of oil.

I saw Charlie on the other side of the alley looking back at me with
a puzzled look on her face as Lee came walking into the alley kicking
over garbage cans to his left and right as he approached me.

"Get up, Sedge," he said. "Get up or I'll finish you where you are."

I got up and he started punching me again and again in the ribs and I
heard some of them snap.

He socked me once more real hard in the side of my jaw, breaking it and
sending me spinning about and falling down to my hands and knees.

There before me lay the rusty old iron and without thinking I knew just
what to do.

"Get up faggie," he said kicking me in the butt as I had my back to him.

I picked up the iron and from this angle he couldn't see what I had now
in my hands.

I trembled with fear, closed my eyes, got up and swung my arms about
blindly at the spot where I thought his head should have been.

Klunk! Thud!

I opened my eyes and looked and there he was sprawled out over a pile
of garbage with blood oozing out from the side of his head.

I almost dropped the iron I was so shook up, but I didn't. Instead I
thought about what Lee had done to me and my friends and all the poor
other girls back at the club and I thought about all the hate he had
displayed towards me just because I wanted to be a girl . . .

. . . and I hit him, and I hit him, and I hit him again and again and
again with that rusty old iron until it was soaked with blood and then
I dropped the iron right there beside him in a puddle of oil and heard
the splash echo in the otherwise quiet alleyway.

"You killed him," a woman said. "You killed my boyfriend."

I turned and saw who it was speaking to me now.

It was Charlie.

"You killed him," she said and screamed for the police.

I didn't try to run or hide. I just stayed there and stared at Charlie
and trembled in shock at what had happened this evening. I couldn't
believe that Charlie's boyfriend who unwittingly paid for my sex change
was in fact Lee.

Lee didn't know Charlie was a man before, and that's what really got me
because he knew I had been a man before and look how he treated me.

. . . And now the police arrive at long last, but too late for Ogo and Nan
and too late now for Lee.

They took me away and I was accused of outright murder. Though my lawyer
did his best to get me a lesser sentence, the jury convicted me of first
degree murder and I was given lethal injection ten years later.

Dashed off into oblivion.

___-----___

"Hi."

Crackle-crack-crackle.

"Hello there."

"Hi."

"Hi."

"Hello."

Crackle.

"Hold on a sec. Warming up."

Crackle-Hummmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm.

"Come closer. Yes, that's it, my friend. I am truly glad you have taken the
time to visit me today . . ."

THE END

Girlastic Park

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • Fiction

Genre: 

  • Comedy

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Rodger watched another leg mold get dipped into the vat of wax.

Working at the wax museum was an interesting job but somehow Rodger
expected more out of life than living in loneliness and working at
a dead end job like the one he had.

The leg mold came up out of the vat and Rodger swung the manipulator
arm around and grabbed the mold with the metal claw.

He let the wax dry while he walked over to attend to a finished leg.

He opened the other mold, revealing the sexy resemblance of a womans
leg.

The room vibrated and shook.

A loud noise coming from the roof told Rodger that the vibrations
were from a helicopter landing.

"What the heck is a chopper doing up there?" he asked setting the
leg down and heading for the stairs.

A little man in a white suit was sitting in the upstairs office

with a glass of champagne.

"What the hell are you doing in my office?" Rodger asked furiously.

"Hubert Crouwly," the old man said offering a handshake. "I'm here
to offer you a little trip to my island."

"What? What are you talking about?" Rodger asked taking a glass
and accepting some champagne from the stranger.

"You are Rodger Thornton, right? The statue and wax artist so well
known for your female replicas?" Mr. Crouwly asked.

"Yes, why?" Rodger asked.

"I'm here to offer you a trip to the ultimate little island retreat.
There's something I really have to show you. It's right in your line
of business. You'll love it," Mr. Crouwly boasted.

"Why should I go?" Rodger asked.

"Because, my friend, I need you. I'll buy this little museum and
give it to you as a gift if you'll come with me to see my island,"
Mr. Crouwly said and sipped some champagne.

Rodger was speechless for a moment and then said,"W-why sure! I guess
I'm going then."

"Fantastic!" Mr. Crouwly said standing up,"Then let's get going."

"Now?" Rodger asked.

"Yes, Rodger," the old man said walking up the stairs to the waiting
helicopter. "Now. There's no time like the present."

___-----___

The ride there was uneventful and when they landed a jeep was waiting
for them.

They rode through the woods along a little dirt road.

"Nice little place you have here," Rodger commented.

"Yes indeed," Mr. Crouwly agreed as they approached a huge gate and
fence.

"Why the big wall?" Rodger asked as some guardsmen opened the gate.

"Ah, don't want to spoil the surprise, my friend," the old man said
and drove on through the gate. "Don't want to at all."

They drove up to a little hilltop and parked.

Across the wide meadows were hundreds, perhaps even thousands of
beautiful young women in various forms of dress and undress.

"Wowie!" Rodger exclaimed. "Where did all these girls come from?"

"Like them?" Mr. Crouwly asked.

"Like 'em? I LOVE 'em!" Rodger said with wide eyes.

"I made them myself," Mr. Crouwly bragged with crossed arms and a
grin. "Got a whole lab and everything. Isn't it great? A woman custom
designed to suit your every need and fantasy. Welcome to Girlastic
Park."

Rodger whistled and a few girls giggled and waved back.

"This is awesome!" Rodger said. "You've got to show me this lab of
yours."

The old man smiled and drove on,"Rodger, my friend, I thought you'd
never ask."

___-----___

They arrived at the main complex and parked the jeep at the foot
of the stone steps.

"Right this way," the old man urged and they walked up and through
the open doorway.

Inside were many statues of nude women striking various poses.

"Wow," Rodger said looking around.

"The entire place is dedicated to the beauty of the female body,"
Mr. Crouwly explained. "It took hundreds of men to build such a place
but I think it's worth it. We're really going to do some great business
here, my friend."

"Business?" Rodger asked.

"Yes, both tourism and custom designed wives for sale," the old man
said with a wink. "We'll make a fortune. Isn't it wonderful?"

"Isn't that like slavery?" Rodger asked.

"Oh no, not slavery," Mr. Crouwly corrected. "I don't approve of
that. What we have here is just a fee for a service. I create the
women, and men will pay me for this service and get to take home
a custom designed girl. Wonderful, wonderful technology exists on
this island, Rodger. You will see. It makes your wax girls look primitive
compared to what I can do here. Come, you must see the rest."

A hunchbacked man walked into the room to greet them.

"Ah, just in time," Mr. Crouwly said. "Rodger, meet my assistant
and good friend, Igor."

"Hello," Rodger said shaking hands with the big man.

"Good to meet ya Rodger," Igore said.

"Igor here will escort you on the remainder of the tour," Mr. Crouwly
said. "Take care of him, will you Igor?"

"Yes master," Igor said and turned to open a door. "This way please,
Rodger."

They walked inside a room filled with theater seats.

A glass panel stood out on the far wall as a viewport to what lay
behind.

"Be seated," Igor said and sat.

Roger sat down and the room moved slowly to the left.

A narrator spoke out as they proceeded past various observation points.

"Welcome to Girlastic Park," the female voice said. "The place where
girls come true."

"Neat," Rodger said as the ride proceeded.

A slide show came on and displayed the making of the park.

Then they saw a room where some machines were hard at work.

"This is the girl factory," the narrator said. "Please notice how
every girl is designed with the utmost care during her creation.
The machine you see before you is a biological conversion unit. We
can take virtually anything living and make it into a custom designed
woman. Gorillas have been successfully converted in such manner during
testing. For our purposes, the gorilla is the perfect animal for conversion.
After conversion, we modify the brain patterns slightly to correct for
remnants of animal behavior. Indeed, our girls are perfect. See for
yourself."

"You turn gorillas into women?" Rodger asked. "Isn't that a bit
sick and demented?"

Igor shrugged,"I just work here. I don't pretend to understand what
goes on. All I know is this stuff brings me a nice paycheck each month.
I could care less how demented it is as long as I get my money."

The ride ended shortly after that.

"Wow," Rodger said in the lobby. "It sure was an interesting ride."

"Thanks," Igor said and handed Rodger a key. "Here's your room key.
It's located upstairs. Please get settled and meet down here for breakfast
in the morning."

___-----___

That morning, after a large breakfast, Rodger and Mr. Crouwly went
inside one of the larger labs.

Conveyer belts rolled along around the room noisily.

"This is the beauty parlor," Mr. Crouwly said gesturing to a few
young blondes who were lying on their backs, nude, while the conveyer
belts took them through several machines. "We make the girls in the
next room, then the conveyers take them here where the ladies get
full make overs. We also use this room for a general purpose beauty
parlor and plan on using it a lot for some of the guests in the future."

Rodger stood beside an oval shaped machine.

"This one is the leg waxer," Mr. Crouwly explained. "Takes all the
hair off the rest of the body as well. This other machine does the
hair styles and this one over here does facials."

"Neat stuff," Rodger said loudly over the humm of the machinery.

They walked through an archway and into another room.

There were several metallic suits hanging from racks on the walls.

"These are the exoskeletons we use to train our new women on posture
and etiquette," Mr. Crouwly said patting the steel cylinders on one
suit. "Our ladies must walk and move like ladies. These suits provide
thorough training."

"What are these plugs for?" Rodger asked looking at some wires protruding
from a helmet.

Mr. Crouwly looked and said,"Ah, you have found the behavioral interface
ports that we use to record the posture data directly into the subjects
mind. Enough wear of one of these suits and walking like a woman becomes
second nature. Would you care to try one out, Rodger?"

"No thanks," Rodger said looking away from the suits nervously. "I'm
fine the way I am. Thank you."

"So you think," Mr. Crouwly said with a grin. "So you think. Well,
then, let us continue on with this tour. Follow me, then, into our
other mental conditioning rooms. Once our ladies walk and move like
ladies, we bring them here."

The room had several machines with helmets attached.

"What do these machines do?" Rodger asked examining a helmet.

"Selective memory enhancement," Crouwly said. "We can make our new
women have entirely new memories. Give them full lives. Make them
remember growing up from childhood and round out their knowledge base
so they become true women and not mere constructs."

They walked in through some doors and Crouwly quickly escorted Rodger
through a room full of little girls and into another room.

"What was back there?" Rodger asked curiously.

"Nothing, never mind," Crouwly said blushing.

"You had little girls in there," Rodger stated. "Whats really going
on here? I though this was a facility for making wives for men. What
is this?"

"We make girls of all ages," Crouwly explained. "Please forget what
you saw back there. You will be more interested in this room."

They stood in a room full of womens clothing.

"And why should I especially be interested in dresses?" Rodger asked.

Mr. Crouwly looked around absent-mindedly and said,"You know what?
I took you to the wrong room after all. My mistake. We need to go
to the theater for a quick movie before the tour continues. What do
you say? Does a movie and some popcorn sound nice? Let's go then."

Rodger followed his host down some corridors and felt unsure about
the entire operation. There was something wrong going on about this
island, Rodger was sure of it. He had to find out what it was and
to do that he needed to get away from the tour and do some exploring
on his own.

___-----___

The next morning, Igor escorted Rodger out to a waiting jeep.

"Come on, my boy, or we'll miss the festivities," Mr. Crouwly said from
behind the wheel.

"Festivities?" Rodger asked getting in the back seat.

"Oh, I forgot to mention," Mr. Crouwly said. "We share this isle with
some natives whom simply refused to move out. They have quite an interesting
culture, and I must say, quite a fatal bit of disease going about. Pray you
keep away from those infected, Mr. Thornton, or you may never leave this
isle alive."

"I am sorry master," Igor said weeping.

"Nevermind that now, Igor, we have a guest," Crouwly said.

"What disease?" Rodger asked.

"Igor can answer that for you," Crouwly said gesturing to his assistant
in the passenger seat.

"It is far worse than ebola," Igor explained. "Nobody survives who gets it.
Yet there is a legend tied in to all this that-"

"Nevermind," Mr. Crouwly interrupted. "Nevermind all that. The legend is
mere superstition. The important part is the natives expect to meet all
visitors to this island. It is part of our little arrangement. I'm sure
you'll understand when you see the festival this morning. There are
simply some things you must be prepared to see. Simple formalities, nothing
more."

"What is the name of this fatal disease?" Rodger asked looking at the
jungle as they rode through a windy dirt path.

"Have you ever studied Egyptian culture?" Mr. Crouwly said, changing the
subject. "It is quite interesting how they prepared their leaders for the
afterlife."

Igor smiled and pointed off to a stretch of graveyard nestled within the
misty trees.

"You aren't saying there's any of that mummification going on in this
place?" Rodger asked.

"They believe it frees the tormented soul," Mr. Crouwly explained. "Those
who are afflicted with this disease have but one recourse to save their
souls."

"Mummification?" Rodger guessed.

"Exactly Rodger," Crouwly agreed and pulled the jeep down a side road
into the graveyard.

"Where are you going now?" Rodger asked.

"To show you, lest you be unprepared if you catch the disease," Crouwly
said grinning and driving up the foggy road.

Rodger looked at his host with certain unease,"But we'll miss the
festival."

Crouwly turned around and smiled back,"You don't understand . . ."

"This IS the festival," Igor completed with a wicked smile.

"True, Igor," Crouwly said. "But more than that, this is to educate
our guest so that he doesn't fall prey to betrayal so easily."

"Betrayal?" Rodger asked.

"We'll talk of that later, when we meet the little mayor," Crouwly said
looking at Igor with anger. "For now, let's go see what is in store for
those who catch this illness."

The jeep stopped beside a wide meadow and they all got out.

The fog was just burning off and bits of mist still hung in low spots
along the grass.

Several gray figures sat in the middle of the meadow.

"Who are those people?" Rodger asked looking at how the strangers
meditated so quietly.

When they got up to the spot where the seven figures sat, Rodger realized
these were no meditators.

"Why that's an odd way to mummify a person."

"Exactly, Rodger." Mr. Crouwly agreed.

"Why would someone mummify a person into a sitting position?"

"Rodger, nobody did this to these poor souls," Crouwly clarified. "The
afflicted come out to places like this and mummify themselves."

"But that's impossible! Don't they remove some of the internal organs
first? What about the embalming?" Rodger asked in shock looking at the
gray bodies sitting there wrapped tightly in their bandages.

"The disease takes care of all that," Igor said.

"You see, that is the effect of the horrible disease. The body embalms
itself through a painfully slow process. The bandages are a mere
afterthought.
Mere superstition," Crouwly explained. "These people should be given a
proper
burial if I had any say in the matter but the natives simply insist on their
customs."

Off in a far corner of the meadow, some natives were escorting a few sickly
looking people to sit beside some other mummified bodies.

"We can only watch from afar," Crouwly said looking on. "The disease is
highly contagious but you will see that the natives do indeed complete the
process themselves by wrapping their dying bodies with rot moss."

Slow screams echoed across the meadow as the victims suffocated at their own
hands.

"You see, the Zugla priests simply see to it that the process is complete.
Then they bring the arms to rest away from the face. Otherwise you would see
these poor souls sitting here mummified with their hands frozen in a clawing
position at their faces for air," Crouwly said tapping his watch. "Well,
must
be getting along. Have to go meet the little mayor of this community. Quite
an interesting fellow."

"He's a vampire," Igor warned.

"Oh, nothing of the sort," Crouwly said with a fake slap towards his
assistants face. "Igor speaks of the legend. There is really nothing to
fear of these people save their disease. Well, that and their cooking.
They brew up the most horrid stews I've ever tasted in my life. Too much
seaweed or something. Just hideous."

"What legend?" Rodger asked walking back to the jeep with them.

A bird cried out from the jungle.

"It is the most ridiculous legend that I have ever heard," Crouwly said
entering the jeep. "We'll talk no more of it on this part of the island.
Come, we must greet the little mayor."

"You still haven't answered my first question," Rodger said.

"Which was?" Crouwly asked starting the engine.

"What is the name of this disease?"

"Kepakra," Crouwly answered. "The unliving nightmare. Pray you never catch
it, my friend."

They rode along down through the jungle through the cool morning air.

___-----___

Grass huts surrounded them as they drove through the village.

Enormous stone footpaths led upward into the hills to even more dwellings.

The people on the streets were clothed in red and white rags, looking
less like the Polynesian natives Rodger expected, than a people out of
some Egyptian land long ago.

"Keep away from the window shutters," Igor warned. "Blood drinkers hide
in there."

"Superstition," Crouwly spat. "Cut it out, Igor, or I shall leave you here
with your legendary friends."

They parked the jeep at the base of a bamboo stairway that led to a huge
grass hut with several stone towers protruding from the corners.

"The little mayor lives here," Crouwly said getting out of the jeep with
the others. "Come on. Follow me up to the lobby. I think you will enjoy
this visit."

___-----___

The room was spacious and decorated with bamboo furniture. Many animal
heads hung from the walls as token memories of hunts throughout the years.

A skinny fellow with matted brown hair sat in a small chair sipping his
tea. A shiny silver medallion hung from his neck and his fingers were
adorned with many gold rings.

"Hello there, my little mayor," Crouwly said with a bow. "I have brought
you my newest guest. This is Mr. Rodger Thornton."

"Pleased," the mayor said with a nod and setting his cup down.

"Mr. Thornton worked in a wax museum, you know," Crouwly said proudly.

"Indeed," the mayor said standing. "Have you shown him our little museum?"

"He has been to the ceremonial yard," Crouwly admitted. "We just came from
there. Your traditions never cease to fascinate me."

"So glad to meet you mayor," Rodger said at last.

"You may call me Runatet," the mayor smiled. "Mr. Crouwly often insists
upon calling me by my title but I am not the founder of this village. Just
a sort of groundskeeper until the return of Sigil. So you and I are sort
of in the same business then, are we?"

Rodger looked up at the dark open attic above and said,"Well, I wouldn't
compare ritual burial to making a wax figure exactly."

Runatet laughed and offered his guests to take a seat,"Do have some tea.
I think we have more in common than you might imagine, Rodger. I am keeper
of the undead while you craft lifelike figures out of unliving material.
Don't you find that an amusing coincidence?"

Rodger looked at Crouwly who sipped at his tea while Igor seemed to just
sit there looking bored.

"What do you mean?" Rodger asked.

"Your friend the waxman is quite ignorant," Runatet said to Crouwly. "Shall
we tell him?"

Igor coughed and stood up to leave.

"No, Igor, please stay," Crouwly said gesturing back to a chair. "You knew
this was going to happen when I brought him."

A few men in black robes entered into the room, carrying with them some
bowls and rags.

"I am sorry master," Igor said getting on his knees. "I didn't mean to
betray you."

The Zugla priests walked over to Igor, paused, then walked to stand beside
Mr. Crouwly.

"It is too late for being sorry, Igor," Mr. Crouwly said standing up and
following the priests out of the room. "From now on, Mr. Thornton shall be
your master."

"What is going on here?" Thornton asked. "Where are you going, Crouwly?"

"Igor will explain," Crouwly answered as the priests took him down a dark
hallway. "I was tricked into a bargain I never fully understood. For once,
Igor is smarter than his master."

Runatet poured some more tea for Rodger and said,"Looks like you're the
new owner of Girlastic Park."

"No paperwork or anything?" Rodger asked.

"It's in his will," Igor explained.

Rodger set his cup down,"His will?"

"He is already dead," Runatet said with a wave of his hand. "He caught a
strain of Kepakra, though you'd never know it to see him walking about as
if nothing were the matter. He'll be stiffer than a board tomorrow, I'm
afraid."

"I injected him with the virus," Igor said wiping a tear from his face.

"You what?!" Rodger said.

"He was an evil man. He made me do things - I went through the machines.
You don't understand," Igor cried. "I had to kill him, but don't worry,
he'll live on forever this way. The Legend allows it. He'll return. You'll
see. I didn't really kill him if he'll return."

"What legend?" Rodger queried.

Runatet smiled and displayed long, sharp fangs.

"Vampires," Igor pointed at the mayor. "Vampires."

"But that's ridiculous. Why, it's broad daylight outside!" Rodger pointed
out.

"Vampires do not always need fear the light of day," Runatet said patting
his medallion. "As long as the Goddess is with them."

"Girl machines, incurable diseases, mummys, and now VAMPIRES?" Rodger said
standing up and tossing his napkin down on the table. "I don't know what
kind of vacation resort you people are running but I for one don't want
to be a part of it. Just send me back to my museum and let's forget this
whole deal."

"You can never return to tell what you have seen here," Runatet said. "For
if you do, I will find you and make you a permanent part of your own
museum. You are going to run Girlastic Park and you are going to like it."

Igor smiled and raised his eyebrows,"Oh, how you will love this place.
Let me show you."

Igor extended his hand out and Rodger slapped it down.

"You people freak me out," Rodger said backing toward the door. "What - did
you expect to bring a curator of a wax museum out in the middle of
happyland and then show me death, mummy's, and vampires and expect me
to kiss your freaking hand in thanks?"

"Yes," Igor said with a wink. "I think he's got it now, mayor."

"Well you're BOTH wrong!" Rodger said running for the door.

"The keys are in the ignition!" Igor yelled as Rodger Thornton ran outside
and down the stairs to the jeep. "Run all you want, master, I won't stop
you!"

Runatet stood up and shook Igors hand,"He took it rather well, don't
you think?"

"Yes, mayor," Igor said rolling his eyes up to look at the darkness among
the rafters. "At least your children won't go thirsty tonight."

"Exactly," Runatet grinned, showing his fangs. "You think of everything,
Igor. I am glad you are not too upset about your former master."

Igor pulled out a silver medallion necklace and smiled with fangs of his
own,"Master will join us, will he not?"

Runatet laughed wickedly and pat Igor on the back.

"He will, he will, my friend."

Wings fluttered in the attic and the wind howled outside.

___-----___

Rodger drove like his life depended on it.

The jeep bumped along the dirt road past the graveyard and Rodger imagined
those mummy's sitting there in the meadow, glaring at him with empty eyes.

"Damn, damn, damn!" Rodger said pounding the dashboard. "Can't this thing
go any faster?"

His foot pressed the gas pedal hard to the floor.

Dangling tree limbs swooped by as the jeep sped forward through the jungle.
Birds scattered upwards into the canopy of vegetation, crying in fear as
the tiny vehicle sped past.

"God I got to get out-a heeeeeere!" Rodger yelled gripping the steering
wheel tightly.

The ground trembled as the jeep bumped over tree roots and rocks.

"Where the hell did the road go?!!" Rodger panicked coming to a halt at
the edge of a stream.

He threw the stick into reverse and backed up at full speed.

"Where's the road?!"

He finally found the turn he'd missed and spun the vehicle around and
headed at full speed towards the lab.

Shadows played across the top of the jeep and trickles of sunlight
peered down through the trees above.

He drove at a wild speed across the meadow, nearly running over several
young women, and he slammed the brakes right in front of the main lab.

"What's the hurry honey?" a blonde woman asked running her hands along his
left arm.

"Lemme go. I gotta get off this stupid island," he said opening the door.

"Oh, take me with you, pleeeeeeease!" she begged clutching onto his waist.

"Lemme go! Come on, this ain't no game, monkey lady! I gotta get outa here!
Where's the helicopter?" he asked.

She pointed to the roof,"That thing?"

"Great, now where's the stairs to the roof?" he asked pushing her away.

"In there," she said following him in through the lobby. "Wait for me,
darling! I'm coming too!"

He started up the stairs and noticed the woman was following after him.

"Come on. Leave me alone," he said.

"No! You're mine," she insisted lunging forward.

"Damn it! I don't have time for this."

"I neeeeeeed you," she pleaded, lunging forward and clawing at the banister.

Rodger hurried up the stairs and found himself on the second floor lobby.
The other staircase was a hundred yards across from where he stood.

"Stupid monkey bitch," he said running past lounge chairs and potted plants.

"Come back my prince!" the woman cried following after with a happy smile
of anticipation on her face.

He hurried over to the other side of the room and made it to the base of
the staircase.

A bellboy stepped out of the shadows and said,"What's the hurry master? The
helicopter is out of service."

"Igor!" Rodger yelled. "How the hell did you-?"

Igor tossed off the bellboy cap and threw a tangle of wires on the floor.

"When you gotta fly, you gotta fly, but not for you master," Igor said
drawing closer, revealing his fangs.

"My God, man! See a dentist!" Rodger said throwing a potted sapling into
Igors path.

"Sweeti-nookums?" the woman said stepping out from behind Rodger.

"Oh, great Lord! Now the monkey lady! What next?" Rodger said rolling
his eyes and running away through the lobby.

Rodger ran to the other staircase and headed back down the stairs.
There were some women in the main lobby now. Evidently they were looking
at what all the commotion was about.

"Darling!" they all said in unison.

"Oh, this isn't going to be pretty," Rodger said hopping over the banister
and landing in an ornamental pond.

He got out, soaked, and ran down the hall.

Machinery hummed noisily as Rodger ran past conveyer belts and into another
room.

He saw Igor on the other side of the room, grinning evilly.

"Master can run, but not hide," Igor said hissing.

Metal suits hung on the walls and Rodger unhooked one and lunged forward
with it into Igor.

"I'll bite you with less pain if you don't struggle, master," Igor suggested
from under the pile of metal.

A vase smashed over Igor's head just then, knocking him out.

"I won't let icky old Igor hurt you, my darling," the woman said hugging
Rodger from behind.

"Get off me," Rodger urged pushing her aside and lifting the exoskeleton
to one side. "No, wait. Help me get him in this thing. We have to restrain
him or something for when he comes to."

___-----___

A splash of water woke up Igor.

"Hi there, my little traitorous geek," Rodger said throwing another glass
of water at Igor. "Awake yet? Oh, I'm sorry. You're undead. You're always
awake, right?"

He splashed another glass of water on Igor.

"Give me more water," Rodger said to the woman. "And keep it coming."

"What are you doing?" Igor said struggling in the exoskeleton. "Let me go
master."

Splash!

"Ain't revenge a happy thing?" Rodger said handing the woman an empty cup
and taking another one full of water. "I'm going to drown you in cupfuls
of water for awhile. Just until I'm satisfied. Then I'll leave you to some
posture exercises."

"Huh?" Igor said struggling in the metal frame. "No, not that! No, master,
not that!"

Splash!

"Okay, I'm happy," Rodger said flipping a switch on the side of the
exoskeleton. "Now you'll be happy."

The machine came to life and Igor brought the back of his hand up to
his forehead.

A recorded womans voice came out of a little speaker,"Posture, sweetheart,
posture and etiquette please."

Igor started swaying about in the bulky suit.

"Ahhhh! Nooooo!" Igor pleaded.

"Well," Rodger said looking at the power cables running to the suit. "What
do you think? With unlimited power supply and one undead creature bound to
live forever. Which will happen? Will the machine wear out or the monster?"

"You! I'll get even with you, master," Igor said putting his hand on his
hip and walking back and forth in the little room.

"Posture, sweetheart. Let's have a little more etiquette please," the
recording continued on.

"You are so good," the woman said hugging Rodger.

"I know," he said kissing her. "That's why I'm the master. There's just
one litte thing I'm curious about that I'm dying to try."

"What?" the woman asked.

___-----___

Rodger got on his back, naked, and let the conveyer belt pull him along
towards the machine.

"Are you sure, my dear?" the woman asked crying.

"Positive," Rodger answered. "Now stand back."

A little auditorium slowly rolled by outside the glass window and
a narrators voice said,"This is the girl factory. Please notice how
every girl is designed with the utmost care during her creation...."

The conveyer pulled him into the first machine and Rodger was engulfed
in darkness, perfumed steam, and loud mechanical hums.

He emerged from the other side of the machine moaning. He was all wet
and pink in the flesh.

Some girls were sitting in the auditorium watching and clapping their
hands excitedly.

"....The machine you see before you is a biological conversion unit. We
can take virtually anything living and make it into a custom designed
woman," the narrator went on.

"Oh this feels strange," Rodger said weakly as the conveyer belt pulled
him into another bit of machinery.

He felt invisible hands run all over his flesh, shaping it into something
else.

The conveyer pulled him outside and he heard the narrator again.
". . . After conversion, we modify the brain patterns slightly to correct
for remnants of animal behavior."

The next machine welcomed Rodger inside with a charming womans voice.
He felt his mind seem to scramble all up into confused, frightened,
little knots. Then everything seemed wonderful.

"Congratulations, dear. You are now a woman," the machine told him.

The conveyer escorted him along and he heard the narrator continue,"Indeed,
our girls are perfect. See for yourself."

Rodger stood up off the machine, trembling slightly, and looked around
the room feeling better than he'd ever felt in his life.

"It worked," she said looking down at herself. "It really worked."

She walked out of the room, much to the protest of the workers who kept
insisting she go through the beauty parlor machine.

She stood before a mirror in the hall and examined her naked female body
fully.

She was a brown eyed brunette woman. Just about five feet tall, probably
just an eighteen year old, and as pretty as can be.

"Well, now that I got a new body. I wonder how to escape off this
island," she said walking down the hall to the clothing room.

___-----___

She pulled a dress off the rack and out stood the mayor.

"Runatet?" She asked startled.

The monster revealed its fangs,"Yes, my lovely lady."

"What are you going to do to me?" she asked.

"Immortalize you," he said moving to embrace her.

She cried briefly before fainting as he bit into her neck.

___-----___

She sat in the meadow looking at the jungle with sadness.

"My sweet, you will live forever this way," Runatet reminded her. "Now
please finish bandaging up yourself."

With slower and slower movement in her arms, she wrapped her body up with
the rot moss. Wet, slimy rot moss.

Her eyes gazed out upon the misty meadow as she finished covering her
face, leaving her to scream in muffled darkness.

___-----___

She heard voices throughout the centuries as she sat there in the meadow
living onward through time. She was too weak to scream for help anymore
yet people would always visit and leave her all alone once more.

Then one day someone removed the bandages from her eyes....

"My God! She's alive!" someone said.

More bandages were removed and she smiled a lovely smile, hardly revealing
her fangs at all.

"It's a miracle," someone said. "We've saved one. It's a miracle."

"Welcome to Girlastic Park," she said laughing madly in the wind. "Now,
where's the powder room? I'm just dying to see what this has all done
for my complexion."


Originally posted on BCTS 2005-02-21

Ju-Ju Box

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Organizational: 

  • Title Page

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Taxonomy upgrade extras: 

  • Transgender
  • Posted by author(s)

Ju-Ju Box

by Cleo Kraft

Ju-Ju Box: Chapters 1 & 2

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • 500 < Short Story < 7500 words

Genre: 

  • Magic

Character Age: 

  • Teenage or High School
  • Preteen or Intermediate

TG Themes: 

  • Age Regression
  • Voluntary

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Author's note:
Per request, I'll start posting my old Cromexx Central stories here at topshelf.

This is an old six chapter story of mine I had on my old site Cromexx Central (no longer online). This story is followed by a pair of sequels. I'll just post a couple chapters at a time every other day or so, so I don't hog up the whole story board.

Ju-Ju Box

CHAPTER ONE - INTRODUCTION TO A NEW PERSPECTIVE
by Cleo Kraft
------------
"Why can't I play too?" Kristen asked with sad blue eyes.

"Get out of here, sis," my friend Mike said pushing his little sister
out the door. "Can't you see we're in the middle of a game?"

"But you never let me play," Kristen complained as Mike closed the
door.

"She's quite a little pest sometimes," Mike said sitting down to
the table and picking up some dice.

"Yeah, I guess, but why not let her try playing a game with us once
in awhile," I asked.

"Tried that before and she started mixing up terminology," Mike said
moving some miniatures around the table. "She was talking about ju-ju
being an actual learned skill but this game doesn't have that stuff.
She's a bit weird. Ever since Aunt Toni came back from her travels
around the world, Kristen's been acting strange. For that matter,
so have her girl friends she keeps bringing over. Anyway, Aunt Toni
gave her some weird trinkets and stuff as souvenirs. I could have
had some too but I'm not into that garbage."

"Right," I said and examined the grid map.

My character was standing at the entrance of a dungeon.

"Ready to enter the dungeon?" Mike asked.

"Sure," I said watching him roll some dice.

"The grate slides open with a creek and you walk into the mist,"
he said.

Just then, the bedroom door opened.

"Sandwiches and soda?" Mikes mom asked bringing a tray into the room
and setting it down on the table.

"Hey, watch the game board," Mike complained sliding the sandwich
tray a little to one side.

"Thanks Mrs. Tiederov," I said.

"You're welcome Andrew. Anything else, just let me know," she said
backing out of the room.

Mike got up and shut the door.

"She never knocks when I have friends over," he said angrily storming
back over to the table. "Now where were we? Oh, yes. You entered the
dungeon. There are three doors. One red, one green, and one blue."

We role played for a few hours and then Mike had to excuse himself
to go deliver the afternoon newspapers on his route.

"I'll be back in a couple hours," he said. "Feel free to play video
games or whatever while I'm gone."

I sat there in his room and started playing Galaxy Space Hippies.

I didn't hear the door open but suddenly as I was on level twelve,
I felt a pair of hands cover my eyes from behind.

"Guess who?" I heard the voice of Mikes kid sister ask.

"Come on, cut it out Kristen," I said pulling her hands from my eyes.
"You made me loose a life."

I shut off the video game and turned to see what she wanted.

She stood there looking at me with her blue eyes and an innocent
smile,"Why won't you take my side for a change and force my brother
to let me play in your board games?"

"They're not board games," I corrected. "Besides, it's not for me
to say. I wish you understood. I'm not trying to be mean or anything.
It's your brother who's a little mean around you. Why don't you just
keep your distance and he won't get mad at you?"

"Aunt Toni taught me some games too," Kristen said sitting down beside
me and crossing her legs.

She smoothed her hands down to her knees along her white pants.

"What games?" I asked trying to humor her.

"It's called perspectives," she said folding her hands and unfolding
them. "Come on out to the patio. I'll show you what I'm talking about."

I followed her down the stairs and out the living room through an
open sliding door.

I walked out onto the patio after her.

Little potted plants were lined up along a tall bamboo fence.

She sat down on a wooden bench and a white cat bounded up into her
lap.

"Snowy likes this trick," Kristen said closing her eyes and gritting
her teeth. "It took me awhile to do this one but I can show you how."

A moment later Kristen slumped over into a sleep and the cat hopped
down off her lap.

The cat stood in some gravel and started pawing it.

Within a minute I saw the words "Now I'm the cat" scrawled in the
gravel.

The cat leapt up into Kristen’s lap again and then Kristen suddenly
came awake.

"I get a headache every time I do that," she said standing up. "I've
got to get some aspirin or something. I'll be right back."

She set the cat down and left the patio for a few minutes.

She came back and sat down beside me with a wink.

"How did you train your cat to do that?" I asked, still not believing
what I had seen.

"Oh, it's no trick," she said brushing her auburn curls from her
eyes with the back of her hand. "It was really me. I became Snowy
the cat. We just switched perspectives is all. I made sure Snowy was
asleep though during the time I was in her body or else you never
know if she's let me switch back or what. You wanna try it? You wanna
be the cat?"

"Uh, no thanks," I said.

"Come on," she prodded me with an elbow. "I'll switch you right back
and no one will ever know. It'll be fun."

I tried to protest but she tugged on my sleeve and gave me her sad
eyed look.

"Oh, all right," I said shrugging. "I'll play along but I don't believe
it."

She started to pick up the white cat and then giggled.

"What's wrong?" I asked.

"Silly me," she said giggling. "Snowy is a girl cat. I can't switch
you like that. I know - I'll switch you with the bird."

She ran inside and brought out a bird cage.

Inside was a yellow canary.

"Mort won't mind switching places for a bit," Kristen said setting
the cage beside me on the bench. "Okay, now just close your eyes and
let me do all the switching work, okay?"

I nodded "yes" to her.

I heard a popping noise in my ears and a whoosh of air pass by.

The next thing I knew, I was sitting on a perch inside what looked
like a gigantic bird cage.

I had shrunk!

Kristen’s huge face smiled at me from outside the cage and she held
up a mirror.

I looked at my body and saw my feet were now bird claws and my arms
and hands were now wings.

I ruffled my feathers in a shudder of horror at what I saw.

I could not believe it.

I had actually traded places with the bird!

She opened the cage door and reached in.

Her pointer finger came up to rest against my breastbone and I hopped
off my perch and onto her finger.

She brought me out of the cage and up to her face.

"Good birdie," she said stroking the feathers on my back.

She brought a cracker up to my beak and I instinctively began to
eat.

When I finished she gently kissed the top of my head and brought
me over to look at my former, sleeping body.

"Want to go back now?" she asked.

I chirped an excited reply and nodded my head up and down.

"Okay, but just remember I can do this to you again," she said to
me bringing me back inside the cage.

I heard her giggle.

"What if I kept you this way?" she asked me closing the cage and
locking the little door. "Would you like that?"

She saw me nervously peck at the cage door.

"Okay, I'll turn you back," she said smiling at me. "But you do make
a cute birdie."

I flew back up to the perch and waited with eyes closed.

Once again I heard my ears pop.

Air seemed to whisk by and then I was lying down on the bench.

I sat up and opened my eyes.

To my relief, I was my normal human self again.

I shook and trembled in shock at what had happened to me.

"Kind of scary the first time, huh?" she asked patting me on the
back. "Well don't worry, you'll get over it. I'll get you some tea
or something to calm your nerves, okay?"

I nodded approval and she went back inside the house.

Snowy climbed up onto my lap and rested there, purring.

I started to wonder the extent of Kristen’s powers and if she ever
used them on her brother before.

She came back and handed me some ice tea with a lemon slice in it.

I sipped some tea and set the glass down on the bench beside me.

"Have you ever shown your brother this trick?" I asked at last.

"Nah," she said toying with her bead necklace. "He won't come near
me. I've been wanting to show him but I'd better not. Not just yet
anyway. Besides I wouldn't go and do this to anyone without their
permission first."

"Can you switch humans around like that?" I asked.

She thought about it for a moment then nodded,"I suppose so but I
never tried it before. Why? You want to switch with me and find out?"

"Well, we could try that," I nodded.

"Nah," she said shaking her head. "That would mean you'd be a girl."

She giggled and shook her head "no."

"Why not?" I asked. "I'm sure I wouldn't mind so much."

She elbowed me,"You're funny. Nah, it wouldn't be right. You're a
boy and it's best you stayed that way. Besides, you'd better be careful
what you wish for."

"No, think it over," I said. "You want to play those role playing
games like I do with your brother. This is your chance and you could
get to know him more. In return, I get to find out what it's like
being a teasing little sister. Sounds pretty interesting to me. What
do you think?"

She thought about it for a moment and said,"You know. I do want to
get to know my brother more. He just won't ever let me do anything
with him. This might not be such a bad idea but I don't know the first
thing about being Andy Smith."

"I'll teach you," I said patting her on the back. "And you teach
me what it's like to be Kristen Tiederov. I'll need to know your daily
routine, your likes and dislikes, everything."

"Wait," she said. "How long are you planning on wanting to stay switched?
Sounds to me like you want this to be for awhile."

"Well, you do want to get to know your brother, don't you? To do
that, you've got to take over my body and be his best friend. That
means all the role playing, the track and field meets, everything,"
I explained. "It's not as easy a job as it sounds."

"Neither is being a thirteen year old girl," Kristen warned me
rubbing the front of her yellow blouse. "I'm starting to....grow
like I never grew before. You may not like being a girl."

"How will I know unless you give me a chance?" I asked. "Come on,
Kristen. We won't switch today, or even within the next week or so.
We both have to get to know each others routines and everything before
we try this. How did you learn to do these body switches anyhow?"

She held up her necklace,"Magic medallion. Aunt Toni gave me this.
I didn't know what it did until one day I sat here on the patio with
Snowy on my lap and wondered what it was like to be a cat and not
me. That's when I found out I could switch myself into other bodies.
I can't explain it because it must be the medallions magic or something
but I just learned how to control it so the cat would be asleep in
my body while I borrowed its own. Then I showed this to some of my
girlfriends and they adored it. They come over here just to spend
time in Snowy's body.

They sure love it. What did you think when you were Mort?"

"The bird?" I asked. "Well, it was a little freaky. In fact, it was
way too freaky for me. I'm glad you didn't keep me that way. I prefer
human any day to being a cat or a bird. Anyway, you say your brother
doesn't know a thing about this?"

"Nope," she said with a satisfied grin.

"Then you shouldn't tell him about it. Not yet anyway," I said petting
the cat. "First we get to know each other, then we do the switch and
I assume your life while you take over mine for awhile."

"How long is awhile?" she asked picking up Snowy from my lap and
petting her.

"I'd say at least a month or so. Could be longer if you'd like. I'm
willing to stay swapped for up to a year if you're up to it. We've
got to be convincing though. Don't want any of our families to think
something is out of the ordinary about either of us." I said.

Kristen beamed a smile at me and hugged me,"Andy, you don't know
what this means to me. Now I can finally get to know my brother without
him shooing me away all the time."

"It's entirely up to you, Kristen," I said and she released the hug.

"Okay, come on," she said taking me by the hand. "Up to my room.
I've got to start showing you stuff so you'll be familiar with my
life and everything."

She led me to her room.

It looked like the usual little girls room. Pink walls, thick pink
carpet, white canopy bed with pink frills.

She sat down on the edge of her bed and introduced me to her stuffed
animals and dolls,"This is Mindy, she's my favorite, and over here
is Henrietta the rabbit...come on, you can hold them if you want.
You need to get to know my things."

She hopped up off the bed and skipped across the room to sit on a
small stool before a dressing table and mirror.

"Mom says I'm not old enough for makeup yet but I have a whole shoebox
full that I smuggled in from my girlfriends," she sad hunching her
shoulders and giggling. "Perfumes and everything - oh, and I'll show
you how to wear it. It's easy, and my girlfriends, Tanya and Heather,
they can show you too. Oh, look at all the jewelry. Mom gave me some
of hers and this cute little jewelry box. Like the music when I open
it? Wanna try? Just open it like this. Oh, and there's a key, too.
I'll have to give you that."

She opened up a drawer and took out a box of makeup.

"This is my lipstick. Kind of takes getting used to but I'll show
you, it's easy. This is my eyeliner kit. Just look at all the shades!
Oh, and my nail polish stuff. Hey, I know, let's look at my closet."

She got up and opened the French doors to her closet.

Inside on the floor were rows and rows of little shoes.

"Okay, now, lots to choose from but you gotta keep bugging mom for
more shoes, okay? Flats are good for almost anything but you want
'em to match but I'll show you how to do that," she said and pulled
some of her dresses along the clothes rack. "Mom makes me wear one
of these to piano lessons. Oh, and here's my tennis skirt. You play
tennis?"

"No," I said. "Tried it once though."

"Well you're gonna love it," she said. "Mom makes me play tennis
every Saturday morning at the country club. Oh, lookie here! I love
this dress. Mom says red isn't my color but I still love this dress.
Okay, look - here's my boots. They're knee-highs with a hidden zipper
in the back. Oh, and sometimes I like wearing these other boots. I'm
gonna be a cowgirl some day and these are the nicest white boots mom
bought for me. Okay, now, mom won't let me wear high heels yet but
don't stop buggin' her, okay? Bug her enough and you'll eventually
get what you want."

She quickly ran across the room and opened up her dresser drawer.

"These are my tights and stockings," she said holding up some examples.
"Oh, and my bathing suits are in this drawer too. You know how to
swim?"

I nodded.

"Good, then you'll love these swimsuits," she said giggling. "Mom
won't let me wear a bikini yet but I don't mind. These one piece
suits are so silky and soft....you're gonna love 'em. This turquoise
and white one is my favorite. I'll show you how to hang dry it too.
You got to take care of my stuff but I'll show you. It's easy."

She closed the drawer and opened another one above it.

"These are my panties," she said with a nervous giggle. She held
up a bra. "This is my training bra. Mom says I'll outgrow it pretty
fast so that's another thing you gotta remember to bug her about.
You're gonna love the stores mom takes me to."

She closed the drawer and opened another one above it.

"Here's my socks. These ones are bobby socks," she said holding up
a pair of small white socks. "I have all kinds of socks. See the
flowered ones? Cute huh? Okay, let's look in the top drawer."

She opened the top drawer and pulled out some pants.

"I gotta reorganize my stuff," she said. "Mom want's my panties in
the top drawer but I keep my shorts and pants there. Okay, come back
over to the dressing table."

She shut the top drawer and walked quickly back to sit down on her
stool again.

She handed me a brush.

"I got long hair," she said. "You're gonna have to learn how to brush
it. Go on, try brushing my hair."

I hesitated for a moment,"You really think this is necessary?"

"Come on, I don't bite," she said smiling at me through the mirror.
"Just be gentle with it 'cause it snags."

I started brushing her hair.

She grabbed my hand,"That's too rough. Like this."

She showed me.

"Okay, I think I got it," I said brushing her hair in long, slow
strokes.

"Right, now you try it on yourself," she suggested.

I turned the brush around and tried brushing my own hair, which was
much shorter, so the effect was lost immediately.

"Almost," she said. "Now you sit here and I'll show you."

I sat down and she began to show me how to brush my hair.

"You can do clips, bobby pins, or even pony tails," she said. "and
I'll show you all of 'em. Okay, now let's go look in the bathroom."

I followed her.

"You have your own bathroom?" I asked. "Aren't you a little spoiled?"

"Well mom didn't want me sharing with Mike so I got the room with
a bathroom," she explained. "Besides, girls take longer than boys to
get ready."

She put some boxes on the counter.

"This is my bubble bath," she said and I laughed. "No, don't laugh.
It's not for kids, it's for women. There's body moistener in it. You
don't know what you're missing. Okay, and here is some hair remover.
I don't need it yet but mom buys it for me anyway for when I will.
These are my tampons but I'll explain that to you later. Anyway, what
do you think? Pretty quick tour. I think you'll be ready to take over
my life really soon, Andy, what do you think?"

"Sounds good to me," I said scratching the back of my neck. "Um,
I better get back to Mikes room and play videogames or something before
he comes back and finds me talking to you in your room or anything.
I'll invite you over to my place tomorrow to meet my sister, Jenny,
then I can give you some information about my life. Sound okay?"

"Sounds just wonderful," she said hugging me about the waist.

"Okay, come on, none of that," I said gently urging her away from
me. "I'll be in Mikes room, okay?"

"Okay," she said waving at me as I walked out. "Just our little secret,
okay?"

"You got it, Kristen," I said turning.

She winked at me and I smiled back.

Then I hurried back into Mikes room and started playing video games
again.

Mike came back from his paper route and hurried up to his room.

"Okay, hey, are you on level fourteen?" he asked surprised.

"Yeah," I said and shut off the game. "Okay, back to role playing,
right?"

"Okay," he said taking his seat at the table. "Let's see. You
were in the Elf's Passageway and you found the staff of illumination."

"I remember now," I said rolling some dice just for the heck of it.
"Hey, has your sister ever shown you a magic trick or anything?"

"Nope," Mike said looking over at me with raised eyebrows. "Has she
been bothering you? Just tell me and I'll sock her one. I told her
not to bug my guests."

"If you were a little more considerate of her feelings, she might
not bug your guests so much," I suggested. "Just give her a chance."

Mike got up and opened his door.

"Hey, Kristen! Come here!" he yelled down the hall.

A moment later Kristen stood there in the doorway looking up at her
brother with a smile on her face.

"You want me to play?" she asked.

"No," Mike snapped. "You been buggin' my friend? Tell me you little
twerp."

"She hasn't been bugging me," I said.

"I'm asking HER," Mike said looking back at me and then at his sister.
"You leave my friend alone or I'll tell mom and then you'll be doing
MY chores for the rest of the week. Got that?"

The little white cat came to sat down beside Kristen.

"And get that stupid cat out of here," he ordered. "You aren't supposed
to keep that animal in the house. Put it in the garage where it belongs."

Kristen picked up Snowy and walked away with a sulky look on her
face.

Mike shut the door and walked back over to the game table.

"Okay, now where were we?" he asked.

"You know what?" I asked and said. "You are really mean to your little
sister. How would you like it if the tables were turned and you had
to take that?"

"Ah, come on, she knows I'm mostly kidding," Mike said. "It keeps
her in line and outa my way. That's the way it should be. Now roll
the dice or prepare to die from the wrath of a hundred monsters."

I continued to role play with Mike for a few more hours, then I headed
back home on my mountain bike.

Why I put up with Mikes display of temper against his own sister
was beyond my understanding. Hopefully things would work out in a
week or so and I'd be taking the heat in place of Kristen and she'd
get a chance to know her brother in my place.

I still couldn't help wonder why Kristen didn't switch places with
her brother to let him see what it's like when the shoe is on the
other foot.

CHAPTER TWO - MY LIFE
---------------------
The next day after a long day of school, I sat in the living room
and waited for Kristen's mom to drive up.

"Why do you want me to meet Kristen?" Jenny asked flipping the radio
stations on the big stereo. "I mean, she's just a little kid and I'm
sixteen."

"Well, for one thing, she doesn't have many older friends," I explained.
"And she needs to get away from her bully big brother."

There was a knock on the door.

I opened the front door and let Kristen in and waved to her mother
outside.

When her mother drove off, I shut the door and introduced Kristen
to my sister Jenny.

"Hi," Jenny said waving. "Cute dress."

Kristen blushed looking down at her red outfit,"Thanks."

Just then Jenny got up and picked up the phone.

"Got to call my boyfriend," she said bringing the phone out and into
the kitchen. "If you don't mind I need some privacy."

"Okay, no prob," I said. "Then I'll just give our guest a tour of
the house."

"Perfect break," I said leading Kristen up the stairs. "Come on,
I'll show you my room and we can talk more about our arrangement."

We went into my room and I closed the door behind us.

I sat in my chair at the drafting table and Kristen sat at my regular
desk chair.

"Nice room," she said looking at all the sports pendants tacked to
the walls.

"Yeah, well, it's home," I said shrugging. "Anyway, now it's my turn.
This is going to be easy since most of my family ignores me anyway.
I'm a Senior in High School."

"I go to a private school for girls only," Kristen interjected.

"I dress however I like which is usually blue jeans, a t-shirt, sneakers,
or whatever," I said. "There are some suits and ties in the closet
but I never wear 'em anymore except to weddings or funerals. I'll
show you how to tie a tie or you can just use clip-ons. As you can
tell, I'm trying to become a draftsman. I draw mostly mechanical designs
and stay far away from architectural design. This drawer is full of
templates, pencils, erasers, brushes, and all the other stuff needed
to draw what I draw. I use my dads computer downstairs for the computer
automated drafting programs. Anyway, you don't need to continue my
drafting while you're in my body. Do whatever suits you best but doesn't
get me out of character and into trouble."

"What about shaving?" she asked.

"Oh yeah," I said standing up and opening my top dresser drawer.
I pulled out an electric shaver. "Electric. No fuss, no cuts, and
very quick. Think you can handle it? Here's some cologne and some
other stuff."

I pulled out a jock strap and held it up briefly,"Jockstrap. I only
wear it at P.E. or track and field. It's use should be self explanatory."

"Can I try?" Kristen asked standing up and grabbing it from me.

"Better not do that," I cautioned.

Before I could do anything, she had the thing up under her dress
and out of sight.

"Feels weird," she said. "A bit loose in the front."

"Well, when you're me, it will be a bit tight in the front," I explained.
"Now give it back."

She stepped out of it and handed it back to me.

"What's this?" she asked picking up a half completed model airplane.

"Just an old hobby I never outgrew," I said. "Better be careful with
that. It's fragile."

I handed her a small notebook.

"This is a list of my relatives, their photos, names and addresses
and some brief facts about them," I said.

"Goodie!" she said. "I got one for you, too. I made it last night.
It'll be under my pillow, okay?"

"Okay, same here," I said. "I'll just leave this under my pillow.
There's also a list of friends that I have, including your brother,
and what to say to him. Things like that. Plus I have my entire schedule
in there along with locker combinations and everything. Oh, and I
hate veggies but I do eat them at my parents request."

I opened the door and gave her a tour of my house.

About an hour later we ate dinner and then Kristen's mom came over
and picked her up.

Over the next week I got to know Kristen's routine and she got to
know mine. This was a dry run. Friday afternoon we would try the real
thing.

Ju-Ju Box: Chapters 3 & 4

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • 500 < Short Story < 7500 words

Genre: 

  • Magic

Character Age: 

  • Teenage or High School
  • Preteen or Intermediate

TG Themes: 

  • Age Regression
  • Body, Mind or Soul Exchange
  • Voluntary

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

The next two chapters of an old six chapter voluntary body swapping story of mine. There are two sequels on top of that.

CHAPTER THREE - New Friends, New Deal
By Cleo Kraft
-------------
I went over to Mikes house Thursday afternoon. He was busy on his
paper route so I had a chance to talk with Kristen again.

This time she had a couple of her girlfriends over.

Kristen brought me into her room and shut the door.

"Andy, this is Tanya and Heather," she said indicating the blonde
and redheaded girl in that order.

"Hi," I said.

"Hi," they said in unison.

"Tanya goes to tennis practice with me and Heather just hangs out,"
Kristen explained. "They both go to my school. I told you I go to
a girls only school, right?"

"Yeah," I said.

"Gristenson School for Girls," Tanya said. "You'll have fun."

"Kristen, have you been telling your friends about our agreement?"
I asked slightly disappointed.

"I told you he wouldn't like it," Heather said elbowing Kristen.

"What's going on here?" I asked. "Have you been telling them everything?"

"They're my friends," Kristen explained. "And they know about my
body switching amulet because I used it on them with my Snowy."

"Bein' a cat is nice," Tanya smiled looking up at the ceiling dreamily.

"Never mind that now, so you girls don't mind this arrangement?" I
asked.

"No," Heather said folding her hands in her lap. "Thing is, we want
in on it too."

"What are you talking about?" I asked Heather then turned to Kristen.
"What is she talking about?"

"They want to be boys," Kristen explained. "I mean, they want to
know what it's like to be a boy. So I figured you must know some guys
at school who might not mind taking a little change of pace in their
existence. We could arrange it for them just like you and I made arrangements.
Doesn't that sound like fun, Andy?"

"The only guys I know that might, and I mean MIGHT, be interested
in something this kinky are a couple of dorky looking guys in the
chess club. They're all around my age and you girls are what? Thirteen?"
I asked.

"I'm fourteen," Heather said proudly jutting her chest out in some
attempt to exaggerate her features.

"Come on, girls, this is nonsense," I reasoned sitting beside them
on the edge of the bed. "There's no way we can pull off three body
switches without at least someone finding out that something is kooky.
I mean, how long do you all want to stay switched? Certainly not
as long as Kristen and myself."

"We want at least two months," Heather said crossing her arms.

"And I don't want to be stuck in a geeks body either."

"Don't you girls have brothers?" I asked.

"Yeah," they said together.

"Then why not just ask your brother?" I suggested.

They looked at each other and giggled.

"They're geeks too," Tanya said laughing and brushing her blond tresses
back with her hand. "Or we could just take turns borrowing your body.
Let's see....two months apiece....that's about six months you'd be
stuck as a girl."

"I'll see what I can do," I said. "But you'll have to settle for
geeks. There's no way I'm gonna get my face busted up asking one of
the football players if he wouldn't mind being a girl for a couple
months."

"Thanks Andy," Kristen said hugging my waist. "You're the greatest,
and as soon as you bring two boys to switch with my friends, we'll
talk about our own body switch. Okay, Andy?"

"Okay," I said reluctantly. This deal was getting worse all the time.

__-----__

"King to Queen Bishop two," Ben said.

"Queen takes pawn - checkmate!" Lou said.

"Hey guys," I said after waiting a whole hour watching my friends
play chess. "I have to talk to you both in private. You ever been
over to Mikes house?"

"No," they both said.

"Well, I'm inviting you. He's going to be delivering newspapers
this afternoon so we can talk about stuff then," I said.

"What's this about?" Lou asked gathering up his chess pieces and wiping
his greasy brow.

"You both know what role-playing is, right?" I asked.

"Who doesn't?" Ben said pulling out a miniature dragon and making
it fly through the air with his hand. "I am the dragon king! Prepare
for a barbeque!"

"That's nice," I said ignoring the idiocy of it all. "Well, my friends
sister has -"

"Sister! Yuk! We don't play with girls!" Lou interrupted picking
up the chessboard.

"Yeah, girls are sissies," Ben added pinching his nose. "Ewww! And
they wear that nasty smelling perfume stuff too. Yuk!"

"Come on, guys, we're all eighteen here," I said.

"Seventeen," Lou corrected.

"Sixteen," Ben said.

"How come you're both Seniors then?" I asked.

They pointed to their heads.

"I can speak for myself here as I am a genius," Lou bragged.

"Me too, but only because my dad said so," Ben said folding his arms
and nodding.

"Well it doesn't matter," I said. "The point is, girls are a fact
of life so don't play like you're not interested in them."

"Repulsive," Lou said plugging his nose.

"Icky," Ben agreed.

"Just come with me over to meet Mike's sister. I have a role playing
game that is better than any you have ever played,"

I promised.

"Okay," Ben said.

"Yeah, if it's that good, we'll put up being around a girl," Lou
admitted. "But it better be a good game or we're leaving."

"Yeah," Ben said swooping his miniature dragon through the air. The
dragon king will permit a damsel if great hoards of snacks and soft
drinks will be there."

"I'll buy pizza and soda," I said. "Now you two got bikes?"

"Does a scooter count as a bike?" Lou asked.

"We ride scooters," Ben told me. "If you have a bike, we could rig
up some rope and you could tug us along like water skiers."

"We'll walk," I said trying not to slap myself too hard for trying
to put up with these morons.

__-----__

" . . . And that's the story," Kristen said finishing her proposal
to the Ben and Lou.

"What do you think?" I asked them.

"You want us to be girls for a couple'a months?" Ben asked in deep
thought.

"This is kinda sudden," Lou admitted sipping some soda before continuing.
"I wasn't planning on being a girl, oh, until next summer or something."

"Cut the sarcasm," I said closing the pizza box. "Kristen, show them
the bird."

"Whoa! No need to be vulgar!" Ben said standing up and covering his
eyes. "I'll consider it if you toss in an extra pizza."

"No, you don't understand," I said and turned to Kristen. "Show them
your pet Mort. Give them each a demonstration so they know this is
for real."

Ten minutes later, Ben and Lou sat there on the edge of Kristen’s
bed quaking with fear at what had happened to them.

"That was a rush," Ben said at last.

"Yeah, what a rush," Lou agreed clutching his stomach. "Couldn't
you have done that before we started eating? I feel sick."

"You believe me now, though, right?" I asked.

"Yeah," they said together.

"So, then, you'll do it?" I asked.

Lou turned to Ben and then looked at me with wide eyes,"Yeah, just
as long as crackers and birdseed aren't part of the deal."

"I'll do it too," Ben agreed.

Kristen stood up and said to the closet,"You hear that, girls? You
can come out now. They've agreed."

Tanya and Heather came out of the closet and stood before Ben and
Lou.

"I want this one," Tanya said sitting beside Ben with a suggestive
smile.

"I get this one then," Heather said looking at Lou and sitting beside
him. "We're gonna get to know each other real well before we switch,
okay?"

"Okay," Lou agreed with a gulp.

"Now this is a secret between only us," Kristen reminded everyone.
"So only we will know who is really who. Now you guys go outside to
the patio and talk over the rest of the details. Mike will be back
here any minute and he'd probably kill you nerds if he saw you here."

"So it's not safe to be here?" Ben asked getting up quickly.

"We're history," Lou said heading for the bedroom door.

After they all left, Kristen closed the bedroom door and it was just
her and I.

"So," I said shrugging. "This is it, I guess."

"Now, Andy, you know I've been looking forward to switching with
you for quite a while now, too, but we have to talk this over some
more, okay?" she said sitting beside me crossing her legs and brushing
her hands along the seam of her brown skirt.

"You don't want to switch right now?" I asked feeling let down.

"No, I really want to," she said. "It's just that we have to get
your friends ready first. Okay? When they are ready and everything
is all worked out to perfection, then we're going to switch all of
us."

"But I'm ready now," I complained. "It's not fair to make me wait
any more. Look, Kristen, ever since you suggested I could take your
place, I've been thinking about it and I want to try it out."

"You really want to be me?" she asked a little shocked at the idea
that I'd lower by age and social status willingly.

"Look," I said picking up her stuffed rabbit and looking at it. "You
got my curiosity up is all. I never actively had thoughts about being
a girl before but you showed me it's possible to take on new perspectives.
This is a fantastic opportunity for both of us. We can both learn
from this. So, yes, Kristen, I want to be you. I want to experience
your life for a little while and you can experience mine. Don't worry.
I'm no monster. I'll take care of your body while you're away."

"You know," she said smiling. "I didn't think anybody cared for me.
My brother is always mean to me and I get stuck doing all the chores.
I never get to do anything fun except girl things and that's the
same old thing. You were the only one who ever cared and defended
me. I wouldn't have shown you my body swapping trick if I didn't trust
you. Thank you, Andy."

I looked at her and said,"Come on, Kristen. Let's swap right now."

"But I told them I wouldn't swap until they were ready to," she said.

"This is between us," I told her. "Besides, you can swap back with
me when it's their turn. They won't know the difference and you'd
still be swapping with me."

Her eyes brightened up,"What about the final switch back after that?"

I thought about it for a minute,"Well, either we don't, or we do.
If we do another switch, it'll put me back in your body. Sounds interesting
if you ask me. We might even want to make that one a permanent one
if you'd like."

She clutched her medallion and jiggled it under her neck.

"As long as I get to keep the medallion," she said sniffing and wiping
a tear from her eyes.

"Sure thing, Kristen," I said smiling at her. "It's your toy. you
get to keep it."

She stood up.

"Lay down," she said gently pushing my stomach so that I sat back
on the edge of the bed. "But take off your shoes first."

I took off my sneakers and let them drop to the floor.

I saw her on the other side of the bed removing her shoes.

I stretched out and laid down on my back.

She lay there beside me, clutching her necklace.

"It's more than the medallion," she explained. "This is the ju-ju
box."

I looked up at the white canopy above me and wondered what it was
really going to be like to be a girl.

"Close your eyes," she said gently.

I closed my eyes.

I heard a popping noise in my ears.

A loud hissing noise traveled about the room.

I kept my eyes closed tight and clutched my hands into fists in
excited anticipation.

Then everything was calm.

I opened my eyes and saw the white canopy above me.

I could feel my smaller lungs breathing in and out, making my chest
rise and fall in a delicate manner.

I could sense a smaller body that I now inhabited.

A youthful vigor filled me up and I giggled happily.

I sat up and looked down at the brown skirt I now wore and the pair
of girls legs that came out of it.

I wriggled my bare feet and gave a nervous chuckle.

Some hands reached around my neck and unclasped the necklace.

"I'll be taking that," I heard my old, male voice say to me.

I hopped up off the bed and ran to the mirror with all the energy
of an adolescent girl.

I saw pretty blue eyes and a small girls nose on a well proportioned
face outlined by auburn curls.

I smiled and marveled at how white my teeth were.

I turned and saw my old body standing there beside me.

He flexed his arm muscles, which were really not much but certainly
bigger than my girls arms.

"Thank God it's Friday," he said at last with a satisfied look on
his face.

He seemed to have the look of a man who just conquered the world.

"If you have any questions, remember the tablet is under your pillow,"
he said combing his hair.

I looked up at him nervously.

"Don't worry," he said patting me on the shoulder. "You'll do fine.
You are no longer Andrew Smith, but Kristen Tiederov, okay? Now let's
go out to the patio and talk to the others."

"Okay," I said looking up at him. "This is going to take some time
getting used to."

I felt different but somehow it wasn't what I expected. I expected
some sort of inside-out-feeling or a feeling of flying
or some grand feeling of winning a race or something but instead
I felt small, weak, and a bit shy. I had a lot of bubbly energy in
me now but with it came the understanding that I was just a girl now
and probably anything I ever did from now on wouldn't make much of
a difference unless I really outdid myself. I was just the little
sister of a big, bully brother and couldn't begin to wonder how I'd
ever manage that situation.

We went out onto the patio and I sat down beside Heather.

"Hey, babe," Heather said to me. "These boys seem ready enough. Let's
give 'em the old switcheroo right now."

"I don't know if that's such a good idea," my old body said.

"Andy is right," I said smoothing my hands along my skirt. "Let's
all meet back in a week and do this, okay?"

"Oh, all right," Bob said let down. "Just when I was starting to
like the idea."

They all left out the front gate and I was by myself in my new life
even if it were only for a short while.

I picked up Snowy and pet her as I walked in the house and closed
the sliding door behind me.

I walked in the kitchen and saw Mrs. Tiederov there.

"Want to help with the dishes?" she asked.

I set the cat down and shrugged,"Sure mom."

I stepped up to the counter and got on my tiptoes and started rinsing
dishes and putting them in the dishwasher.

Mrs. Tiederov started dinner.

"Uh, I sort of already ate, mom," I said.

"That's okay, pumpkin," she said. "It's not for us anyway. It's for
your father and brother. You're on a vegetarian diet with me, remember?"

Vegetables? Yuk! I hated this deal already.

Dinner was horrible and my new brother, Mike, avoided talking to
me.

Afterwards I helped clear off the table and then my mom scooted
me up to my room.

"Isn't it a little early?" I complained.

"You have your studying to do and then it's bedtime," my new mother
told me. "Don't forget you have tennis lessons in the morning."

"Goodnight mom," I said.

She turned and glared at me as if I said something she never heard
before.

"Good night, young lady," she said and walked to my door. "Don't
forget you have tennis tomorrow morning."

She turned and closed the door as she walked out, leaving me alone.

I sat at my dressing table looking in the mirror for awhile.

My feet barely touched the ground so I swayed them back and forth
under the stool.

I felt like I didn't belong here. I felt like I was some sort of
spy hiding out in this young girls body.

"What am I doing?" I asked my reflection in a girls voice. "I'm supposed
to be an eighteen year old boy, not my best friends little sister."

If I were an eighteen year old girl, it might be different and things
might be fun. Now I started getting paranoid of my age and my lost
adulthood. Why didn't I ask Kristen to swap me with a girl my own
age?

I wish she left me with the medallion, if not for comfort at least.
I needed to feel secure and safe in this deal. Instead I felt insecure
and afraid.

I looked at the girl in the mirror and waved at myself, gazing at
my little hands in disbelief.

I opened up the jewelry box on the desk top.

Gentle music played and I ran my fingers through the necklaces, plastic
bracelets, and earrings.

I closed the jewelry box and opened the desk drawer.

I saw a small wooden box and pulled it out and set it on the desk.

Inside I found Kristen’s makeup that she kept hidden from her mother.

I swayed my feet back and forth under the stool and felt kind of
bored so I put the makeup box back and closed the drawer.

I hopped off the stool and walked across the carpet and over to the
bed.

I reached under the pillow and pulled out a tablet that Kristen left
for me.

I read the fist few paragraphs to myself,"Hi there! I hope by now
you're starting to get used to being me. I bet mom made you do the
dishes tonight, right? Well, you'll get used to the chores.

Okay, tomorrow is your tennis practice. You're really going to have
to try to make the best of it as you said you only tried tennis once.
I recommend you soak in the bathtub tonight before you go to bed.
Tomorrow mom will wake you up around seven in the morning. Don't forget
the white tennis skirt!"

I set the notepad back under my pillow, then walked across the carpet
over to the bathroom.

I looked in the mirror and saw myself again.

I couldn't get over the fact that I was now a girl. More than that,
I couldn't get over how trapped I felt now in this young body.

I completely undressed and tossed my clothes into a hamper.

I stepped into the bath tub and turned on the hot water, then the
cold.

I pulled up on the stopper so the water would fill up the tub.

Then I rummaged around the sink and found some perfumed bubble bath.

"Might as well do as she asked in her notes," I said to myself with
a shrug. After all, I didn't really know what I was supposed to do
in this body. I wanted to try out her schedule and then eventually
tailor it to my own needs.

I poured some pink powder into the tub and set the box of bubble
bath back on the sink.

Then I stepped in the tub and slid the glass sliding doors closed.

I sat down in the warm water and watched as the bubble bath grew
with the rising water level.

A few minutes later I shut off the water and lay back and relaxed.

I couldn't get over how slippery my bare legs were under water and
how soft my skin was now.

I held my breath and stretched out under water.

To my amazement, I was so short that my feet couldn't reach the far
end of the tub when fully stretched out. I was short!

I emerged, sitting up with bubbles all over my face and wiped my
eyes with my small hands.

I dunked under water a few more times just for fun, then I relaxed
for nearly a half hour or more just lying there in the warm bubbly
water.

I got out of the tub smelling all perfumed up and pat dried myself
with a large white towel.

I wrapped the towel about my body and looked in the foggy mirror.

I saw the distorted image of myself again.

"I sure wish I was an older girl," I said with a sigh.

I wondered if Kristen would let me switch with her again some day
after this was all over.

I wondered if I could ever experience being a real woman or if I
would be confined to spend the rest of my life back as a man again.

I tried a blow drier on my hair and brushed out the wet tangles.

Then I read the notepad again and was reminded to apply a green face
mask of beauty cream before going to bed.

I stood by the mirror and applied a cool, green, slimy paste to my
face. Then I washed my hands and brushed my teeth.

I shut off the bathroom lights and walked over to my dresser.

I dropped my towel and opened some drawers, looking for something
to wear to bed.

In the end I opted for some white cotton panties, and a rather embarrassing
pink nightgown.

"Got to fit the role," I assured myself slipping into bed and turning
out the lights.

I felt the heavy blanket press down upon my small body as I lay there
on my back. I especially felt weird as the blanket pressed heavily
upon my crotch, making me fully realize I was no longer a man anymore.
No more hard-ons or wet dreams. I felt trapped and put here in this
young girls body in some trick of agreement that I had not fully thought
out before. Now it was too late. I was a man, too full of curiosity
about being a girl. A man put in his place to fit the role of being
his best friends little sister whether he wanted to or not.

As soft and wonderful as my new, female body felt, I just couldn't
get aroused over this. I kept expecting a hard-on to develop but there
was nothing. No feeling of sexual excitement - nothing at all. I
was trapped, punished every moment by feelings of need, want and desire
to experience something I was no longer able to. I just lay there,
staring up at the dark canopy above me, wondering what I had really
gotten myself into here.

I slipped off into sleep and dreamt of all the dolls and stuffed
animals that surrounded me on my bed.

"Time to wake up dear," I heard my new mother's voice say to me as
she gently shook me by the shoulders. "Come on, Kristen, time to get
ready for tennis."

I sat up quickly and looked up at her and said,"Oh, Mrs. Tiederov!
I just had the strangest dream. I dreamt I was..."

I looked down at myself and realized it wasn't a dream after all.
I was really Kristen. A girl.

"Why did you call me "Mrs." ?" she asked looking at me with a puzzled
and concerned expression. "Oh, never mind. Now get up and get dressed.
I have breakfast waiting for you downstairs. Now hurry."

She walked out of the room and shut the door.

I wondered what was in store for me today and how I would cope with
trying to fit in this new role.

CHAPTER FOUR - Ready or Not
------------
I slid out of bed and turned around shoving my arms deep under my
pillow. I pulled out the notepad and read what it had to say I needed
to do for Saturday.

It read: "Wake up sleepy head. Today you need to get ready for tennis.
Hurry up and take a quick shower and get dressed or mom will be mad
and that means more chores."

I yawned and walked across the carpet to my dresser mirror and saw
my tired looking face and messy hair. For a young girl, I looked pretty
bad so I got out of my clothes and went straight for the shower.

After a quick shower, I dried off and started blow drying my hair
when my new mom came in and saw me standing there in a pink bath towel
trying to brush out the tangles.

"I told you a million times, young lady," she said angrily. "You
should have worn a shower cap. Now we'll be twenty minutes late because
you got your hair all wet. You washed your hair last night, right?"

"Yes," I said feeling guilty for some reason.

"You could have washed your hair after tennis," she said glaring
at me.

"I'm sorry," I said shrugging. "But my hair was all messy when I
woke up."

"No excuse young lady," she said wagging her finger at me. "If you
had short hair like your brother, I wouldn't mind. You want me to
cut your hair short like his?"

For a moment I actually liked the idea. It sure would save time
getting ready if I had short hair again like when I was a boy.

"No," I said at last, realizing Kristen would kill me if I did that
to her hair. I started to worry about what trouble she, herself, might
be getting into while she was in my body.

"Come on," she said grabbing a brush from the counter. "You're taking
forever. I'll help you get most of it dry, then you're wearing a hat.
I don't want the other mothers at the country club seeing my daughter
with messed up hair. You tell me before you get ideas like this again.
Do I have to write it down on paper for you?"

I thought of the tablet under my pillow and held back a laugh.

"No," I said feeling the brush tug painfully against a snag.

"Ow!"

"Stop your whining."

"Okay," I said looking in the mirror at my mother towering over
my shoulders, brushing my hair for me.

A few minutes later she was fed up with it and told me to just get
dressed.

I went over to my closet and took out the white tennis skirt.

Actually it was all one outfit with a little zipper on the back.

I didn't know if I should step in through the open zipper or pull
the outfit over my head.

I awkwardly stepped in through the zipper and pulled the skirt up.
It felt so weird that I decided next time I'd try just pulling it
over my head like a t-shirt.

I had a tough time getting the zipper up in the back but finally
managed.

Then, I went over to my dresser and pulled out some panties.

Heck, I didn't know what order I should be getting dressed. This
was too weird.

I pulled the cotton panties up under my skirt, then got some socks
from my dresser.

"Do I wear socks for tennis?" I asked myself, hesitating.

I wondered if showing my ankles was okay or not. I decided to wear
socks but still wasn't sure if I was dressing properly.

I sat on my little stool and pulled some simple, white socks on
my feet.

Then I went over to the closet and took out my tennis shoes.

So many to choose from, I had no idea which ones to wear. The pink
ones looked kind of funny with my outfit and the other ones were too
sporty. I decided on plain old tennis shoes.

I sat on the carpet and put my shoes on and tied up the laces.
I couldn't believe my feet were small enough to fit shoes this size.

I stood up feeling snug all over and I grabbed a white baseball
cap off a shelf on the way out of my room.

I walked downstairs and sat at the kitchen table for breakfast that
was getting cold.

"Young lady," Mrs. Tiederov said taking by chin firmly so I looked
in her face. "Are you wearing your training bra?"

"No," I said shrugging my shoulders.

"Go back upstairs this instant and put it on. You're really making
this difficult, Kristen. Now hurry up!"

I didn't know how she could tell I wasn't wearing a bra since my
chest was only just starting to bud out. Then I realized the fabric
of my outfit would probably have shown signs of straps being on underneath
or something. That's what I get for wearing tight clothes.

I went upstairs and tried desperately to get the zipper undone on
my back but it was stuck.

I went back downstairs and she yelled at me, taking me by the ear
and dragging me up to my bedroom.

I felt humiliated as she unzipped my back and pulled down my top.

She tossed my bra in my face and said,"You're really making me mad
right now. Why are you doing this? You never act this way.

Now hurry up downstairs and finish your toast and milk. I'll be out
in the car waiting. And don't forget your purse. You're walking home.
I'll get your racket. You'd probably forget anyway. Now hurry it up.
This is ridiculous."

I put on my training bra and fumbled with the zipper on my back
again while walking back down the stairs.

My first morning as a girl and I kept messing up. This was going
to take some getting used to.

"Hey little brat," I heard Mike, my best friend and now big brother,
say. "Keep it quiet down there. I'm trying to sleep!"

He wasn't much of a best friend to his little sister, that was for
sure. I ignored it. He was just a jerk around his sister and I was
sure to find that out more and more.

He peered down the stairs as I walked away and into the kitchen.

"You twerp!" he said and I heard his door slam shut.

I took a couple more bites of toast and downed the rest of my milk.
Then I walked through the open side door and into the garage.

"Come on!" my mother said honking the horn.

Suddenly, at the most inconvenient time, I realized I had forgotten
something rather important.

"I have to go to the bathroom," I said turning and running back
in the house.

I also forgot my purse so I ran back upstairs and into my own bathroom.
I didn't have time to think about what I was doing. I finished up
quickly and grabbed my purse off my desk.

I was about to go down the stairs when I saw Mike standing there,
wearing just his shorts.

"You keep making noise," he snapped and poked me in the shoulder.

"Let me pass," I said trying to get around him so I could get out
to the car.

I heard mom honking a few more times.

"Shut up," he said poking me again in the shoulder. "You keep making
noise."

"Come on," I said trying again to pass by. "Let me go. Mom'll kill
you if you don't let me go."

He pulled out a toy water cannon and shot water all over my skirt.

"No she won't," he said with a grin. "Because now she'll think you
wet yourself."

I was about ready to kill my best friend just then but realized
I couldn't do a thing as I was smaller than him and I was a girl.

"Let me go," I said.

He squirted more water on me,"Sister have a little accident? Better
go put on some dry clothes."

"I don't have another tennis skirt," I said.

"I know," he smiled back. "But now you'll know to be quiet when
I'm trying to sleep."

He squirted some water in my face.

I felt like I was going to cry. I was helpless against this bully
and he was getting me into more trouble than I already was.

He took my hat off and threw it on the floor before he went back
in his room and slammed the door again.

I picked up my hat and ran downstairs crying.

My mother had gotten out of the car by now and was heading in the
house.

"What in the world?!" she asked looking at me. "You're all wet!"

"Mike poked me and sprayed water on me with his water cannon," I
cried. "I don't want to go to tennis lessons now. Please don't make
me...."

I fell down to my knees on the linoleum floor and cried.

"I'll deal with him later," she said angrily. "Now get out in the
car. You're going to your tennis lessons no matter how you look at
this point. So deal with it."

She picked up my purse from my shoulder and headed back for the
car.

Reluctantly I got up and followed.

I didn't know how I was going to handle living here another moment.
Kristen definitely got the better end of this deal. I wanted to try
being a girl for awhile but not like this.

I sat in the back seat of the car and thought about the sacrifice
I had made so Kristen could be me and get to know her brother without
him treating her so awful.

Now I was her and I had to take whatever problems this new life
had and learn to live with it. I hoped Friday would get here soon.

Ju-Ju Box: Chapters 5 & 6

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • 500 < Short Story < 7500 words

Genre: 

  • Magic

Character Age: 

  • Teenage or High School
  • Preteen or Intermediate

TG Themes: 

  • Age Regression
  • Body, Mind or Soul Exchange
  • Voluntary

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

The final two chapters of an old six chapter voluntary body swapping story of mine. There are two sequels on top of that.

CHAPTER FIVE - Swing Miss
------------
I got dropped off at the park and Mrs. Tiederov told me to go straight
to the tennis court and to come right home afterwards.

I watched as she drove off down the street and then I turned around
and headed up the gravel path through some trees.

To be honest, I had never been to this park before and I had no
clue where the tennis courts were located. I walked past the entrance
to a large rose garden and followed the path onward down a wide grassy
field and found a playground.

I walked down to the playground and sat on a bench.

"Kristen?" a girl asked from behind me.

I turned and saw a blonde girl walk up to me across the tanbark.
She set her racket down on the bench and put her hands on her hips.

"Hi," I said looking at her, trying to picture where I'd seen her
before. Something about her seemed familiar.

"Well?" she said impatiently. "Don't just sit there - come on!"

She pulled me by the arm.

She took her racket off the bench and looked like she was going
to kill me or something.

"Come on, Kristen," she said escorting me down a side path. "The
courts are this way. Hey - wait a minute. You're wet! What happened?
Did your brother use his water gun on you again?"

"Yeah," I said picking at my wet skirt.

"No wonder," she said with some sympathy in her voice. "I'm sorry,
Kristen. Look, the courts are over this way. A game of tennis will
help you forget all about it. If not you can pretend
your brother is the tennis ball. Come on."

I just then remembered her name. She was one of the two girls that
Kristen had over the other night.

"Heather?" I said as we walked through the shade.

"I'm Tanya," she corrected.

"Oh, yeah," I shrugged. "Sorry."

She stopped and looked at me up and down.

Then she reached for my neck and her hand brushed under my hair.

"Where's your necklace?" she asked.

She was getting the picture now. I just knew it. If she found out
I wasn't really Kristen, this might ruin everything.

"Um, I left it at home," I lied but what else could I say? The real
Kristen had the necklace and she was masquerading around in my place.

"Well as long as you don't ever loose it," she said relieved. "I
mean, if you ever lost it I wouldn't be able to change into snowy
anymore. Well never mind that now. Let's play some tennis."

We walked around a bend and there were several fenced in tennis
courts standing there before us.

"Kristen!" a lady called out to me. "There you are! You're tardy!
Now get your little fanny on this court immediately."

"Mrs. Worthington," Tanya said stepping between the instructor
and I. "Kristen is late because her brother got her wet with a water gun.
Please don't be mad at her."

"You've used this excuse before," Mrs. Worthington said to me. "No
wait - I don't care about excuses anymore. You just get out there
and play tennis."

Since I only played the game once or twice before in my life, I
stood there missing swing after swing.

"Look," the instructor said. "You know how to serve - so serve!"

"But I forgot."

She glared at me and then threw her racket down.

Tanya laughed and then quickly shut up as the instructor walked
over to me and took my arm.

"Like this," she said swinging my arm back and forth.

"Okay," I said. "I think I remember now."

She walked away and I swung at the ball again...and missed.

"Oh God save me," Mrs. Worthington said looking up at the sky. "Tanya,
why don't you serve this time? Kristen, quit playing games with me.
I don't have the patience for this. Just play tennis."

Well, I finally got the swing of it, pardon the pun, but I still
lost every game that morning.

I walked back out to the playground and sat on the bench with my
new friend Tanya.

"Kristen," she said patting me on the back. "You never let me beat
you like that before. If I didn't know better, I'd think you really
did forget how to play tennis. Boy you sure played like a geek today.
Were you just trying to be funny or something?"

"No. Look, this is just not my day," I said standing up. "Come on.
Let's go."

"You're going home?" she asked. "Already? I thought you were going
to take me your Aunt's place again."

"My Aunt's?" I asked and quickly said. "Oh yeah, my Aunt."

I started to walk alongside the playground pathway.

"Aunt Toni," she added standing up to follow me. "Come on. You're
going the wrong way. Let's cut through the rose garden."

"Okay, you're the guide. I'll follow."

I knew my new mother wanted me home right away but I didn't want
to go back just yet. Besides, this would give me an opportunity to
meet the woman behind the necklace.

We walked through a maze of roses.

"Kristen," Tanya said plucking some petals from a flower in her
hand.

"Yeah?"

"What do you think about those boys wanting to swap places with us?"

I looked over at her wondering if she only knew the truth about
me right now.

"What do you mean?" I asked.

She dropped her rose and plucked another from the side of the path.

"I mean, are you sure we ought to let them? After all, they're boys."

"So?"

"So they might wreck our bodies. You know? They might stuff too
many pizzas into our bodies while we're gone or something. They might
throw out all our makeup or something."

"I don't know," I said shrugging. The path led us to a small
white picket fence. "Why? Do you want to back off of this idea?"

We walked out onto a wooded path.

"Well, what if they won't change back with us?" she asked worried.

"Come on, Tanya. If you don't want to do this then just say so.
It's up to you," I said looking around at all the trees. "Say, are
we going near the swamp or something?"

"We're going to your Aunt's house, remember?"

"Oh," I said. "Well, you just lead on then."

She stopped and looked at me kind of funny.

"What?" I asked.

"You lead the way," she said gesturing to the path ahead of us.

"Why?"

"Well, first of all, Kristen Tiederov never played tennis that bad
before. Second - you are missing your necklace and Kristen never goes
anywhere without it. Third - you're not walking toe to toe like you
normally do."

"So?"

"So you walk like a guy," she said mocking my walk in a circle about
me.

"So?"

"You are not Kristen," she concluded with arms crossed.

"I'm practicing for when I swap places with Andy," I lied.

She thought about it for a minute and then said,"Then why play tennis
so bad?"

"I'm practicing for when I swap places with Andy."

"You're putting me on. Who are you?"

"I'm Kristen Tiederov," I said. "And who might you be?"

"Shut up!"

"Nice to meet you, Miss Shutup."

"No, cut it out."

"Nice to meet you, Miss Cutitout."

"Be quiet!"

"Will you make up your mind?"

"You're definitely Andy," she said and I smiled.

"Oops," I said covering my mouth with my hands.

"Ahah! Got you."

"Can't catch me!" I said running away down the path.

"Come back with my friends body!" she yelled chasing after.

I ran off the trail and into the forest. Tanya was catching up to
me and waving her racket at me.

I turned my head back and stuck my tongue out at her.

"Girl, girl, girl, girl, girl!" I said to her running under an overhanging
branch and through some bushes. My taunts only made her run faster.

I tripped over a rock and dropped my racket.

My body hit the ground and I slipped forward down a muddy hill.

I bumped hard into something and stared upwards at an old man.

He was wearing blue jeans, a black shirt, some sort of swamp boots,
and an old black hat.

"The witches niece!" he exclaimed picking me up and putting me over
his shoulders. "What a fine little piece of luck. I've been looking
for a break like this."

"Put me down!" I screamed, kicking my little legs up and down in
the air.

"I will do whatever you want just as soon as you tell me where the
ju-ju box is," he said carrying me along the edges of the swamp.

"I don't have it," I cried. "Please put me down."

"You'll tell me or I'll let the demon eat your flesh."

"I don't know where it is," I lied.

"And you also don't know who I am, do you?"

"No."

"You're the niece of a witch but I'm more powerful than she is.
She stole my ju-ju box and I want it back - NOW!"

He put me down in a little boat and got in, then pushed off from the
shore with his oars.

"If you're so powerful how come you let her steal it then?" I asked.

"Shut up, you, or I'll belt you one!"

He rowed through the swamp for at least a half hour, then tied up
the boat to a makeshift pier beside an old cabin.

He picked me up and carried me over his shoulders again.

I was taken inside the cabin and dropped down onto a couch.

A little fire burned in the hearth and across the room on another
couch lay a woman bound and gagged.

"I brought your niece," he said to the woman. "Now tell me where
the ju-ju box is or I'll feed her to the demon."

He removed her gag.

"Never!" she screamed.

He replaced her gag.

"She doesn't have the necklace," I said.

The woman's eyes got wide and then rolled upwards as if I'd said
something dumb.

"So you've transmuted it into a necklace to hide it from me have
you?" the old man asked the woman. "Well your stupid niece was helpful
after all. That's the least I can say about you."

He pulled off her gag and walked over to me to see if I was wearing
a necklace.

"Where is it?" he asked grabbing my neck.

"Thanks Kristen," the woman said. "Thanks a lot. Now old gray bones
here is gonna have his demon search for a necklace now instead of
a box."

"I won't have to if you just tell me where it's hid," he said to
both of us.

"Will you let us go if we tell you?" I asked hopefully.

"Oh, suuuuuure," he said knocking a clock off the wall angrily. "Now
tell me where the hell the ju-ju box is and I'll make sure you
both die a less painful death than I planned. Where is it?"

"Don't tell him, Kristen," the woman warned. "He's an evil magician,
not fit to possess the artifact."

"I am not evil," he said gagging the woman again with a rag.

He came over to me and sat beside me.

"I'll tell you what," he said clapping his hands. "I'll make a deal
with you. You can have anything you want. Anything at all if you tell
me where the ju-ju box is. I'll even release your Aunt Toni."

"I don't know," I shrugged. "You seem pretty mean. I don't think
I'm going to tell you anything."

"But she stole it from ME! She's the one who is mean. Not I!"

She spit out her gag just then.

"He's lying!" she said. "He gave me it as a gift, just like I gave
it to you."

"Well I want it back bitch!" the old man snapped.

His eyes got bright red and glowed like fire.

"Bellabog!" he called out in a loud voice.

The ground trembled and the fire in the hearth rose.

A tiny green demon stepped out of the hearth and craned its neck
to look up at the man who summoned it.

"What is it sonny?" the demon said in a squeaky old voice.

"The witch has hidden the box in the form of a necklace. Bring me
the necklace!"

"I can't," the demon said.

"What? But I COMMAND you!" the old man ordered.

"I work union hours. You can't make me," the demon huffed.

"I'll pay extra for overtime then," the old man shot back.

"Heubert, tell me, how many souls do you have?" the demon asked.

"Uh...one."

"So how the hell can you pay overtime?"

"Well, then I'll owe you or something," Heubert said scratching
his head. "Just go fetch me that necklace!"

"I'm off in a flash! Off to get me the cash!" the demon said vanishing
in a bright light.

"Good going," Aunt Toni said to me. "Well at least you didn't get
more specific and blurt out something about the medallion being on
the necklace."

"Medallion?!" Heubert exclaimed. "Wonderful! Now you both spilled
the beans and I won't be needing you much longer."

"Good going yourself," I said to Toni.

"Quiet or I'll gag the both of you!" the old man warned. "I have
a better idea. We're going to take a little drive in my car."

"Oh great, now we're going for rides. I prefer the rowboat myself,"
I sassed.

He looked over at Toni with a wicked smile.

"I'm going to take your place, witch," he said. "Just as soon as the
demon brings me back the necklace."

"You wouldn't dare!" she said with horror in her eyes.

He picked me up and carried me outside.

"Do you like chicken?" he asked me while putting me in the trunk
of his car.

"Sort of but I'm not really hungry right now."

"Well you're going to become one as soon as I get that
necklace. How do you like that?"

He didn't give me a chance to reply. Instead he clunked me over
the head with his fist and I blacked out.

CHAPTER SIX - Cooped Up
-------------
I woke up tied to a wooden chair in the middle of a chicken coop.

The place smelled so terrible I thought I was going to get
sick.

Through the chicken wire I saw a small patch of dirt that sloped
down to a small stream. A thick forest spread out on the other side
and vanished up into a mountain.

I glanced down at my lap and saw my tennis skirt was gone. I sat
there in just my panties. The kidnaper hadn't even left me with
my shoes or socks.

"Help!" I cried. "Somebody help me!"

The chickens started squawking loudly all around me.

A minute later a door opened beside me and a short, overweight woman
stood there with a broomstick in her hand.

She rapped me a couple times on the head with the end of the broom
handle.

"Ow!"

"Quiet you! You'll wake the dead with that voice of yours," she
scolded me. "Though it won't do you much good to yell for help.
Nobody lives anywhere near here for a good thirty miles or so."

I looked at her black dress and pointed hat, wondering if she was
the witch she appeared to be.

"Who are you?" I asked. "Where's my aunt?"

"Your aunt is in the stables," the woman said tapping me on the
head with her broom handle. "I am Claudia, Herbert’s mother."

"Where is he?"

She hit me again with her broomstick before answering. It was starting
to get annoying. She wasn't hitting me hard enough to do much more
than tick me off.

"He's been sent to his room," she said.

"What? What do you mean?"

"He's being punished."

"You're joking!" I declared. "Why he's not a kid. What do you mean
he's being punished?' "

Again she rapped her broom on the side of my head.

"You do not seem to get the full picture, my dear," the woman said
throwing her voice so it sounded like it came from one of the
chickens. "Herbert is not what he seems. You see, just over a
year ago he was nothing more than a teenage boy. He hated his
father so he snuck in the cellar and stole one of my magic items
and used it to swap places but he didn't stop there. He did some
more swaps and when I figured out what he was up to, he ran away
and your aunt sweet talked him out of the ju-ju box. So you can
see why he wants the box back. As his mother, I demanded he return
to me what he stole."

"So why am I tied up here?" I asked.

She hit me again with the broom,"He wanted to swap you with a chicken
so you wouldn't be able to get the box back or tell someone about
it. Your aunt is in the stables awaiting a similar fate, though I
think Herbert really wanted to trade places with your aunt. As his
mother I won't stand for him doing any such thing."

"So I won't get swapped after all, right?" I asked hopefully.

"You are too much of a threat to have around with the knowledge
of the ju-ju box. For once I agree with my son. You and your aunt
will be swapped with my pets."

"What then? What in the world do you plan on doing with this body
once there's a chicken-brain inside it? What about my aunts body?"

She started to swing the broomstick towards me but stopped
short,"I simply release your bodies into the forest to fend for
themselves and survive if they are able. If anyone does find them
it'll be a miracle and even so, people will think they are insane
or something with their primitive animal minds. So you can see,
dearie, everything is all worked out."

"What if you don't get the ju-ju box back?" I asked looking uneasily
over at the chickens. "Then what?"

"Then you simply stay here and I feed you bird seed for the rest
of your miserable little life," she hit me again with the broom handle
and stormed out of the chicken coop.

I sat there gazing out at the forest and wondered if I would ever
get out of these ropes or if I would ever find my clothes. Most important,
I wondered if I would ever swap back with my old body or not.

Whatever that demon was doing, it sure seemed obvious he wasn't
looking for the ju-ju box anymore.

Three days had passed and I still sat there tied up in the chicken
coop. I was only let out a few times a day to use the bathroom. They
force fed me bird seed, crumbs and water and told me to get used to
it.

I sat there watching the sun go down one night and listened to
the buzzing of mosquitoes coming up from the creek.

Once it was dark I drifted off to sleep.

"Pssst! Wake up," a girl whispered in my ear.

I looked up and saw several little girls standing around me.

They looked no older than six or seven years of age.

One of the girls held up a necklace with a smile on her face.

"It's me, Kristen," she said in a whisper. "I'm here to rescue you."

The other girls untied me and we snuck out of the chicken coop with
some flashlights.

"How did you find me and what about the demon?" I asked.

"Shhh!" a little girl said. "I'll explain it all later."

"Where's my male body?" I asked worriedly.

"Shhh! I said I'd explain later.

We headed for the house and some of the girls ran off towards the
stables to rescue aunt Toni.

We stood before the back door and one of the girls touched the
lock and I heard a click.

"How did you do that?" I asked.

"Would you be quiet?" a girl scolded me.

"I think we'd better leave her out here," someone suggested. "She'll
ruin the plan."

So they handed me a flashlight and told me to stay put while they
crept inside the house.

A few minutes later I heard a bunch of little feet running through
the house and there were screams and giggles.

It sounded like they were in trouble and I was just about to go
inside and investigate when out came Heubert followed by his mother.
Both held a screaming, kicking little girl in their hands.

"We got 'em," Heubert said to me as he walked by.

"That was easy," his mother said. "I'm glad that's over with."

I wasn't exactly sure what was going on but when all the other girls
came giggling out of the house, I knew that some body swapping had
happened.

"Put me down! Put me down!" one of the girls cried in Heubert's
arms. "Switch me back this instant you little brat!"

Yep, sure enough two of the little girls traded bodies with the
kidnapers.

"Where are you taking them?" I asked.

"We have a couple more body switches to do," one of the little girls
said to me taking my hand. "Come on. This'll be fun to watch."

We went over to the chicken coop and I stood outside and watched
through the wire with a few other girls.

"No, no! You can't mean it!" I heard a girl cry out.

"Don't worry, you'll both be fine in a minute," another girl said.

"I don't want to be a chicken!" another girl cried.

There was another struggle and then it was quiet.

"One more switch left," a girl told me with a giggle. "We don't
want chickens in little girl bodies, ya know."

A moment later the door opened and out ran Herbert and his mother.
They both started running around the yard in some sort of panic.

"What happened?" I asked.

"Oh, well, first we switched them with two of the girls here. Then
we switched them with the chickens, and finally we switched their
adult bodies with the girls again. Now the kidnapers are the chickens
and the chickens are the kidnapers."

I turned and saw a couple girls place the chickens back on their
little shelves in their nests.

"So how did you all figure out where I was?" I asked.

"The demon helped us," a girl said happily. "He didn't like the way
his master treated him so he decided to help us instead."

"He teleported us!" another girl added.

"Kristen!" I heard aunt Toni call out from across the yard.

She came up to me and hugged me.

One of the little girls looked over at me and winked.

Aunt Toni held up the necklace and put it on.

"Well, I think from now on I'll take care of the ju-ju box until
you're older," she said.

Several of the little girls got horrified looks on their faces.

"Why?" I asked.

"Because I said so," she answered.

"Look, I don't know who all your little friends are but the first
order of business is to get these girls back to their families," Toni
said walking for the car.

"Some of us aren't really girls," one of the girls said. "And we
would appreciate it if you would let us switch back."

Toni turned to look at me. "Kristen, have you been switching people
around with the ju-ju box?"

"I'm Kristen," a little blonde girl said raising her hand. "And
yeah, I've been switching people but only because they wanted to."

"If you're Kristen, then who's THAT?" Toni pointed over at me.

"I'm Andy Smith," I answered blushing.

"Oh, this is horrible," Toni said hitting herself on the forehead.
"There isn't enough power in this to keep switching so many people
around all the time. It wasn't meant to be used for cheap thrills.
Okay, how many of you are really boys?"

Nearly all the girls slowly raised their hands up.

"Are there any others?" Toni asked.

"Yeah, back in town," a girl answered. "There's a few more who got
swapped."

"Oh, plus the demon," another girl added.

"Yeah, I forgot," Kristen said. "Sort of traded the demon with some
lady. It was the only way he'd agree to let us keep the ju-ju box
without killing us for it. Still had some powers left after the
switch so we got some flashlights and she teleported us here to rescue
you."

"Who's idea was all this anyway?" Toni asked.

"Mine," I said. "I asked Kristen if she wouldn't mind trading places.
Then everything got messed up."

"No it's my fault," Kristen said. "I started using the necklace
to switch some of my girlfriends with my cat. That's how it all started."

"Well, all of you better be prepared to stay the way you are because
I'm not sure who of you is even telling me the truth anymore," Toni
said. "Now pile up in the car. I'm taking you all to your homes whether
you're in the right bodies or not. You messed with the ju-ju box and
so, at least for now, I'm going to keep you this way as punishment.
Now get in the car."

We all climbed in the car and Toni dropped us all off at our houses.

___-----___

I stood on the front porch of Kristen Tiederov's house and watched
Toni ring the doorbell.

Mrs. Tiederov opened the door and gasped both in shock and anger.

"Hi 'sis," Toni waved to her sister, Mrs. Tiederov.

"What happened? Where's your clothes young lady?" Kristens mother
asked me.

I stood there with just my panties on.

"I found her stranded just outside of town," Toni said.

"Oh, my!" Kristen's mother said hugging me. "Are you okay darling?"

"Yes," I said getting kissed over and over again on the cheek.

"What can I ever do to repay you for bringing my daughter home safe?"
my mother asked.

"Think nothing of it 'sis," Toni said. "Just promise me you'll keep
a closer eye on her in the future."

"Oh, yes," Mrs. Tiederov agreed nodding. "I won't ever let my princess
out of my site from now on. I promise."

"Won't you come in? It's been ages since I've seen you, Toni," my
mother said.

"No thanks. I need to get going," Toni said turning to look down
at me. "Now you be a good girl and mind what your mother tells you,
okay?"

She was enjoying this!

She was enjoying watching me be stuck as Kristen and left with
instructions for my new mother to keep a better eye on me.

"You say 'okay' to your aunt Toni," my mother said putting her
hand on my shoulder.

"Okay aunt Toni," I said looking up at the necklace she still wore.

"That's a good girl. Well I must be going now. Tah tah!" she said
turning and walking away out the courtyard and to the running car
in the driveway.

I was brought up to my room and my mother forced me to take a bath.

I ate dinner and then went back to my room.

___-----___

"So now I'm a girl," I said closing my diary.

"Mommy, what ever happened to the ju-ju box," my daughter Heather
asked.

"Yeah, mommy," my son Andrew urged tugging on my dress.

"I never did see Aunt Toni again after that," I said looking out
the window at the full moon and watching the clouds drift past it
in black silhouettes. "There was a horrible flood a few years later
and the swamp seemed to just erase her out of existence.
I went back but never found her cabin and I never did find out what
really happened to her. Every now and then, people driving along
old Hicks Road claim to see an old woman standing along the roadside
at the swamps edge. They say she's as white as a ghost and stands
there holding a silvery box in her hands."

"The ju-ju box, mommy?" Heather asked.

"Yes, princess. The ju-ju box."

The curtains blew gently in the night and off in the distance
could be heard the sounds of wolves singing to the moon.

I picked up my sleepy children and tucked them into bed.

I shut off the lights and closed the door.

I stood there in the hallway listening to the sound of wolves outside.

With a sigh, I turned and walked away.

THE END

After Notes: Or is it the end? What happened to Mike and the other
boys? Where did the ju-ju box really come from? What really happened
to aunt Toni? Did any of the displaced get switched back to normal?
Did the new Kristen ever learn to play a decent game of tennis?

Yes, there is more to this story so be prepared for a
sequel: Ju-Ju Box II

Ju-Ju Box II: Chapters 1-6

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • 500 < Short Story < 7500 words

Genre: 

  • Magic

Character Age: 

  • Teenage or High School
  • Preteen or Intermediate

TG Themes: 

  • Voluntary

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Ju-Ju Box Book II: Change Enough For All

This is the second "book" in the three book series of the story Ju-Ju Box.

CHAPTER ONE - MAGIC COMES IN PAIRS
by Cleo Kraft

-------------
"Mommy, tell us again about the Ju-Ju box," little Heather begged me,
tugging on my dress.

"No," Andrew complained. "Mommy, tell us the rest. Tell us the rest."

I gazed over at the book shelf on the far side of the room.

It's been so long. So terribly, terribly long since it all happened.

"There is more," I said with a sigh. "Though you must believe me when
I say I never saw the ju-ju box again or Aunt Toni. Yet there is more
to the story. Much more."

"No more magic box?" Heather asked climbing up into my lap as I sat there
on the couch. "No more ju-ju box, mommy?"

Were they ready? Were my children old enough to hear the rest of the
story?

"Magic entered into my life even after the first ju-ju box vanished," I
said.

"First box?" Andrew asked. "Then there's another ju-ju box?"

I smiled and said,"That's right, Andrew, and even more magic than before.
You didn't think mommy would go on living life without trying to find out
what happened to the ju-ju box, do you?"

A little bell went off down the hall.

"Popcorn's ready!" Heather cried, leaping off my lap and dashing down
the hall and into the kitchen.

I got up and brought some popcorn bowls, glasses of soda, and napkins for
my children.

We all sat back down on the couch and I resumed telling the story.

"Magic," I said. "Magic is what started it all. Just where do you think
magic comes from?"

"The witch?" Heather asked.

"The bad man, Heubert?" Andrew suggested.

"No," I said shaking my head. "They only took it's secrets for their own
selfish gains. Magic began long ago, before there were people. It was
always here for us to discover, and I certainly discovered what it could
do with the first ju-ju box. Now let me tell you the story of the
second ju-ju box. I didn't even know another one existed until a few of
the girls and I went out hunting for answers one day. It was a warm
July morning. I remember it well. We were out by the rose garden in the
park, talking about things. You know? Girl things. I was wearing a cute
little white dress with tiny pink flower patterns all over it. Each day
being stuck as a girl taught me new lessons and I started to grow attached
to my new body more and more."

"Were you really a boy mommy?" Heather asked, looking up and into my
face to see if she could see a hint of my former self hidden away in
my features.

"Yes, dear," I answered with a gentle smile. "I sure was, but that was
a long time ago. Anyway, the girls and I were walking along through the
rose garden, chatting and giggling as girls sometimes do."

___-----___

"So, I'm telling you, I never knew it was gonna be like this," Heather
said with a nervous giggle. "I mean, Kristen, you remember when I was
just Lou, a geeky guy who played too much chess?"

"Yeah," I chuckled.

"Well," Heather said stopping there on the path and sticking her left
leg straight out. "I can't believe these legs. I mean, they're not just
pretty to look at, but I can stand like this for almost forever without
falling over."

"Well," Tanya said. "You do take ballet lessons now."

"That's not the point," Heather said reaching out and grabbing her
knee. "As a guy, I never could do anything like this. I mean, I didn't
have the ability. Oh, what's the word I'm looking for?...."

"Agility?" I suggested.

"Yeah," Heather agreed and lowered her left leg down to the
ground. "I've got agility now. As a boy, I never had so much capability
of movement in my limbs."

"Well," Tanya said crossing her arms. "I'm sick of it. I want my body
back. I'm tired of being stuck a girl. I want to be Ben again. This
sucks."

"What's so bad about being a girl, Tanya?" I asked.

"I'm sick of it," she said tugging on her red skirt. "Just look at me.
I wear these stupid little outfits, not 'cause I want to, but 'cause my
mom - my new mom - makes me wear 'em. Plus, look at all this blonde
hair. It gets in my face all the time. Then there's these."

Tanya pointed to her flat chest.

"I'm growin' boobs," she complained. "They're sore almost all the time,
and I can't stand this body. I'm short, all the space between my legs
feels way too weird, I walk funny now, and I can't get used to hearing
this squeaky girls voice in my ears when I talk."

"So one of you likes being a girl and the other doesn't," I said. "Is
that it?"

"We've got to find that ju-ju box," Tanya told me with pleading eyes.

"But that storm last year wiped out Aunt Toni's cabin, and I haven't
heard from her since then," I shrugged. "What can we do? We're stuck
like this."

"What about the real Kristen?" Heather asked.

"She lives in New Mexico now," I said. "How are we gonna get there?
We're just a bunch of teenage girls. Plus, she doesn't have the ju-ju
box anyway. Her aunt did and now she's gone too. So what other bright
ideas do you suggest?"

"New Mexico?" Tanya asked. "When did she move there?"

"A few months ago," I answered. "Remember, she's stuck in another girls
body too, so she's not going to be much help. I think her name's Elsa
now."

"What about the old witch's house?" Heather suggested. "The one where
we turned her and that weird swamp dude into chickens. What about
checking that place out?"

Tanya brightened up and said,"Yeah! Now you're talkin'! Come on, let's
see if we can hitch a ride up to that place or something."

I plucked a flower and started walking after my friends.

"We'll get our old bodies back," Tanya said with reassurance. "I just
know it. There's got to be a way back. There's just got to."

If not, my friends sure did make cute girls.

___-----___

We hitched a ride up to the old place in the mountains.

The house was all boarded up and definitely looked abandoned.

We walked around back and found the chicken coup.

It was empty.

"This place gives me the creeps," Heather said tugging on my arm. "Come
on, let's go. I don't want my old body back this much. Let's get outa
here."

We walked over to the barn and looked inside.

The stalls were empty.

"Look," I said pointing. "Even the horses are gone."

"Well, they'd be dead by now if nobody was here to feed them
anyway," Tanya pointed out. "Let's go see if we can break into that
house and find something to help change us back."

We turned and walked across the dirt yard and to the back door.

"How are we gonna get these boards off the door?" Tanya asked.

Heather looked around and pointed.

"Look!" Heather said running across to a tree stump. "There's a chopping
axe here. We'll just cut our way inside."

I couldn't even lift the axe, let alone swing it at the door. The other
girls found similar difficulty so we gave up on chopping our way into
the house.

"Damn these puny arms," Tanya pouted. "I should never have agreed to
trade places and be a girl. This is horrible."

"Come on, girls," Heather said running to the side of the house. "I think
there's another way in."

We wandered over to stand beside Heather and she pointed to a small
crawl hole where a screen lay discarded to one side.

"It's a vent," Heather said. "We can go in under the house."

"I'm not going through there," Tanya protested. "It's dark in there,
plus I don't like closed spaces."

"Come on," Heather urged. "I'll go first. There's got to be a way in
the house through here."

"Yeah," I agreed and watched Heather vanish through the small
opening. "Crawl spaces always have an entry in some room of the house.
This is just the one time we're all lucky to have small bodies. Come
on Tanya. If you want your old body back, you gotta show some effort.
Follow me."

I got down on hands and knees and squeezed through the narrow hole.

I saw Heather up ahead through the dim light.

To my surprise, the light under the house wasn't so bad after all.
Other vents positioned all around the perimeter of the house allowed
light to enter in, helping us see where we were going.

"Found it!" Heather exclaimed pushing up a trap door above her head.

"See?" I said to Tanya behind me. "Come on. Now we're getting someplace."

I watched Heather climb up in through the trap door and Tanya panicked.

"No," Tanya cried. "Let me go before you, Kristen. I don't want you
to leave me to be last. I'm so afraid, I think I'm going to have an
accident. Let me go next."

I watched her crawl past me and climb up into the house.

I followed, wondering what we would find there.

CHAPTER TWO - Riddle of the Box
-------------
I climbed up into the closet through the trapdoor and stood there squinting
to see in the dim light of the room.

"We should have brought flashlights," Tanya complained.

I watched streams of light seep in through the cracks between the boards
on the windows.

"Follow me," Heather said wandering out the room and down the hall.

I followed them into the large, empty living room.

"Someone must have taken all the furniture and everything," Tanya noticed
looking around.

"Let's check upstairs," Heather said heading up the spiral staircase.

I gripped the dusty banister and followed up after my friends.

At the top of the stairwell it was so dark I used my hands to guide me along
by feeling the wall beside me.

"Heather? Kristen?" Tanya asked worriedly. "Hey, I can't see you guys."

"I'm right here," Heather replied from up ahead.

"I'm behind you," I said feeling the dust accumulate on my hands as I
felt along the wood paneled wall.

The wall gave way and a section of it swung back, revealing a small passage.

"Hey, come back here!" I cried. "I think I found something."

"What is it Kristen?" Heather asked coming closer to me in the darkness.

"It's a secret passage or something," I replied stepping inside the
opening. "Come on. Let's see what's in here."

I stumbled forward into the darkness, bumping into boxes and furniture
along the way.

"God, I can't see a thing," Heather complained.

"Hey I found a window shade," Tanya said and I heard shades rustle in the
darkness and suddenly the room lit up.

"Wow!" Heather exclaimed looking around at everything. "Lucky for us that
window wasn't boarded up or we might have gotten lost in here. Just look
at this place. What do you suppose all this stuff is for?"

I looked around at all the tables full of chemistry equipment, dusty books,
black candles, chalk pentagrams on the floor, and stuffed animal heads along
the walls.

"This must be where the witch practiced her magic or something," Tanya
suggested, picking up a skull from a bookshelf under the window sill.

"If this is the witch's stuff, then we shouldn't mess with anything," Heather
warned. "This place is creepy."

I saw a book lying open on a table beside me.

"Hey, look," I said pointing to the open page. "This says something about
the Ju-Ju Box."

"Let's see that," Tanya said walking over to peer over my shoulder. "Wow!
Heather, come here and take a look at this. This might be the answer to
what we're looking for. Kristen, read it aloud for us."

"Okay," I said glancing at the yellowed page and read. "Thy box master made
them whence troubles abound. They rest on thy hill in thy house of thee
hound. First he created for thy life exchanges, second came time for life
to have changes, when third thy box master lost his own wife, he went
searching for answers in thee next life. Thy neighbor holds thy key to
thy ails, while thy Ju-Ju Box never tells. Find a glimpse and find thy nine
hells. Remember thy warnings, remember them still, thy box master made them
on thy house on thee hill."

"Weird," Tanya said in low whisper.

"It's fake," Heather said pointing to the page. "Look at that stuff. It's
not bad enough they mixed Old English with modern, but that ink looks like
it was printed off a press or something. It's a fake. Who comes up with
this stuff?"

"Hey," I said flipping the page. "This may be our only clue to finding the
Ju-Ju Box, and we all know the Ju-Ju Box is real or we wouldn't be stuck
here as girls. The rest of the book seems to be in some other language."

"It looks like Latin," Tanya realized. "Darn it. Now I wish I'd taken
Latin instead of Spanish. Just look at the stuff. We've got to find an
interpreter or something."

"It's not Latin," Heather said over my shoulder. "There are a few words
in there that make sense but it's just like the English stuff. Who ever
wrote this junk seemed to mix in old and new styles of the same thing
and mix it in such a way that the meaning got lost. There's pages and
pages of some sort of ritual or something. That must be why there's all
these chalk pentagrams on the floor. Looks like the witch tried to use
this book to find the Ju-Ju Box."

"She found it alright," Tanya said. "But now she's a chicken."

"Or was a chicken," I added. "Remember that was over a year ago when
it happened. The chicken coup was empty, same as the stables and the
rest of the house. If the birds didn't die from starvation, they may
have already died of other causes by now. For all we know, the witch
and her son may already have wound up as someone's dinner by now."

"Yeah, but what about their old bodies?" Heather asked peering out
the window, looking at the forest on the other side of the creek. "What
do you suppose happened to their old bodies by now?"

"Who cares," Tanya said taking the bottom edge of her red skirt with
both hands. "It's us that matters anyway. What about OUR old bodies?
That's what I'd like to know. When do we get back our old bodies? I'm
sick of being this way. Just look at us! One minute we're a bunch of
boys about ready to graduate High School, and the next minute we're
reduced to going through it all over again but like THIS - as girls!"

I picked up the book and headed for the hallway.

"Where are you going?" Heather asked.

"Come on," I said. "We have to get to a library. I want to find out
more about the author of this book. We need to find out where this
author got all this information from and where he lived. We need to
find out where that house on the hill is located if we want to find
the Ju-Ju Box."

"Library?" Tanya asked following after Heather and I.

"Yeah," I said turning back. "And shut that secret door behind you.
We don't want anyone else finding that room. There may be more secrets
for us to find in there, but first let's get back to town and do some
research on what we've already found."

CHAPTER THREE - Booking It
-------------
If I thought the town library was big before, it seemed three times as
big to me now.

Hundreds of rows of bookshelves lined four floors of this massive library
and my friends and I wandered about like dwarves in a land of giants.

"Damn," I cursed looking upward at the shelf I needed to get to. "The book
I need is up there. Now what?"

"Let's get a librarian to get it down for us," Heather suggested walking
away.

"No," I called to her. "No, don't do that. Remember how a few years ago
a group of parents got the Library to banish a few children's books because
there was mention of demons in them? Well, what do you think would happen
if a bunch of school girls like us wanted to find a REAL book of black
magic, demons, and devils?"

"She's right," Tanya nodded. "That's what happens when you live too close
to the Bible Belt. They'd censor us right into the dark ages if we let
them. Let's get a ladder or something."

Tanya rolled a ladder up to the shelf and climbed up and got the book.

She climbed down and I couldn't help but laugh to myself as I glanced up
at her white panties. It wasn't just that my height allowed such a sight
to exist but that one of my friends, Ben, who once was just a geeky guy
from the chess club, was now stuck as this cute young teenage girl who
had no sense in the world that she was revealing her panties to me.

Though she'd hate me for saying it, I thought she made a better girl
than the boy she used to be before. Same with Heather as a matter of fact,
and though I desperately wanted my old body back myself, I even found
a fondness for my new state of existence.

Being a girl was, after all, the most fun I ever had in my life. New
experiences every day from a perspective I never hoped to have the
privilege of having.

Emotions alone were a whole new joy for me. If I wanted to cry, I would
cry. If I wanted to laugh, I'd laugh uncontrollably. If I wanted to
show feeling, I would show it. My emotions were no longer trapped within
a male body, in a world where men were always looked down upon for showing
a hint of true feeling for anything. If something looked cute or adorable
to me, I wouldn't hesitate to say it now. Girls could do that. Girls could
show feeling and people wouldn't think it out of the ordinary, but if a
man showed too much feeling then people would say things. It wasn't right
for a man to show too much feeling. That is what society told me all my
life, and finally I had a break from my confinement. Finally I could
be free.

What seemed even more fun to me than just being a girl was the fact that
this was something I volunteered for and even though I was stuck this way,
I kind of liked it.

When Kristen first suggested this possibility to me, I eagerly worked with
her to make this my new reality. My reality as a young girl. The little
sister of my best friend, Mike. Ten, a hundred, a thousand times weaker
than before and yet I loved every minute of it. This is the way I should
always have been.

Doors would open up before me and young boys seemed to glance in my
direction, showing approval of my developing beauty. Dresses would hang
there in my new closet, causing me to pause on the decision of what would
suit me best to wear for each occasion. Life finally smiling at me as I
smiled at myself in the mirrors of my pretty reflection. Every person
treating me the way I always wanted to be treated. Treating me as a girl.

Well, not every person. Mike still was his little sister's worst enemy.
Teasing me and tormenting me at every chance he got. That is - at every
chance that he wasn't already cruelly ignoring me. If I didn't know any
better, I'd think he was teasing me because he was jealous. Perhaps he,
too, secretly wanted to be a girl. One day I think I'll ask him.

"Here ya go," Tanya said handing me the book. "What's wrong? You look
like you're a thousand miles away. What's on your mind?"

"Oh nothing," I said carrying the heavy book over to a table. "Now let's
find out about this author, shall we?"

___-----___

The author was a Mr. Chenlau. He grew up in Arizona but when he wrote
the book on the Ju-Ju Box, he was living in New Mexico.

"New Mexico!" Heather exclaimed.

"Isn't that where Kristen moved to after the swap?" Tanya asked, slowly
realizing what that could mean.

"Kristen must have been on the trail all along," I realized. "We have to
find her and see if she's found the Box."

"Wait a minute," Heather said leaning back in her chair. "Then how did
she get her parents to move there? Isn't this all a big coincidence or
something?"

"Hey," Tanya said. "She lives in El Paso. Isn't that really in Texas?"

"Part of it," Heather said. "But part of it's also in New Mexico I think."

"And there's some mountains near there," Tanya said. "My dad was in the
Army and there's an Army Base or something around there."

"Biggs Army Air Field," I read from the back of the book. "The author
worked there on some research project according to this, but it doesn't
say where the house on the hill is located."

"It must be near there," Tanya suggested. "Now how are three teenage
girls going to get down there?"

Heather tousled her red hair back over her shoulders and smiled as she
kicked her legs up on the table.

"I'm sure one of us looks older than her age enough to trick some guy
into giving us a ride," Heather grinned, smoothing her hands along her
thighs while winking at us.

"Be thankful you're a girl just this once," I said to Heather and walked
away from the table with the book. "Come on, girls. Let's put this book
back and get out to the highway. We have a ride to catch."

CHAPTER FOUR - Runaway Hope
------------
"This isn't going to work," Tanya said sticking her leg out while hiking
her skirt up as traffic passed us by.

"This is silly," I agreed, trying to ignore the wind blowing my hair
all about my face.

Cars and trucks honked at us as we stood there showing off our legs on
the side of the freeway.

"Nobody's stopping," Tanya said.

"Uh oh," Heather said straightening up. "Here comes bad news."

A highway patrol car pulled up behind us and an officer got out.

"I told you this wouldn't work," Tanya complained. "Heather, now look
at what your stupid idea's gotten us into."

The officer walked up to us.

"Hello ladies," he said towering over us. "You weren't doing what I thought
you were doing were you? You know, hitch hiking's not allowed around here.
Where do you live? Where are your parents?"

"We just need to get to Colorado Springs," Heather said. "That's all."

"Yes, but you didn't answer me," the officer said. "Now be honest. What are
you three up to? You're not running away from home are you?"

"Not exactly," Tanya said looking down at her feet.

"Do any of you have some I.D. ?" the officer asked. "No?"

Great, here it comes.

"What are your names?" the officer asked. "Look, you better all pile up
in the back of the car. It's dangerous to stand out here on the side of
the freeway like this."

"We didn't do anything wrong," Heather complained.

"Yeah, and so what if we're running away," Tanya added. "It's our right."

"But hitch hiking is not allowed around here," the officer said ushering us
to the back door of the car. "Do you live near here? No? Okay then, now I'm
going to take you all up to the next exit and you're each going to make a
phone call to your parents from the gas station."

"But we don't want to go home," Tanya complained.

I elbowed her and whispered,"Shut up. This was a bad plan from the beginning.
Let's just call our parents and go home to face whatever we have to face."

"Damn it all," Heather said climbing into the back seat.

___-----___

"Grounded!" my mom said for the hundredth time. "I don't want you hanging
around those other girls ever again, do you hear me? They're a bad
influence on you, Kristen Anne Tiederov, and I don't want you giving me
any lip either because this time you've really done it. Don't you look
at me that way! Just you sit there and shut up until we get home. You
don't even know what trouble you're in this time, because this time
you've really done it. Do you hear me?"

"Yes mom," I said in a weak voice, still crying uncontrollably.

"Shut up!" she said reaching over from the steering wheel to slap me
again. "I told you to shut up."

We pulled up to a stop light and she glared down at me.

"I expected it from my own sister, but not from you, Kristen," she said
pointing her thumb back towards the book in the back seat. "I don't want
you ever going near that black magic occult stuff ever again, do you
hear me? And you're going to start going to Sunday School again, you got
that? If you think I'm going to let you fill your head with Satan, girl,
then you've got another thing coming. Where did you get that book from
anyway? I'm going to see to it that it gets burned! Burned! No, better
yet, I'll have you burn it yourself. Teach you a lesson. What kind of
daughter are you anyway? Messing with black magic like that - why I
ought to send you off to a convent or something. Teach you a lesson.
You don't even know how much trouble you're in this time, Kristen
Anne Tiederov. You can't even imagine."

The light turned green and my mom glared at me again before driving
on down the road.

"You make me sick," she said rolling down the window. "I need some
air. You're making me sick."

___-----___

We got home and I was sent up to my room without dinner, as part of
the usual deal when I was in trouble.

Awhile later my Dad came in and turned me over his knee and I got
the belt, as part of the usual deal when I was in trouble.

Then I got lectured to for awhile and then he left me alone in my
dark room to cry myself to sleep, only the next thing I knew, my
mom barged in with the magic book and ushered me out by my ear.

"You're going to burn it," she said leading me down the stairs and into
the living room. "Now toss it in the fire and watch it burn, girl. Toss
it in the fire and learn your lesson."

We rarely used the fireplace any more but mom was a bit fanatical when
it came to punishment.

Several presto-logs sat in there, burning away like a roaring inferno
and my brother Mike sat on the couch nearby watching with a content smile
on his face. He loved it when I got in trouble. Boy did he love it!

"First apologize for what you did," mom told me.

Dad looked on from his den just down the hall.

"Sorry mom," I said looking down past my pink nightgown at my bare feet.

"Now to your father," she said. "Apologize to him."

"Sorry dad," I said.

"Now to your brother," she said, and I paused for a moment. "Damn it, girl.
I said apologize to him."

"I'm sorry, Mike," I said at last.

"What?" Mike said folding his hands in his lap. "I didn't hear you. Could
you say that again?"

"Say it!" Mom yelled to me, twisting my ear sharply.

"Sorry Mike," I bawled. "I'm sorry . . ."

By this time I couldn't stop myself from crying. The tears just wouldn't
stay away. I couldn't help it. I felt awful.

"Burn the book," Mom ordered me. "Burn it. Burn the book."

I walked forward and stepped up on the hot bricks, only inches away from
the roar of the fire. My arms trembled under the weight of the large book.
My feet ached on the steaming hot bricks.

The sooner I did it, the sooner I could step back onto the soft, comfortable
carpet and away from the burn of the bricks.

"Burn it girl," Mom said.

"Yeah, sis, burn the book," Mike sneered, enjoying every minute of this.

"Burn it and all it's evil magic forever," Mom added. "Burn the book."

This was it. The key to whatever hope I had to get back my male body.
I was being forced to destroy my own escape from this madness.

There had to be another way. If only I could get to New Mexico and find
the real Kristen.

"Burn it sis," Mike said and laughed. "Burn it good."

There had to be a way.

"Obey me!" Mom demanded. "Do it now!"

"Yeah," Mike added. "Obey your mother like a good little girl. Burn the
book."

God, how I came to hate my best friend. One of these days he'd be sorry
for picking on his little sister. One of these days he'd pay for this.

I dropped the book into the fire and turned around, only to get slapped
across the face by my mother.

"Damn you," she said and slapped me again. "Damn you. You obey me next
time! Now turn around and watch it burn."

I stepped off the hot bricks and onto the carpet and turned around.

Black smoke streamed upward from the burning book. The blackest smoke
I'd ever seen in my life.

Slowly the pages crumpled up under the heat of orange flames. Crumpled
up and sent ashes spiraling upward through the chimney and into the sky.

I watched and listened to the crackle of sparks shooting away from the
smoldering book. Tiny sparks sending shivers up and down my spine as I
watched my hopes fade away into ash and smoke.

"Runaway," Mike jeered. "Little runaway got what she deserved didn't
she? Lost her little magic book didn't she? What's wrong? Now you can't
use your spells on me? Huh, sis? Kristen got busted. Ha ha ha!"

"Shut up," Mom said turning around to scold Mike. "Get out of here! Go
up to your room and do your homework."

Mike stood up and made a cross sign with his fingers and stuck out his
tongue at me as he left the room.

"Now you get back up to your room, Kristen," Mom said slapping me on
the behind. "Get up to your room and go to bed. In the morning, we'll
talk more about your punishment. Now get!"

I hurried up the stairs as fast as my little feet would carry me and
I ran in my room and shut the door. Then I leapt on my bed and cried
myself to sleep.

___-----___

I woke up early the next morning to the sound of someone whispering
something in my ear.

"Voodoo.... voodooo....," the voice teased over and over again.

I turned and looked beside me.

There on the pillow lay one of my dolls, or rather Kristen's dolls
that was now mine since I became her.

Hundreds of needles and pins protruded from the plastic doll's body.

"Vooooodooooo.....," Mike whispered, gazing down into my face.

I tried to scream but my mouth was gagged with a sock.

"Voodoo.... voodoo.....," Mike taunted, squirting water into my face
with his water pistol. "You are under my spell..... you seem to have
wet yourself again..... voooo-dooooooo....."

I struggled and kicked helplessly as he pinned me down.

He laughed at me and squirted more water in my face.

"So," he said, emptying out the rest of the water on me. "You thought you
could use your magic to get revenge on me, eh? Well, now who's laughing?
Now who's laughing, sis? Ha ha ha!"

I tried to roll over but he stopped me with his arm.

"Oh, no," Mike said shaking his head. "Not yet. You're not going no where.
Do you realize that Mom's blaming me for part of why you ran away? Do you
realize what trouble you've caused for me? Do you?"

I shook my head no.

"Well now I'm grounded along with you," Mike said poking me in the
ribs. "Now I'm in trouble because you tried to run away. How do you
like that? Huh? From now on I'm supposed to keep an eye on you so you
don't try nothin. You think I want anything to do with you? Do you? Well
I don't."

I moved my left leg under the covers a bit closer to the far side of
the bed.

"It wasn't even mom's idea either," Mike said and spat on my doll. "It
was dad who told me flat out that I should keep an eye on you. Prevent you
from running away again. For all I care, I wish you'd gotten away too. You
think I like having you around, pestering all my friends when I invite them
over? You're nothing but a punky little girl and I'm sick of you."

He climbed up on the bed and sat down on my legs, pinning me down further
from any hope of escape.

"You think I was glad when I found out mom had a girl?" Mike asked, looking
across the room at the wall. "I told all my friends that I was gettin' a
brother. I told ALL of 'em. I don't know how I could have been so stupid
but I was counting on you bein' a boy. Finally I was gettin' my own
brother. Then things would be different, but then YOU came along - a girl.
Made me a laughing stock. All my friends called me a liar because you
were a girl. Then when I got new friends I promised myself not to make that
mistake again. Nope, Mike Tiederov doesn't have a brother. No sir, but he
sure does have a bratty little sister. You know what you are, Sis? You're
a curse. You're my curse and I hate you for it."

He took my doll and threw it across the room into the closet.

Then he hopped up off the bed and opened the door, pausing to glare at
me with hatred before walking out the room.

CHAPTER FIVE - Much Too Much To Do
------------
I pulled the sock out of my mouth and sat up in bed.

Until now, I never understood why my best friend, Mike, treated his
little sister so bad. Now I wasn't so sure I really even wanted to
understand anymore.

I looked down at my thin, girl arms and my small girl fingers with
wonder. I wriggled my dainty little toes under the bed sheets and
gazed through the locks of auburn curls that dangled there before
my eyes.

Everything about me was so smooth, so delicate, so perfect now.

Waking up to this existence was always my favorite time of day for
me. Before, when I was just plain old Andy Smith, I hated waking up
to another day of same old dull existence, but now, as Kristen, I
found true joy in just being alive. Most of all, just being a girl.

I wasn't so bad at being a boy before, but after so many years of it,
I was waiting for something as miraculous as this to give me the
perspective I needed in life. A perspective that began as a simple
game.

"It's called perspectives," she said to me that day. "Come on out to
the patio. I'll show you what I'm talking about."

Perspectives.

That's what it's all about. How one perceives the world. We all each
get our own unique viewpoint. Some are luckier than others and have
viewpoints of a world filled with happiness, pink bunnies, and shades
of lipstick. Right now, I'm living in a world of pink bunnies. The
world as seen through the eyes of a young, pretty girl. Am I dreaming?

"Kristen!" Mom called out from downstairs. "Come down for breakfast."

I slid out of the covers and climbed down off the side of my bed.

Another day as a girl.

If I'm dreaming, don't wake me up.

___-----___

Breakfast was the same as ever and I was last to eat, as usual.

It seemed odd that Mom wasn't as angry at me like she was last night.

I finished my toast and milk and then mom sent me up to my room to get
ready for Sunday School. Then she suddenly changed her mind and said for
me to get into some jeans and a t-shirt. Evidently she wanted me to go
play baseball with my brother.

With my brother? Now I must be dreaming. He wouldn't give me the time
of day, let alone go play baseball with me.

"Come on, sis," Mike said from my doorway as I finished tying my pink
tennis shoes. "Mom says this is for our own good. This is supposed to
fix things or something, though I don't know how that could be. Hurry
up and come down to the side yard. We're riding our bikes to the field."

Finally, a normal family!

I just hope Mike wasn't going to pound the hell out of me when I got
outside.

___-----___

I grabbed a mitt and ran down the stairs and out through the back door.

"Bye mom," I cried closing the door behind me.

I ran around to the side yard and Mike stood there with a mean look in
his eyes.

"Just get your stupid bike and come on already," he said hopping on his
mountain bike and riding past me and out into the driveway.

I climbed on my small, pink girls bike and rode out after him.

"Come on," he said pedaling ahead of me on the sidewalk. "I hope you can
keep up."

Girl or not, I was one of the fastest bike riders in the area. Mike wasn't
going to loose me, that's for sure!

We rounded the block and rode onto the bike path beside the creek.

One thing was for sure - this wasn't the way to the baseball field.

"Where are we goin'?" I called out to him as we rode along beside the
trees.

He didn't answer. Instead he pedaled faster.

Fast as I could ride, I just didn't have the lungs I had before. I quickly
lost my breath and had to stop while Mike vanished off around the bend
ahead of me.

Stupid brother of mine - he ditched me! He ditched his own little sister!

I looked to my right and saw a small dirt path between the trees.

"A shortcut!" I exclaimed hopping on my bike and riding into the woods.

I rode about twenty yards into the woods and then suddenly my tires hit
mud and I slid out of control through some bushes.

"Not again!" I yelled, sliding down a muddy hill and landing flat on my
back.

A brown eyed brunette woman in a black dress gazed down at me and glanced
at her watch.

"It's about time," she said lifting me up to my feet. "It's about time,
young lady. I've been waiting here for hours. Where have you been? Oh,
never mind that now. Let's get going."

"Where?" I asked.

"To get your body back of course," she said leading me by the hand.

"But my bike," I protested.

"What's more important, getting your body back or your stupid bike?" she
asked. "Now come along now. Bellabog's tired of this body too. Come along,
girl. Come along. We have much to do. Much too much to do. Can't keep a
demon waiting like this forever, now. Can we? No, ma'am, we sure can't.
But don't you fret, my little one. We'll get everyone back to normal, oh
yes we will. You'll see. Now come along. The others are waiting."

CHAPTER SIX - Second Box
------------
Before I knew it I was in a station wagon with Heather and Tanya and
the lady who claimed to be the demon Bellabog.

"So when I put the book in the fire, you knew?" I asked.

Bellabog nodded her head,"Yep. Sure 'nough. A demon never forgets an old
signal like that. I knew it meant trouble an' boy oh boy does the
destruction of that book ever mean trouble! You're lucky all the hells
didn't open up an' swallow your whole family whole. Now we've got to
hurry up and find the second Ju-Ju Box before the other side does, or
we're all goners. I'm not stayin' this way longer than I have to."

"Second Box?" Heather asked.

"Yep, the ol' bugger made more than one of 'em," Bellabog nodded.

"So you don't want to be a lady anymore?" Tanya asked.

The woman shook her head,"Nope. It's not that it hasn't been real fun
or nothin' but after the first two bad relationships, I realized bein' a
woman's not all I thought it was cracked up to be. No siree, Bellabog's
goin' back ta bein' a demon again - a male demon, thank you very much."

"Why did you need to bring us with you?" Heather asked. "Couldn't you go
off to find the Ju-Ju Box without us?"

"Nope," Bellabog said as we got out onto the freeway. "It's like this.
I made a deal way back when, and as part of the deal I was stuck this way
just so long as you three were also stuck. Don't ask me why you three
were the chosen ones, you'd never believe me, and besides, it's not the
first Ju-Ju Box that we're after. It's the second."

"What's the difference? First or second, we get our bodies back,
right?" Tanya asked.

Bellabog drove on for awhile and then said,"Well, that's just it. The
first box is gone, kaput, out of the picture. Someone used it to gain
access to the third box. That's a big no-no in magic-land. That mistake
left only two boxes, and we sure as hell ain't goin' after the third
either. No siree, the third is not for us. We just want the second box
to get our bodies back."

"What's wrong with the third box?" I asked.

"Do you want to live to see another day alive on this earth?" Bellabog
asked me back. "If you do, then you'd know better than to try messing
with the third Ju-Ju Box. That box is supposed to be the key to everything.
Nope, we don't want that one. Too dangerous. We just want the second box."

"Aren't all the boxes the same though?" Heather asked.

Bellabog turned momentarily away from looking at the road and glared at
Heather.

"No," Bellabog said turning back to resume driving. "The old bugger made
each one do something different. Some help that was though because it
sure as hell got him deader'n a doornail in the end. Can't fight death,
you know. Death's not to be toyed with. That's where the old bugger made
a mistake. Thought he could bring back his wife. No siree, not on this
world he wasn't. Not like that anyway."

"Where are we heading?" Tanya asked.

"New Mexico of course," Bellabog said with a smile. "It sure has been
awhile. Don't you worry yourselves a bit. Bellabog's gonna fix everything,
you'll see. The second box is in the bag. Everything's gonna be A-O-Kay."

I gazed out the window at the Rocky Mountains off in the distance, still
wondering if it all wasn't some sort of dream.

"Get ready for some changes, girls," Bellabog said in a crazed voice,"Oh,
how this is going to change the world. Get ready for some changes, girls.
We're goin' for the Ju-Ju Box and you ain't seen nothin' yet! No siree.
Change enough for all and you ain't seen a thing!"

On and Over

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • Short-short < 500 words

Genre: 

  • Transgender
  • Transformations
  • Magic

Character Age: 

  • Child
  • Mature / Thirty+

TG Themes: 

  • Age Regression
  • School or College Life

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

On and Over (1st draft preview)
by Cleo Kraft

PROLOG

Small soft hands opened the door and a cute little blonde girl's head peeked in the room. She bit her lower lip as she looked around for any sign of people around. Her breathing was hurried and panting a bit as she had just ran from the park all the way up Forest Avenue to Dr. Jenning's place.

She stepped in the entryway and put the large skeleton key back around her neck on a string necklace. Careful not to make any unnecessary noise she quietly closed the door behind her and removed her shiny black flats and tiptoed in through the plush white carpeted living room floor and down a long red wallpapered hallway.

To anyone else she was just a cute little girl in a white play dress sneaking mischievously into other people's houses and if anyone cared to ask her name and age she'd tell them she was six years old and that her name was Kimberly Dodds. In reality she was only playing pretends but on a grander scale than most people would be comfortable knowing about.

The fact was this wasn't even her real body. It wasn't even her real age or real sex. Her real name was Henry Gusterson who was thirty-two years old, single and out of work living in a small trailer just down the street in an abandoned lot.

It's unimportant how Henry stumbled upon a way to turn himself into a girl and back again. The only thing that mattered was that he could transform back and forth with just a little bit of sneaking and a whole lot of care and patience.

Henry engaged in somewhat odd behavior connected with his twisted little secretive activities. He kept a little black book and in it were various details. Things of which would raise eyebrows. Things like how many times to the bathroom, how many hours in girl-form, how many strangers saw and recognized and treated him as a girl today. He transformed into a girl at seven in the morning and was planning on changing back at nine at night. That meant fourteen hours as a little girl today. A stat that went in the book along with all the other seemingly useless information.

The panties being worn right now were the fifth pair so far since he'd discovered how to change into a girl. White cotton ones, thin and soft with ruffly trim and pink teddy bears and unicorns all over. They were Dot Harling Ludimot's brand panties which were a little pricier than most others but were probably the most comfortable ones out there for girls and women of all ages.

She crept down the creaky wooden staircase to the basement and made her way past the little fish pond built into the center of the floor and over to the corner where a little brass idol sat cross legged in a tiny indoor garden.

All she had to do was rub the belly of the idol and recite "Oh mighty Buyumbada I plead your cause formal... change this little girl. Change her back normal."

She felt something pull against her ankle and she looked down to see the little trip wire snap as a large wooden box came falling down from the ceiling, trapping her within.

She tried pushing the walls but the box was simply too big and heavy for her tiny arms to manage. There were tiny air holes poked in the sides here and there. She looked in one and saw the idol sitting there just feet away smiling back at her.

There was no escape. All she could do was sit down on the floor and wait to be discovered. Her plan of changing back into a man had been foiled.

When the Doctor came home he'd find her and pretty much figure out what was going on. "He'll catch me," she said to herself as tears formed in the corner of her pretty little eyes. "Maybe I'll have to stay this way for good."

Tonight was Saturday night. Henry had to get back to normal to go meet up with some friends to go bowling. When they discovered he never turned up, what then? Would they think he ditched them or would they realize Henry was in some sort of trouble?

"Kim Dodds," she said to herself. "Boy you've really done it this time. I hope you like being a girl for good because that's just what's going to happen now."

She vowed to herself not to tell Dr. Jennings her true identity but the fact was he'd probably figure it all out on his own. Maybe he already knew. That's why he'd set the trap.

The key! The little skeleton key. If the Doctor found it he'd for sure take it away and then she wouldn't be able to get back in the house at all to get to the magic statue.

If only she could hide it. She stood up and put the key to one of the little poke holes in the wall. If she gave it a good push it would definitely go through to the other side. Maybe it would even fall into the garden nearby and go hidden but it was more likely the thing would fall down and lay there in plain sight.

She didn't even have a purse or anything to hide it in. Then an idea occurred to her but she didn't dare try it - to hide it in her naughty place. Even though it would work it just seemed so wrong.

She wondered what would happen if she was to become stuck a girl. Would she grow up normal and become a woman like other little girls would or would she remain a little girl forever. Was there a time limit to change back to normal? She had never remained in girl-form for longer than sixteen hours so she didn't know.

It seemed like forever before Dr. Jennings came home and found her there. He lifted up the big wooden crate and spotted the teary eyed little girl sitting there on the floor of his basement looking up at him.

He was an older man. Gray hair with white streaks running through at random, combed to one side, shortly cut and greased back. He wore thick black framed eyeglasses and his eyes, blue and abnormally big through the lenses, squinted down at the girl with calm and thoughtful concern. His face was a little chubby around the edges and bore five o'clock shadow heavy around the neck and chin. He had a bushy white moustache and wore a white lab coat, black slacks and brown leather shoes. He was a little short too. Standing just under five feet tall.

Kim/Henry looked up with fear and trepidation but the old man was calm and collected, even gentle appearing in demeanor and when he spoke he spoke with kindness and friendliness.

"What have we here?" he asked mostly to himself. "A girl in a box. Hello little one. How are we doing today? I must humbly apologize for having set my little trap. I mean you no harm. I only wanted to confront the intruder who's been sneaking in and out of my home at random while I've been away. My name is Dr. Jennings. What, may I ask, is yours?"

"Kimberly," she replied. "Kimberly Dodds."

"What a pretty name for a pretty girl," Jennings said walking over and giving the little brass idol a loving pat on the back. "Interesting coincidence to find a little girl down here so near to Buyumbada, the life stealer, keeper of souls and giver of second chances. More importantly he is the maker of little girls. Curious indeed that Buyumbada can also turn little girls into perfectly grown men. Is that what you were before, my little angel, and is that what you hoped to become again by sneaking back into my house tonight?"

Kim shook her head no.

She wasn't sure if Dr. Jennings believed her or not due to his kind demeanor and polite manner of speech. The lie was out there and now she had to live with the consequences whether he believed her or not.

"Ah, a natural born girl. My humblest apologies, little one," he said. "But one can never be too careful to assume things are right when one's house has just been broken into. And how old are you, my dear?"

"Six," Kim replied though she didn't really know herself what age the magic idol had actually left her at.

"Six! My, my, my. I'd have pegged you at four or five at most. And do you live around here, Kimberly?" Jennings asked.

Kim bit her lower lip a little and shook her head no but the way Jennings was looking at her she could tell he knew by the concerned look on her face that she was probably lying.

Dr. Jennings meanwhile walked over to grab a little chain and pulley dangling from the ceiling and wheeled it over along a guide rail above. He dragged it over to the brass idol and looped the chains through some hoops in the iron base plate and lifted it high into the air and secured it in place with a knot in the chain. Next he fastened a big iron padlock through the chain links to keep it all in place. Finally he pat the back of the idol once more, satisfied at having done his work.

"That ought to hold it," Jennings said and turned to his little visitor again. "This ought to keep it out of reach of curious little girls anyway from now on. Wouldn't want any accidents to happen, now would we? So you're six years old. That means you're in the first grade, then, right?"

She nodded her head yes but her blush gave away she was lying to him again. Jennings didn't seem to care one iota though. He'd already gathered from her panicked look at him while he'd been hoisting up the idol high in the air that the girl wasn't being entirely honest with her answers. Still, if she wanted him to believe she was actually a real little girl and not a transformed imposter then Jennings was more than happy enough to oblige her and play along. What did it matter to him? He wasn't the one currently stuck in the wrong age and gender.

"It's a little late for one of your age to be up and about snooping in other people's houses, don't you think?" the Doctor asked. "Do you know the number to your mother and father's house?"

She again shook her head no.

"You know," Jennings said turning his back to her as he slowly traced a finger around the neck of the brass idol while walking around it in a circle. "If I were a mind reader I'd swear one of us in this room was set upon telling fibs to the other. This might come as quite some surprise but I am not a cruel man, Kimberly. If I thought even for a moment that you were really a grown man stuck in the body of a little girl, I might be obliged to help rectify the situation. In which case I'd let you change back to normal and after a few more questions I'd be more than glad to let you go. I wouldn't even press charges for the trespassing. I already caught you. It makes no difference to me either way whether you're really who you say you are or not. The thing is, how can I possibly help you if you don't come forward and admit to me the truth?"

Kim bit her lower lip again and after thinking about it for a moment she said,"You're right. I'm really a man. I'm sorry."

"That's interesting, you know, because just a moment ago you would have me believe you were really always a girl. It would be irresponsible of me to let a real little girl turn into a fully grown man just because she suddenly fancied the notion and was curious to try it out. How am I to believe you if you lied to me already? How do I know this isn't also a lie? How am I to judge what is true or not?" Jennings asked and walked up to her and nodded down at something he noticed earlier but hadn't mentioned before. "Your hands and knees are all dirty."

"I went to the park," she explained.

"I see," he said and grabbed hold of his chin as he went into deep thought about it for a moment and then said,"Do you do this often?"

"What?" she asked.

"Turn yourself into a little girl and go to the park," he replied and she nodded yes. "Interesting. What else do you do? What else is on your agenda I wonder."

"I've made some friends. Went to a couple birthday parties already. That sort of thing," she explained.

"Why? What for?" Jennings asked.

"I don't know. I guess I think it's fun," she said shrugging.

"How often?" he asked.

"A bunch. Once a week usually," she replied. "Just for the day."

"So, let me get this straight. You change into a little girl and run around like that all day and change back... ... all because you think it's fun?" Jennings asked.

She shrugged and gave a weak smile, nodding yes.

"Any good at it?" he asked and when he saw her quizzical look he clarified. "Any good at convincing people you're really a little girl?"

She nodded yes and said,"All the time. No one can tell the difference and I never tell a soul who I really
am. You're the only one so far who even knows."

"Hmmmm... Interesting. What do you do for a living? Outside of this strange little hobby of yours?" Jennings asked.

"I used to be a writer. I wrote a couple of ocean documentaries," she replied.

"Hmmmm... Interesting. I wonder if there are any others like yourself who would be into this... kink you've discovered," the Doctor said.

"Transgender and age regression? Sure! There's guys who are into that. Of course. Why not? Why? What
are you thinking?" she asked.

"Oh, not of turning anyone into girls or anything like that," Jennings said. "But wouldn't it be interesting if you kept a little diary of your experiences as a little girl and then later on we made it into a documentary? Do you think people would buy it?"

Kimberly's eyes brightened. "You mean... you'd let me switch back and forth to do something like that?"

"I don't see why not," Jennings said. "Better than having you breaking and entering into my house again and again. As long as I get a fair percentage of the profits."

"Deal," she agreed.

"I'll pay you a fair salary for this. We'd have to improvise. Make it interesting enough for people to want to watch in the first place. Maybe add a little suspense into the mix for starters," Jennings said.

"What did you have in mind?" Kimberly asked.

(to be continued)

Ring of Love

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • 500 < Short Story < 7500 words

Genre: 

  • Magic

Character Age: 

  • Teenage or High School

TG Themes: 

  • Age Regression

TG Elements: 

  • Diapers / Babies

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Ring of Love
by Cleo Kraft
-------
Kim sat across from me on the enclosed back porch. She sat on a white plastic
lawn chair and looked down at her fingers semi-folded in the gap between
her pretty knees which were about two feet apart at the moment. She was
quiet as was I, for she'd just revealed a secret she'd kept from me the
two years I'd known her. The same two years she'd been my girlfriend.
She wore a light blue almost sky blue one piece bathing suit that nicely
hugged her curves. She wore some white short shorts over it and as I stared
past her folded hands I easily saw the golden zipper in her crotch and the
dull brass button above it. She wore brown leather sandals and had pink
painted toenails and matching pink painted fingernails. She wore mascara
on her thick pretty eyelashes but otherwise no other makeup.

It was a warm summer morning, just before lunch time. We'd just gotten back
from a swim in the lake just a mile or so hike down a back woods trail that
ran past Kim's house. That's where we were now.

Her bathing suit had mostly dried off but her long blonde hair was still
a bit wet and tangly.

She was sixteen. Just a year younger than myself. Our relationship was mostly
platonic until the past few months. Until then we mostly went out on dates
where I'd take her to dinner and the movies or for a walk in the park or
perhaps we'd go camp out by the lake. Mostly she avoided kissing until a
couple months ago when she decided to make our relationship a little more
meaningful. That's when she opened the door to kissing and making out but
sex was still off limits. I think she wanted to wait until marriage, which
I guess is reasonable and I can respect that considering she was only
respecting her mother and father's wishes. Her dad used to be a preacher
but he set that aside when Kim was about three years old. At any rate the
man was very protective of his daughter and had talks with me on many
occasions in an effort to get me to promise him I wouldn't "go all the way"
with his daughter, as he put it.

I never actually used the word "promise" but I more or less agreed to
behave myself around Kim and would respect her father's wishes.

She had a kind of funny middle name, Amberly, and her father used it more
than once or twice when he was angry at her for coming home past her curfew,
which was eleven o'clock.

"Kimmy Amberly Bennerson!" I heard her father shout late one night as
she entered in the porch door while I hid in the bushes out back. Hewas pretty upset with her and very disappointed in me and wouldn't let
me see her again for almost a month.

I had to convince him I was sorry. Really, really sorry and wouldn't let
it ever happen again. It wasn't easy considering he was about ready to
cut me off completely and insist his daughter find a new boyfriend.

Kim had an older sister named Brooke who was normally away at college but
was back home for the summer. Even still, I rarely saw Brooke around as
she mostly hung out with a crowd of college friends and took long road
trips, mostly on the back of her boyfriend's motorcycle but sometimes in
her little white Volkswagen bug. Other than Brooke, Kim had no other
siblings, so it was no wonder her father was so protective of her as she
was right now the only child he had left around home.

Though Kim had blonde hair, her older sister had dark brown, almost black
hair and deep brown eyes. Kim's mother was a red head and her father had
the same dark brown hair color as Brooke. I never really thought twice
about it that Kim might have been adopted. I simply had all along accepted
her for who she was and that was that but she just revealed the truth to
me just now along with another secret she'd been keeping.

Adoption I could handle. She said she was adopted when she was four years
old. I asked her if she remembered her real mother and that brought her
to tears and I really regretted bringing it up. I thought she wanted to
talk about it because prior to this she was talking about her mother's
birthday coming up and I think that's what triggered this whole awful
mess.

She wasn't crying now. Her tears had dried up. If anything she was getting
over embarrassment. Her face had turned beet red when she told me her other
secret. It was one of those deep dark secrets that you just don't want to
hear about. Like finding out your next door neighbor fucked a goat or
catching your dad masturbating out in the garage in front of a great big
poster of a black stallion humping a white mare. Weird shit like that and
if it had been something like that I guess I could deal with it somehow
and think that maybe this girl just had some problems she needed to get
out in the open and maybe she was asking for my help so she could deal with
it. You know, just deal with it and set it aside and let the past be the
past but this was too much. This was something that made me question her
very sanity because what she was claiming made no sense to me at all.

She said she was a boy before and more than that she said she'd been a grown
man but was regressed to childhood and also turned into a girl. She didn't
explain how this transformation took place. I think that part wasn't as
important to her as getting me to believe she'd been male before.

She was quietly thinking things through and I expected that at any given
moment she was going to ask me to leave and tell me she didn't want to ever
see me again. I had a feeling deep down in my gut, a feeling choking me
right in the throat that Kim was going to dump me.

I couldn't lie to her. I flat out told her I didn't believe it. I didn't
believe she was a guy before. I saw the hurt look in her face when I said
it. I felt so bad for saying it. It was like I actually punched her right
in the stomach. Like I actually punched a girl.

I felt so bad.

If she really felt the way she did then it was no wonder that despite our
raging teenage hormones she never let me go all the way with her. It wasn't
just because of her mom and dad's wishes. It wasn't just because of her
strict religious upbringing. It was because of this. This horrible secret
she had and had been living with most all of her life.

I didn't believe it. I couldn't. There was no way. What she was asking me
to believe was just too much. Grown men just don't turn into little girls.
It would take magic which I knew didn't exist - or else some kind of advanced
Star Trek like technology that I also knew for a fact didn't exist. It was
too far fetched an idea to lend any credit to. I didn't even believe in
flying saucers, which I guess would be about the only plausible explanation
if technology was the answer but aliens from outer space coming all this way
to our planet to perform sex changes and age regressions? Either that or some
backyard wizard performed some strange ritual that actually worked.

It was crazy.

No matter which way I looked at it, it was crazy, and the really only
plausible explanation was that this poor girl had some serious mental
health issues to deal with. Either that or she was pulling my leg in
an effort to change the conversation away from us talking about her
mom's upcoming birthday party to getting to the real point, which was
probably that I wasn't even invited to the party anymore because Kim
was going to dump me. Problem was, I ruined it, didn't I? I ruined it
by talking about the party when I should have just shut up and let
her tell me what was clearly on her mind all morning.

She was a bit gloomy and depressed at the lake now that I think back on it.
Gloomy and quiet-like but I think the swim cheered her up a little. I know
it did but now look at her. She's all sad and depressed again.

"I'm sorry,” I said and walked over and put an arm around her.

She glanced up at me but quickly turned away again and let her head droop
down as she looked back at her hands.

"Let's forget the whole thing,” I suggested, patting her gently on the
back and rubbing her back a little. "I'm sorry I upset you."

She snapped at me, “But that's the problem, Harold. You don't face up to
problems, do you? You just want to forget. All the time you just want to
forget."

She shrugged and flung her right arm away, forcing my hand off her shoulder
and I walked back to my chair and sat down, leaving her be for the time
being.

I didn't even dare stare at her in her current condition because I knew it
would only make her angrier at me. So I turned and looked out the porch
screen and kept my eyes on the backyard.

There were some tall bushes, the kind that you can shape into garden animals
and such. There were two of them on either side of the porch. Two lions with
big lion manes sitting there, their butts pressed up against the screen wall.

There were some bright red and yellow flowers planted beside the lions.

Outward from there was the back lawn and a twisty stone path leading around
a pond and to the back gate under a huge oak tree which shaded half the
yard.

There were plenty of bushes back along the fence and under the tree. That's
where I usually hid the few times I got Kim in trouble and led her home
late at night past her curfew.

There was a bird bath off to the left in the far corner of the yard and
a few feet from that stood a big stone fountain with four levels of water
catchers. The fountain was on and shooting water up a couple feet in the
air and I watched it trickle down the sides to the bottom and get recycled
back up to the top again. I listened to the little motor churning noisily
inside. I listened to a pair of blue songbirds chirping happily away in
the bird bath. Off in the distance I heard a power mower rattling away as
someone was mowing their lawn.

Up above the sky was mostly clear blue but with a few scattered clouds.

All in all it was a nice summer morning apart from my upsetting Kim like
I did.

I don't know how long I stared at the garden but it seemed like an eternity
before Kim's mom, Janice, came out and informed us lunch was ready.

I walked in the house through the back family room and down the hall to the
front of the house where the kitchen was. I sat at my usual spot at the
table with my back to the front window.

Kim sat across from me and Kim's mom served us soup and sandwiches and
poured us each a tall glass of milk.

Kim wasn't talkative at all, which was clearly understandable, so I did
most of the talking so her mom wouldn't press her on the issue of why she
was so gloomy and quiet today.

"We had a nice swim out at the lake today, Mrs. Bennerson,” I said.

"I imagine so,” Kim's mom said putting the carton of milk back in the
fridge. "It's certainly a nice day for it. Are you two going to go back
to the lake after lunch?"

"Ah.... probably not,” I said thinking it would be better if I let Kim sort
out her feelings for awhile without me around to worsen things. "I think I
have some chores to do back home. You know, yard work and stuff. I'll be
back later though."

Kim suddenly looked up at me with an open mouthed look of shock and worry
painted on her face. She clearly hadn't expected me to leave so soon. Though
I thought she was mad at me. Apparently she still wanted to talk.

"Or maybe not,” I added glancing down at my watch. "It's almost noon. Don't
want to get a sun stroke with the sun overhead. I guess I'll wait until
later."

Kim smiled at me and I think she blushed a little. If she did the redness
faded fast but I think I saw a hint of affection for me hidden in there
somewhere.

My heart about skipped a beat.

Kim wasn't going to hold any grudges against me for not believing her
story about having been a boy before. I was overjoyed but kept cautious
optimism for the time being. I didn't want to press my luck.

After lunch Kim grabbed my elbow and tugged me back towards the back porch
and held my hand as she led me out into the garden.

We walked down the path and out the back gate and stood on the dirt trail
under a row of pine trees and she looked up into my eyes with hers and
smiled as she put both her hands around my neck. She stood up on tiptoe
and kissed me on the lips. When she stopped I kissed her back and then
she led me through the woods to a fallen tree and we used it as a bench
and sat there side by side holding hands.

She said, “Harry, I don't expect you to believe in the impossible. What I'm
going through right now isn't easy to explain. I'm at the age right now
where they say a girl's finally fully matured, at least physically. That's
the reason I've let our relationship become more intimate. My hormones are
driving me crazy with lust for you, Harold. At the same time I feel
absolutely full of guilt for feeling this way and not letting you know the
truth about me. For most of my life all I ever wanted was to get changed
back to normal but now, Harold, I feel... I don't know how to explain it.
It's like my hormones finally triggered something in me. Like someone
flipped a switch and suddenly I'm flooded with all these new feelings
and desires. I think I felt a little like this since I was twelve or
thirteen but all this time I've been in denial and was too afraid to
explore these feelings. Too afraid and ashamed. I shouldn't even be here
right now, Harold. It's a miracle I lasted this long. Do you know how many
times I woke up and thought for sure I was going to kill myself? I couldn't
do it, Harold. I wanted to but I couldn't because then I'd get buried with
the name Kimberly Amberly Bennerson etched on my gravestone forever and
ever. Then the Bantens of this world win out."

"The Bantens?" I asked curious. She'd never mentioned anyone by that name
to me before. Though the name sounded oddly familiar. I knew it from
someplace but couldn't pinpoint it exactly.

She squeezed my hand in hers and said, “More specifically Mister Ian Banten.
Retired sheriff?"

"Oh THAT guy,” I said recalling seeing the snobby old recluse once or twice
in town. He was always surrounded by three or four body guards. He was quite
wealthy and had powerful political connections throughout the county. He
lived in a huge mansion on the other side of town and it was rumored that
although he was retired from a life of law enforcement he was now, believe
it or not, involved somehow in a mafia lifestyle as a gang leader. "Isn't
he a gangster now?"

Kim shook her head no and said, “That's just a rumor which stemmed from the
Brighton bank robberies back in the seventies. Several of Banten's
household staff, mostly the bodyguards, were suspected in a string of
bank robberies. Nobody could ever prove anything so no one was ever charged
with the crime. To this day the robberies remain a mystery. The thing is,Banten's always been rich but what got the rumor going was that someone
thought he'd gotten his wealth from those bank robberies. Banten's no
gangster, though I guess from what he did to me maybe he is a criminal
after all."

"What did he do?" I asked.

"Transform me,” she replied matter-of-factly with a sigh and a shrug. "I
already told you but you wouldn't believe. It's okay though. I just wanted
to be honest with you and give you a chance to decide if you still want to
go out with me or not. It's only fair and I wish I'd had the courage to tell
you sooner, Harold, but I just never thought my feelings for you would grow
to this. If you recall, you're the one who asked me out, remember? Before
we were just friends. I only went along with the idea of being your girlfriend
because I enjoyed our time together as friends and didn't want to lose that
by saying no. I went along for the ride thinking my feelings could never
possibly grow so big. Harold, I'm strongly attracted to you. I don't know
if it's the hormones or the kissing or all my time as a girl but the fact
of the matter is, looking at you now, Harold, I.... I think you're the one.
I think you're the one I'm going to get married to."

"I'm confused. Are you proposing or confessing?" I asked with a nervous
chuckle. She blushed and turned away. I hope I didn't hurt her feelings
again. "I'm sorry. I just think that maybe we should go over to Banten's
place and I'll ask him myself."

She turned back to face me and frowned with a worried look on her pretty
face, “Don't you dare even think such thoughts, Harold. That place is evil.
I don't want you going over there and bothering Mr. Banten about this. He's
not a well man. That mind of his is twisted in ways I can't even possibly
begin to explain, Harold. He's a man with an evil agenda. He takes lives
at random and absolutely ruins them."

"Tell me about the transformation,” I asked, wanting to know more even though
I still didn't believe a word of it. Part of me wanted it to be true because
that meant magic or what ever futuristic science actually existed and could
change one life into another.

She sat and thought about it for quite awhile. At least ten or fifteen
minutes without saying a word. She was absolutely lost in thought and
trying to figure out how to word it to me in a way my doubting mind could
comprehend.

Finally she said, “Before he changed me he showed me his collection. He's
got a bunch of magic rings only I think he said it's not magic but science.
Same as the rest of the stuff in his collection. He collects transformationdevices, Harold. He's not even the inventor of any of the stuff. He just...
obtains it. I think he's been stealing it from other people for all his
life. He's a man obsessed, Harold. He likes transforming people. He's got
machines that do it but at first he just had a handful of magic rings. The
rings, he explained, are his favorite because of how complicated they are.
I wasn't the only one he changed that day, Harold. He also changed my good
friend Danny. Dan got changed before I did and I had to watch the whole
awful thing and then it was my turn. We both got changed into little girls
and it was by those magic rings. The rings don't come off, Harold, not at
first anyway. They are stuck to your finger like glue and won't come off
until you've been a little girl long enough that the transformation reaches
what Mr. Banten called "full binding" which means basically you're bound
permanently to your new body and can't change back - not ever. You can
undo the transformation before that by saying a magic word or something
but only Mister Banten knows how to do that and he wouldn't let me or Danny
change back. Anyway after I think two months, I can't remember but it seemed
like a long time - anyhow after a long time Banten came and took my ring
away and that's when I knew I was stuck a girl for good. After that he
took me to the orphanage and I got adopted by my new mom and dad. I don't
know what ever happened to Danny. I think she got adopted by different
parents and they moved away. Anyhow as you can clearly see, I didn't
stay a little girl. I grew up and now I'm here with you, telling you
this crazy story that I know you'll never believe. I probably shouldn't
have told you. I shouldn't have bothered you with this. It's my problem
and I shouldn't have burdened you with it. I'm sorry."

"I see,” I said offering what little acceptance I could offer even if I still
didn't believe it all and I didn't.

"What he did to Danny and I was terrible but it could have been far worse,
Harold. Before he transformed me he showed me what he could have done. He
showed me a machine that he said could turn anyone into living lingerie.
He could have made me into a pair of panties or a bra and kept me that way
forever. He said I'd still be able to see, hear, smell and feel but that
I'd only be able to speak telepathically with whatever woman was wearing
me, and even then only if she initiated the conversation and allowed me
to talk, but she'd have to know a magic word or something. I forget but
Banten explained it all to me and it really scared me, Harry. I thought
for sure he was meaning to transform me into some pink silk panties because
of how much fun he was having describing the whole process. I remember him
excitedly wringing his hands about as he bore a wicked grin as he told me
about his "naughty panties" - that's what he called them, his naughty
panty collection. And I think, Harold, that Mister Banten might even be
a crossdresser. I don't know but the man seriously scares me, Harold,” she
said.

"So this Banten fellow is some kind of pervert,” I said.

"He's absolutely evil. Stay away from him,” Kim warned.

"Why don't we just go over there and I'll put a gun to his head and force
him to change you back to normal?" I suggested.

She laughed at that but shook her head no, “There's no way, Harold. He's got
all those bodyguards."

"Well then, we can wait until he goes away on vacation, then sneak in and
find some way to change you back to normal,” I suggested going along with
her claim just to humor her for now. I still didn't believe she used to be
a man though. It was just too crazy a notion. She didn't have any male
mannerisms at all. No hint or clue that what she said was really true. In
all the time I'd known her not once had she ever even shown an interest
in the kind of things boys generally have an interest in. For that matter
if she was a guy before then why was she with me? Why wasn't she with a
girl? You'd think she'd be a lesbian if she was formerly a guy.

She shook her head no and chuckled a bit. "No way, Harold. That place is
dangerous. Besides... I never said I wanted to change back to normal, did I?"

She squeezed my knee and gave me a hug and kiss.

I felt weirded out somehow despite my disbelief in her tale. Like even if it
wasn't true, in her mind she was a dude and that meant I'd just been kissed
by a guy.

I didn't wipe my mouth off with the back of my hand like I wanted. I didn't
want to hurt her feelings but this stuff was just too weird for words.

She saw my body stiffen up under her kiss and knew something was wrong.

She asked, “What's the matter, Harold?"

I scratched the back of my neck and replied, “Well... To be honest... It kind
of creeps me out. No offense or anything but I wish you hadn't told me any
of this. I wish we could go back to being just boyfriend and girlfriend and
leave it at that."

She tried peering into my eyes though I kept my head a bit downturned as
I was trying to figure out what was going to happen with our relationship
now that she opened up and told me all this.

She lowered her head a bit but peered up at me with her pretty blue eyes
and looked me in the eye and said, “Did that last kiss I gave you feel any
different than all the other times we've kissed? I didn't put any less love
and feeling into it you know, Harold."

I nodded and said, “I just find it hard to believe, that's all. If it's
true it's an incredible story. If it's not true then I can only think my
girlfriend has finally lost her mind and that worries me, hun."

She smiled and said, “And I appreciate that, I really do but look at me,
Harold. I'm still the same girl you met and fell in love with. Look at me."

I did.

She continued, “I've been a girl for over twelve years now, Harold. I grew
up from age four, I think, in this body. The magic ring conditioned me,
trained me, really helped me cope with my transformation. That's what
really made those magic rings so special, Harold. That's why Mr. Banten
is so especially proud of those pretty little rings in his collection.
My ring gave me a boost in my new life as a girl. It helped me not cry
so much about losing my manhood and having to start life all over again
as a little girl. Oh at first I did cry, lots and lots even but the ring
was like a helpful big sister to me or even like a mother, and she kept
reassuring me everything would be all right and that it's okay to be a
girl. The ring didn't force me to want to stay this way, Harold, but I
don't know how I could have ever coped with this forced transformation
upon me without it. If the ring forced me to want to like being a girl
then surely it would have also stolen the will to change back to normal
again but it didn't Harold. It never took that away from me. For years
that's almost all I ever wanted was to change back... until I met you."

She blushed and looked away and I felt oddly flattered by her strange
and revelation.

I was speechless to say anything back to her so I just let her compose
herself for a moment and waited for her to continue.

She turned back to me and I saw a few tears streaming from her eyes. She
said, “If you leave me, Harold, I don't know what I'll do because all I'll
have left is the haunting reminder every time I look in the mirror that I've
been living a lie. All I'll have left for is my aching desire to change back
to who I was before. I don't think I could ever develop feelings for any
other man the way I feel about you, Harold. Don't you see? With you I don't
want to change back. I feel so comfortable and warm and happy and so very
alive and full of joy and love and, oh Harold, I couldn't ever want to go
back to who I was before. Not if we could be together like this."

I nervously scratched the back of my head again and said, “Honestly, Kim, I
don't know how to deal with this and talking about it is just making me
more and more uneasy. I don't want to offend you by saying this but I think
you've got to hear it and I think you've got to hear it sooner rather than
later. Kim... you need help. You need to see a therapist or psychologist
or maybe even your hair dresser and talk this through with someone who's
more qualified to deal with these sort of things than I am. I'm just a
teenage boy. What do I know about sex change and... and all this crazy stuff
you've been going on and on about? For crying out loud, have you even told
your parents about any of this?"

She looked hurt but I had to say it. I had to because it was the only advice
I could give. I honestly couldn't deal with it. I didn't believe her story
and that meant as near as I could tell my girlfriend had absolutely lost
her mind.

The only proof I had of any of this was to go and ask Banten himself or
better yet, sneak in his mansion without his knowledge and find out once
and for all if any of this was true.

And what if it was? What then? Could I still continue seeing this girl or
would it creep me out knowing that she was really a guy inside?

I guess the real question was: was I really in love with Kim?

I felt terrible. Really, really terrible inside like I just ate a plate full
of worms and it was making my stomach really, really sick. I wanted to throw
up. I couldn't deal with it.

My feelings were telling me it was over between us. If she really were a man
then it was over - that meant I didn't really love her, didn't it? I couldn't
see past that one tiny little secret she revealed. That one little flaw in
the girl of my dreams, and was it really fair to call it a flaw? Something
that happened so long ago in this girl's life that it was barely even worth
mentioning. She'd grown up to be a beautiful girl. A beautiful young woman.
Whatever she was before was pointless to consider because she'd grown up to
be just what she appeared to be.

My girlfriend.

But I couldn't handle it. I couldn't deal with the thought of her even
thinking she was a man before, let alone hearing her openly admit something
like that to me.

I was devastated.

I didn't want to know this about her. True or not I didn't want to know this.

She got up and ran away in tears.

I watched her run back through the gate to her backyard. She didn't even
bother closing the gate, she was so upset. I watched her run up the crooked
little path leading through the garden. I saw her open the screen door on
the porch and I watched her go in the house.

I didn't even bother going after her and try to work this thing out like a
good boyfriend should. I just got up and shrugged it off, knowing it was
probably over between us and there just wasn't anything I could do about
that.

I felt bad though. Really bad about Kim. I wanted to help her. I really did
but I didn't know what I could do beyond accept her for who she was. I guess
I was a really horrible person because I couldn't even do that. I couldn't
accept being with a girl who had thoughts like that in her head. She'd
gone off the deep end, I was sure, but what could I do about it?

A girl who thought she was a guy before. How's a guy supposed to deal with
a shocking revelation like that? She may as well have told me she was really
a robot from Mars. At least that way I'd know for sure she was crazy and not
have any lingering guilty doubts.

I knew sex change was a possibility. People did that. It was surgically
possible and I could accept that and had no problems with it. It didn't
seem likely she was surgically changed from a grown man into a little
girl though. That seemed like too fantastic a claim for her to ever expect
me to believe. Of course I was going to disbelieve her claim. Who in their
right mind would believe in something like that? That implied magic existed
or some kind of super science that likely defied several laws of physics.

For example, body mass. A grown man weighs what? A good two hundred pounds
maybe? And a little girl weighs maybe forty or fifty pounds maybe more,
maybe less but certainly a lot less than a grown man weighs. So where does
all that weight and mass go? And you'd think converting it all off into
energy would require an enormous amount of power. Gobs and gobs of it. And
how on earth, if that's even technologically possible, are you going to
keep a person alive through the process? Alive and maintain memory and self
awareness and keep their identity?

Then there's going from a grown man's brain to a little girl's. How do you
do that and retain memory or map it out cell by cell when the new brain is
so much smaller than the old?

Okay then magic - but if magic existed you'd think it would be so commonplace
that everyone would be using it.

If I just went over to Mr. Banten's house I could simply ask him but if he
really did have a huge collection of transformation devices then it would
probably not be safe for me to visit him in person. Perhaps a simple phone
call then.

I walked along the trail thinking about these things along the way.

I wondered if such a device existed what it might be like being turned into
a girl.

I realized it was kind of a turn-on the more and more I thought about it
because if I could change into a beautiful young woman, just imagine all
the sexy fun things I could do.

I thought about it more and more and the more I did the more the curiosity
really started eating away at me.

If Kim really had been a man before then, well, I envied her. I really, really
envied her because she got to see life from both sides of the fence. She got
to see what it was like being both a guy and a girl.

I realized that if I had a chance I'd cast a magic spell on me or enter a
transformation machine and turn myself into a girl. Sure thing, what guy
wouldn't want to try that, even for just a little while to see how the
opposite sex lives? Maybe not for good but for a day or so. Sure. Why not?

I certainly didn't envy women for all the suffering they had to do for us
guys. Especially if they were expected to follow traditionalistic views and
be a good little housewife and do all the cooking and cleaning and all that
on top of trying to maintain one's own body. All the time women spend in
the bathroom in front of the mirror trying to look good. Was it worth it?

Then there was the thought of sucking cock. I know not all women do but
they probably get asked to by their husbands or boyfriends sooner or later.
The idea disgusted me but then again I wasn't a girl. Maybe through a girl's
eyes a cock's a wonderful thing. Wonderful enough to get aroused enough to
put in your mouth and suck and taste. Who knows? Anyway I shuddered at the
thought.

Even so, I think I'd genuinely like being a girl for a little while anyway.

It sounded like a lot of fun.

I didn't want to go home for fear I'd have to do a long list of chores so
instead I went to my friend Brett's house.

He lived in a bit of an upper-class neighborhood. He was certainly living
in a much bigger house than I was, and it had a swimming pool in the backyard
too, and a game room in the basement.

I went down to the basement and found him there playing video games as usual.

"What do you know about some guy named Ian Banten?" I asked him and he put
his video game on pause and turned to me to reply.

"What do you want to know?" he asked.

"Are the rumors true?" I asked.

"That he's a gangster?" he asked back. "I don't know. I hear he's like a
mad scientist though."

"Oh really!" I said. "How come you never mentioned that to me before?"

He shrugged. "I dunno,” he said. "I guess I never really thought about it
much. He's supposed to have all kinds of machinery in his basement. If you
go over by his property late at night and listen long enough you'll hear
all kinds of weird noises coming from that mansion. He's supposed to be
some kind of playboy millionaire. They say he keeps lots and lots of
beautiful women locked away in another home he owns up on a mountain
top by some ski resort. I don't know if that's true but that's what they
say."

"Who's "they"?" I asked.

"Kids at school,” Brett replied with a shrug. "Surprised you never heard
the rumors. Banten sort of dropped out of the rumor mill for awhile I
guess."

"What about transformation machines?" I asked.

Brett laughed, “Wouldn't surprise me. This is the town of Browningsdale
after all. Legends of transformations are common here."

I scratched my chin and asked, “Oh really?"

"Yeah,” Brett said. "Just have to know who to ask. There's an old man named
Jones who lives in a battered up old place near the creek. He's got lots of
stories to tell. I heard some of them before because my dad knew this guy.Jones used to hang out at the fire house and play checkers and talk about
the craziest things."

"Like guys turning into girls?" I asked.

He looked at me in surprise, “Yeah, how did you know?"

"Just a hunch,” I said with a shrug.

I was feeling a bit bad about leaving Kim. If Brett had heard stories and
the stories were true...

Brett said, “Anyhow Jones is like almost the same age as Mr. Banten. I think
at one time they were good friends or something but now the two don't want
to even hear the other's name. It's like good and evil between them. Like
Jones is the good guy and Banten is the bad guy. I'll take you over to
Jones' house if you want to hear some stories."

"Sure,” I said.

"Just wait for me to finish this game, okay?" he asked and I agreed.

___-----___

Mr. Jones had a big bushy head of white hair and a goatee that made him
kind of resemble Uncle Sam. He wore a red and white checkered flannel shirt
and some white trousers and brown leather shoes.

I listened intently as the old man told several stories about some magic
transformation rings.

The stories were about rings that could turn boys into girls and each story
eerily sounded much like that one Kim told me about her own magic ring.

"Where do we find rings like that?" I asked.

Mr. Jones shook his head no and replied, “You don't. You don't want to pursue
that path, young man, believe me."

"Would Mr. Banten have some?" I asked.

Jones snapped, “Who have you been talking to? Who's been telling you these
things? Up with it, boy. Tell me. Who's been telling you these things?"

I pointed to Brett and Brett said, “Guys at school told me."

"I see,” Mr. Jones said. "Well don't go repeating rumors because you never
know what ears'll be listening to them when word gets around to the wrong
people."

I turned to Brett and asked, “Can you step outside for a few minutes. I want
to ask Mr. Jones something in private and I don't want you hearing this."

"Sure,” Brett said leaving.

"What is it, boy?" Mr. Jones asked.

"Well, sir... It's about my girlfriend,” I said. "She's... ah... how do I put
this. She told me a story just like the one you told only thing is she
claims it happened to HER."

"I see,” Mr. Jones said as a smile broadened on his weathered face. "So what
you really are wondering about and what you really came here for is to
confirm if her story is really actually true, is that it?"

"Something like that, yes,” I admitted.

"Anything's possible,” Jones said. "How old is this girl?"

"Sixteen,” I replied.

"And you are?" he asked.

"Seventeen,” I said.

He nodded and said, “She's about the right age group. You see, a number of
years ago Ian Banten had an arrangement with the Hathoway House for Runaway
Girls. It's sort of a halfway house and an orphanage all rolled up into one.
Anyway, at the time Banten was providing anywhere from a handful to a dozen
or so little orphan girls a week. That was before the investigation, which
I led at the time by the way, and discovered he was producing little girls
in a number of ways. Mainly through magic rings but sometimes through
transformation machines. At any rate the program was discovered and so
I put a stop to it by confiscating all the rings he had in circulation at
the time. I saved perhaps forty-eight young men that day from the
humiliation of being turned into little girls."

"Do you have the rings?" I asked hopeful.

He stared at me long and hard for a moment and said, “A few."

"Would you mind terribly much if I tried one on?" I asked. "It would really
help me accept my girlfriend's story."

"You'll have to come back,” he said. "Alone. And don't tell a soul about
it. Don't tell anyone that I have the rings. Not even your friend, Brett.
Not even your girlfriend. No one. Tell no one about this. Is that understood?"

"Yes sir,” I said.

"Good,” he said nodding. "Then we'll see what we can arrange. In the meantime
I urge you to think through and reconsider what you are asking me to do. It's
one thing to know magic exists but quite another to experience it firsthand.
Your life will never be the same again once you put that ring on your finger.
I urge you to go home and think it through. Be careful what you wish for.
You might actually get it."

"Thank you sir,” I said and left.

___-----___

I went home excited at the thought that I might actually get a chance to
put on a magic ring and feel myself transformed into a girl.

I thought about it more and more and the longer I let my mind dwell on
the thought the more certain I was that this was the right decision. This
would prove to me that Kim's story was true. At the same time I knew for
certain I was in for a lot of fun.

I went back to Mr. Jones' house later that afternoon, alone.

He already had set a ring box out on the coffee table in the living room.

There was a knock on the door and Mr. Jones opened it.

A teenage girl was there. She wore glasses and had braces. Her hair was
light brown and curled up on the sides and shoulder length. She had big
blue eyes and wore a white dress with blue flowers painted all over. She
also wore white ankle socks and some sky blue tennis shoes.

Mr. Jones let her in and said, “Please wait in the kitchen, my dear. I'll
introduce you to my grand daughter Holly, shortly."

"Yes sir,” the girl said walking down the hall like she was familiar with
the place and had been here many times before. She didn't even bat an eye
at me or acknowledge I was even there.

Mr. Jones shut the front door and came over to me and explained, “She's the
baby sitter. I have business to attend to this evening and won't be back
until late. That'll give you at least five or six hours to experience what
ever it is you're expecting out of all this."

He held the ring box before my face and said, “Holly's like family to me.
She's my nephew's project but he's out of town for the time being so I'm
entrusting her to you. She has a very well connected life here in this
household and has developed several ties to people who know her in this
neighborhood and in this community. If it were possible and if you could
clear it with your parents to be away from home for an extended period of
time, I would permit you to live as Holly for as long as you'd like. However
she does belong to my nephew so it would really be his decision on the
matter. I think he's lately been trying to find more and more excuses to
resume his old male life, so know that he would probably be more than
delighted to find a replacement. At any rate, I'm giving you the rest
of the afternoon and an entire evening as Holly. That should be more
than adequate to prove transformation is no myth around here. Put the
ring on."

Five or six hours? That seemed like an awful lot of time to me. I just wanted
to change for a little while and change right back again.

"I don't know...,” I said. "Five or six hours seems like-"

"Put it on!" he snapped, opening the ring box and forcing the ring upon
my finger before I could protest any further.

The transformation was rapid even though for a moment it felt like time
stood still.

Time did stand still. I felt it.

It felt like I was floating in the air. Like gravity had been simply
turned off and I suddenly lifted up off the floor like a balloon. Not
too high. Just an inch or so or else it was just the rush of dizziness
washing through me. I couldn't tell.

All sound stopped. I couldn't hear the birds chirping outside anymore or
the buzz of a table saw churning away noisily from some neighbor's garage.
I couldn't hear the sprinklers on out front either. All sound simply ceased
to exist.

Then suddenly I heard a creak and a clunk-clunk of a door shutting but I
saw no door shut.

Just a strange clunk-clunk and a light breeze against my face and then
silence once more as I slowly drifted down and down and down, shrinking
faster and faster, my body dwindling away all about me.

I felt tickles all in my belly as I slid down into the soft clutches of
my new female dimension.

I didn't feel my old clothes vanish away but instead felt myself float down
into some new ones. My feet slipped right into ankle socks which were somehow
propped open full and wide and accepting. Propped open like they'd been
over starched and waiting. In my feet went and then a dress came down over
me from above. My arms being pulled through the arm holes by some unseen
force I could not control.

I felt my dress zip up in the back and a ribbon slip through my hair and
I could only imagine it tying itself up into a bow, though I could not see
what was happening.

I floated down to the floor. My feet slipping easily into a pair of shiny
black flats just waiting there for me. I glanced down and saw the buckles
work themselves for me and then it was done and a rush of sound came back
and time suddenly resumed its normal pace.

"Be a good little girl,” I heard a soft sweet feminine voice in my head and
I glanced down at the ring upon my finger. It pulsed gently as I heard the
words in my mind. "That'a girl."

It was my magic ring somehow communicating telepathically with me, I knew.

Mr. Jones towered over me and said, “I hope you're satisfied. That particular
ring is very addictive. You're going to get some good conditioning while you
wear it. But don't worry. It's nothing too overly controlling. You're not
to mention any of this to your babysitter, is that understood?"

"The big man is asking us a question,” my ring told me. "We should answer
him."

"Yes sir,” I said and he took me by the hand and led me down the hall to the
play room.

"Sorry it took so long, Julie,” Mr. Jones said and waved goodbye to me. "Now
you be a good little girl for your baby sitter while I'm away, okay Holly?"

"Yes sir,” I said nodding.

He scruffed my hair a little and turned and left.

That Holly's life was well situated was an understatement. Not even ten
minutes went by since I heard Mr. Jones leave out the front door than I was
visited by one little girl after another from throughout the neighborhood.

Turned out that Holly had quite a few little playmates indeed. There was
Samantha, Nicky, Katey, Shelly and Porsha. They were all around age five
which I guess is the same age as me now. Though I seemed absolutely tiny
for a five year old. I guess it's all in the perception.

With some encouragement from my magic ring I found myself playing dolls with
these other girls.

"It's okay to play with dollies,” my ring told me. "You're a little girl now
and little girls play with dolly-wollies all the time."

Though I had free will to make up my own mind about things the suggestions
became quite hypnotic after awhile and I found myself almost automatically
going along with them, as though the thoughts being put in my head were my
own, and maybe they were, maybe they weren't. Who knows? At any rate the
ring was helping me quickly fit into my new role by coaching me along every
turn.

My playmates had to go home shortly before dinner. That's when I discovered
I could talk back to my ring and ask it questions and stuff.

"I have to change back to normal in four hours,” I thought to the ring as
I glanced up at the clock on the kitchen wall.

"Not if we hide!" the ring chimed back mischievously.

"Can we do that?" I asked with thought, pondering the idea.

"Sure thing!" the ring decided. "And if you're a good little girl and do
JUST what I say I'll even help ya."

I looked down at myself. I'd taken off my shoes earlier when I was playing
with the other little girls. I was walking across the smooth hardwood
kitchen floor in my socks and dress.

I sat down at the kitchen table and had dinner.

Julie was mostly busy talking to her boyfriend on her cell phone but
sometimes she'd tell me stuff like "don't play with your food" which I
wasn't, or "hurry up and eat all your veggies", which I was. The thing
was, I was doing just what I was supposed to do and this mean babysitterwas telling me I wasn't. It just wasn't fair but there was nothing I could
do about it because she was so much bigger than me.

The transformation into a girl wasn't so bad, I thought. After all, I had
wanted this. I had asked for it and here I was. A little girl, just like I
hoped. Having a vagina instead of a penis wasn't so bad either, I thought,
but I guess I kind of sort of missed feeling aroused and having my penis go
all hard and stiff whenever I looked at a pretty girl. My babysitter was
kind of pretty, I decided, but I didn't have a penis to tell me if she was
pretty enough to arouse me. That gave me a kind of helpless feeling and I
didn't like it one single little bit.

"But maybe I should change back,” I thought to the ring. "Maybe I want my
penis back."

The ring wouldn't have it. "Holly! I'm ashamed at you! Watch your mouth!
Don't use words like that. Little girls shouldn't ever think such words
and besides, you don't want to go back to being a boy. We haven't even
started having the REAL fun yet."

"What fun?" I asked, curious to know because although playing dolls with the
other girls was mildly entertaining just because I hadn't ever done that
before, doing stuff like that on a full time basis would really tax my
patience to the limit. What fun was there really in being a little girl?

"We could play dress up!" the ring happily suggested.

I wasn't buying it. "What else?" I asked, this time out loud by mistake
and my baby sitter heard me.

"What else, what?" Julie asked, covering her hand over the phone as she
frowned at me. "You have barely touched your peas."

"Sorry,” I said and ate a spoon full.

"Hiding from Mr. Jones later on will be fun,” my ring said as though I'd
already agreed on the idea, which I hadn't exactly.

Stupid old ring, I thought. I didn't want to talk to her anymore. Not right
now. She was just planting stupid old suggestions in my head and was flat out
taking advantage of my young susceptible mind. I was prone to do just about
any old thing my ring asked of me, all she had to do was pester me long
enough about it and I would. I knew it. I'd just do it so she'd shut up
and leave me alone all ready.

I finished my dinner and went to the living room and watched some television.

Julie put on a stupid kids cartoon, which was okay I guess, but not what I
was really looking for. I wanted an action adventure movie but cartoons are
cool too, I guess.

"Let's check out hiding places now,” my ring suggested and I looked up at
the clock on the wall. It was seven o'clock.

"Maybe later,” I thought back to the ring. "After ice cream."

Julie had promised ice cream after awhile. She wanted me to wait for my
dinner to settle a bit first though, so I had to wait.

It definitely felt different being a girl. Just sitting there on the living
room chair I could feel the fabric of the cushion press up against my dress
and my dress into my panties and it got all scrunchy in between my legs and
that felt decidedly so very much different than being a boy. I could close
my legs all the way, touching knee to knee and ankle to ankle and feel this
funny little gap in my crotch where my boy parts should be. Just thinking
about it made me feel all tingly inside and I thought I was going to pee.
Instead I curled my toes up and wringed my hands into little fists and
pounded my fists at my sides, hitting the sofa cushion in frustration.

Was having less really all that fun?

I didn't know. Certainly it was only "less" from a strictly male based
perspective.

Julie was in the kitchen and left me to watch my cartoon alone. So I changed
the channel and found a show that had a lot of beautiful bikini clad women
in it. They were beside a swimming pool at a hotel somewhere and I watched
with growing concern because normally I'd be feeling quite attracted to
these women but now... nothing. I found them very pretty none the less but
arousal wouldn't click in with me. Not like this.

I looked down at my lap.

Nothing.

This time I did have a little accident.

I don't know why or how it happened but it did. I guess in all my frustration
and excitement I peed my little panties. It wasn't much. No I take that back,
it was enough to wet my little behind and leave a heart shaped wet spot on
the sofa.

"Binding strength increased!" the ring chimed in my ears.

"What?" I asked embarrassed, walking to the kitchen to tell the babysitter
what had happened.

"Binding strength,” my ring told me. "Each day I am allowed to grant you
binding points. The more points you get, the more difficult it is for you
to change back to normal."

"Oh,” I told the ring with a shrug.

"You had an embarrassing moment so I decided maybe some binding points
would cheer you up a bit,” the ring explained. "I just gave you a whole
bunch of wonderful, goody-goody, happy fun binding points."

"How many?" I asked.

"Forty-eight!" my ring proudly sang out to me.

"That seems like a lot,” I told the ring.

"It is!" she agreed. "You only have fifty-two more to go before you're
permanently stuck as a little girl. I felt like you needed lots and lots
of good binding points to make you feel all better."

"Thanks,” I said. "I think."

I walked in the kitchen and told Julie I had an accident.

"Aren't you a little too old for that?" she asked.

She had no idea but she was right.

She helped clean me up and put my clothes in the wash and put me in the
tub upstairs for a bath.

My ring said, “I think you're going to make a good Holly."

"Thanks,” I thought back as I sat there in the warm bubble bath.

"There were other Hollies,” the ring explained. "But I think I like you
the most-est. I think I might bind you to full right now. I like you SO
much."

"That's quite all right,” I declined. "I'm not sure about making this
permanent just yet."

"I can you know,” she said. "I can bind you to full, right now. You'd be
the first Holly I ever had who got bound to full on her first day as a girl.
Wouldn't that be fun if I did? Mister Jones couldn't change you back then
and you'd have to go on being his little grand daughter for the rest of
your life. The other Holly, she wanted out, so I let her take a vacation.
I think this would be best for everybody, don't you?"

I wasn't so sure. I was glad I got the chance to see what it was like to
be a girl though. The ring was not only magical, it was a comforting friend
and I liked that.

I owed Kim an apology for ever doubting her. She was right, I was wrong.

"I need to change back into a boy,” I told the ring. "My girlfriend Kim
needs me back as a boy."

"That's too bad,” my ring said disappointed. "You tell her you've got an
appointment with me. You tell her you're going to be the new Holly."

"I'll try,” I promised.

"Try nothing,” the ring said. "You're coming back here. You're going to be
the new Holly."

"Okay,” I told her. I wasn't so sure though this would work out but my ring
certainly thought she was picking the right person.

The tub water was warm and the soap bubbles made my skin all tingly and soft.
I knew my ring could bind me to full right here and now if she wanted but she
was being nice and giving me a chance to change back and tell Kim what I had
to do.

It felt funny. I never thought that I'd be so hooked on being a girl but
with my magic ring coaxing me into it I guess she was right all along.

It was strange that I was going to embark on a new life. A whole brand new
life as a girl and get to grow up and some day maybe have a fight with my
boyfriend like Kim did with me today. Have a fight and tell him the truth
about who I was before. Tell him I didn't start out a girl. Wouldn't that
be a trip!

It would, I decided, but I wasn't so sure I'd be as brave and up front and
open and honest about it. I think it would be best if I just kept all this
a big deep dark secret and pretended I was always a girl. That would be
best, wouldn't it? And who cares who I was before? What does that even
matter?

I felt bad though. Real bad.

Poor Kim. I let her down. She was my girlfriend and I let her down by
failing to be there for her. Be there for her by her side when she needed
me the most.

I doubted her and had to find out for myself if magic really existed and
now look at me. Now look at me.

I'm a girl.

My ring. My little magic ring. She's telling me how things are going to be
now and she's all convinced I'm going to be the new Holly. Like as if I don't
even have a choice.

She's right though. Maybe this way I'll be happier.

Even in the warm tingly tub water I can tell already that I've fallen in love
with my new sex. I don't need a stupid old ring to tell me being a girl's
a whole lot more fun than being a boy. My ring expects me to go and tell
Kim I'm going to come back and be the new Holly. I don't know how I'm going
to do that. I guess what has to be done has to be done though.

Boy will Mr. Jones be surprised when I break the news to him. Boy will he
ever!

This was supposed to be a short and simple experiment designed to teach me
that magic really existed. Nothing more. Now look at me. I'm already accepting
my fate as a girl and making plans and everything.

"Holly? Are you there?" my ring asked cautiously, trying ever so much not
to disturb my thought process as I worked things out in my head. She was a
nice ring and I liked her. I really, really did.

"Hi ringy,” I said to her. "What's up?"

"If you're going to change back to tell your girlfriend then I need to take
back some rebinding points,” she said. "It'll make changing back to normal
so much easier."

"Thanks,” I said.

"No problem, honey,” my ring said. "But we have an agreement, right? You're
gonna be the new Holly."

I nodded my head enthusiastically. "Yeah,” I agreed. "But I hope Mr. Jones
lets me."

My ring said, “Don't worry about that. If he gives you any trouble. Any
trouble at all you just find me and put me on. Any way you can. You got
that?"

I nodded my head in agreement. "Okay,” I said.

"I'm counting on you,” she said. "Now I'm gonna remove the binding points.
It's gonna hurt a little so bear with me. Here we go..."

I felt pain searing through my tummy. It hurt like the worst tummy ache I
ever had in my life. I thought I was going to be sick. I felt like I was
breaking out in a cold sweat. I got the shivers all over and felt nauseated
and dizzy and just plain old sick.

It was bad. The worst feeling I could ever imagine. Like I drank poison and
was choking. My eyes watered up and I clutched my tummy in pain and it was
agonizingly horrible!

"Please help me, ring!" I cried.

It hurt so bad.

Unbinding hurt really, really bad. I couldn't believe it. I didn't want to
be unbinded ever, ever again.

I felt like a hundred bees stung me all over. My body shivered and quaked
and I thought I was going to die.

I cried.

I cried and cried and cried and it was horrible. I felt like my arms and
legs and my whole body was put in a bench press and I was having the life
squeezed out of me.

It was torture. Sheer agony. I wouldn't wish this kind of pain on even my
worst enemy.

I shouted out in pain and my baby sitter came rushing in the bathroom and
pulled me out of the tub.

"What's the matter?" she asked but she was too late. I'd endured the worst
of it. The pain was subsiding and all that was left was me standing there,trembling and dripping wet under a big old beach towel. "You look ill. Maybe
you'd best go lie down and rest."

She was right. I felt terrible and my ordeal drained all the energy right
out of me.

"I'm sorry about that, hun,” my ring said as I wobbled down the hall to my
bedroom. "But if I didn't remove those binding points then Mister Jones would
have had a terrible time figuring out how to change you back to normal again."

"Thanks,” I thought back to my pretty magic ring. I was glad she was at
least letting me change back to normal so that I could tell Kim about my
new plans. It was nice to at least know what my future was going to be.

My babysitter tucked me in bed and I slept the rest off the rest of my time
as a little girl.

I woke up, I don't know when but it was much later and Mr. Jones had already
gotten back home and removed my magic ring and I had changed back to normal,
probably in my sleep but when I woke I was a boy again.

A teenage boy. My normal seventeen year old self once more and lying in bed
gazing up at the ceiling.

I looked at my hand. There was no ring present. No ring in sight. Mr. Jones
had taken it away. I sat up and realized I had my old male clothes on again.

I wandered downstairs and slipped out the front door and found my way home
and went to bed.

In the morning I went over to Kim's house.

She was on the back porch when I found her. She didn't kiss me or greet me
or anything. She was just brooding there. Lost in thought. Depressed, I think.

"Hi Kim,” I said as I sat down on a chair beside her. "I've got lots to
talk about."

She didn't seem interested. I'd hurt her feeling bad yesterday I think.

Real bad.

I hated myself for it. I really, really did, and now I was coming here with
even worse news for her.

"I tried one of those magic rings,” I told her. "And I'm sorry, Kim. I'm
sorry I ever doubted your story. I know now that magic is real. That those
rings are real. That what you said was the truth. I'm sorry I was such a
jerk."

She looked up at me hopeful. I thought she was about to cry. It only made
the words I had to say to her choke up even more in my throat than I could
ever imagine.

"I... I have to go away,” I told her. "My magic ring wants me back. I have
to be a girl."

Tears trickled down her face now. I think I hurt her even worse than ever
by saying what I had to say but I had no choice. I wanted to go back. I had
to go back. I promised my ring I would.

I promised.

She stood up and grabbed me by both my arms and hugged me and kissed me and
smothered me in kisses and I cried. I cried with her and I felt her tremble
even as I trembled myself in her arms and it was awful and it was wonderful
and we cried and cried and cried together.

I glanced over her shoulder at the lion bush in the garden and I thought the
lion was going to have a heart attack and the one right next to him was going
to keel over dead on the spot because somehow I knew that even the plants and
the trees out there in the garden knew what was going on. They knew. They all
did. They could feel our tears.

I hugged Kim and never wanted to leave her. Ever.

"Don't do this,” she pleaded with me. "Don't."

I wanted to be there for her. I really did but also I fell in love with what
it felt like being a girl. I was in conflict. I couldn't decide.

"Kim!" I cried but the rest of my words didn't come out. They couldn't. I was
all choked up. Tears streaming down my cheeks now. I was a mess.

"Please, Harold,” she begged, hugging me close. Kissing me on the ear and
cheek and neck. I felt her arms all over. Hugging me close. She was
frantic. A poor woman in desperation. I felt sorry for her. I really did.
I wanted to be there for her. Always. But I made a promise to my magic
ring. "Don't do this Harold."

"Oh Kim!" I cried. It was awful. The birds in the garden, out there in the
bird bath, they stopped singing and I imagined they were looking right at
us now in disbelief and shock at what was happening. Even the wind outside
in the trees seemed to stop and take notice for us. Everything seemed to
pause. Time itself seemed to stand still for us.

And we kissed.

It was a long and meaningful kiss and through and through I felt her love
for me. Strong, strong love, and I returned it in earnest. I loved her.
I really, really loved this woman. She was going to be my wife. I knew that
all my mistakes I ever made before, all my doubts and problems, none of that
really mattered. Not even the magic ring could tear me apart from my girl.
There was just no way I was going to leave this poor beautiful woman in
tears and loneliness.

We kissed and I knew then and there that this woman was going to be my wife.
There was never any doubt anymore. It was automatic. Love found a way into
my heart and shoved aside my selfishness.

I longed for that magic ring. I really, really did but I had to make a
sacrifice. I had to sacrifice my desire to be a girl for my wife. It was
an enormous thing to ask of anybody but I had to do it. I just had to.

I cried as I kissed my beautiful Kimberly. I knew we would never part nor
ever until the end of time ever let our love cease for one another.

Mr. Jones had showed me that magic existed in this world and I was ever
grateful for that but all along all I had to do was look my future wife
in the eye and see that magic existed right here and now in the present.

We waited until we were both over eighteen until we married and by that time
Mr. Banten had moved away and Mr. Jones I think passed on. My wife and I
moved to Alaska shortly after our honeymoon but whatever the case I don't
think I'll ever forget what happened in Browningsdale.

If anything it made me appreciate women all the more for how truly special
they are. I know I'll always be envious of my wife for the wonderful things
she gets to experience but I'm glad to be there with her, grateful to be
by her side until the day I die. I'm grateful to be the one and only man
she could ever love and it's comforting to know too because she's the only
woman I know I could ever have feelings for. We share much in common, her
and I, and I know what she went through all those years ago with her own
magic ring. I almost went through it fully myself but I'm glad I never did.

I'm glad I picked her instead.

As for Holly. Well, from what I heard Mr. Jones' nephew finally got back
from vacation and put that crazy old ring back on and became Holly forever.

I think it's for the best though. I really do and some day I hope to go back
to the town of Browningsdale and check in on Holly and see how she's doing.

If nothing else maybe I'll send her a postcard from Alaska and send her my
love.

I know she'll appreciate the thought.

I know I would.

..**.**..
.*******.
..*****..
...***...
....*....

-The End-

(P.S. Lost my old username & password so I created a new account with my new email addy. Hope this is not a problem). - Cleo

Transplanetary by Cleo Kraft: Gems of Ordon

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Organizational: 

  • Title Page

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Taxonomy upgrade extras: 

  • Fiction
  • Transformations
  • Posted by author(s)

Transplanetary by Cleo Kraft: Gems of Ordon

Some treasures are hard to find, and harder to hold onto.

Transplanetary by Cleo Kraft: Gems of Ordon - Chapter I

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • Fiction

TG Themes: 

  • Age Regression

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Some treasures are hard to find, and harder to hold onto.

by Cleo Kraft

Chapter I

Shiny green metal rings surrounded the tall building just outside the window and I felt a hand grip me on the knee and I turned to face Gina, my date.

She was an attractive young brunette woman, mid twenties, five foot six, and dressed in a long red gegrothin. You know, the kind of outfit that clings only to the curves. Just the kind of gegrothin that girls wear on the outer worlds. The kind of outfit that shows no mercy to onlooking men.

She smiled at me and climbed up into my lap, causing some other patrons of the Mondar Kri restaurant to stare at us as if they weren't already. Gegrothin's attract the attention of men pretty well, especially if the woman wearing one is as beautiful as my date.

The restaurant slowly rotated, revealing a barren amusement park down
below as I glanced out the window for a moment.

Mondar Kri was the name of the world's biggest wooden roller coaster. It was built over forty years ago but it's closed now, of course, because of some laws passed a decade ago that prevents potentially life threatening rides from running anymore. So amusement parks all over the country closed up their thrill rides and some, like Martians Cove right here, turned their old roller coasters into museums and stuck fancy restaurants on top each wavy summit.

Mondar Kri is a pretty popular place for dates though, and also one of my favorite spots on Mars. I used to ride the old red and white painted coaster that lay below this multicolored neon rotating restaurant. I still remember the terror and anticipated excitement I had the first time my dad took me on that coaster.

I do miss those days.

I miss the good old days when roller coasters and ferris wheels were permitted. Sadly enough, there were just enough deaths over the years on those types of rides that many governments decided to put an end to it once and for all.

Now Mondar Kri is just a ghost ride. It's cars turned into dining booths and placed in restaurants like this one. Mighty flagpoles once stood here atop the crest of the biggest wooden roller coaster ever built, but now it's just a restaurant overlooking a dreary old amusement park that's more museum now than anything else.

"What are you up to now?" I asked her as she wrapped her arms about my
neck and kissed me briefly.

"Why don't we go back to my place?" she asked looking at her dainty silver watch.

"What's the hurry?" I asked her. "We had sex already this afternoon. Why don't you sit back in your own seat and eat your dinner? Come on. Get off my lap. You're making a scene. It's quite embarrassing you know. You shouldn't carry on like this in a place like this."

She climbed off me and sat down in her own chair and pouted with arms crossed.

"Now what's the matter?" I asked.

"I've only got another two hours," she said pointing at herself. "It's a rental, remember? God, Jack, if you paid two months salary for twelve hours in a body like this, you'd want to get the most out of it too, right? Come on. Anybody can eat dinner any time they want. Let's go back to your place for one more quick one. What? Why are you looking at me like that? I told you before, I'm not going to waste a good time. Look, I don't see what the big deal is. We've had sex twice today already. Once more couldn't hurt you, could it? Come on. Pay the check and let's go."

She was going by the name of Gina simply because that's the name of the body she rented, but her real name is Todd Angle. A guy that works in the auto shop with me. It's a long story, but basically the guy saved my life one day when the lift broke and a three ton car nearly crushed me to death. So I owed him a favor and today was his birthday so he came collecting. Oh, sure, I would have paid for the body rental but all he wanted from me was a good time as a woman for half a day. He says he's transgendered, which I think basically means he wants to be a woman. Well, he did save my life so what the heck. Besides, I was having sex with a woman, not a man, right? So at least I can still live with my conscience, at least on that level. All the same, I don't think I'll ever see Todd in the same light again after today.

Funny how a guy working at a body shop would go to another type of body shop to cram his mind into a woman's body. Old Doc Akorbson kind of got a kick out of it. We even swapped business cards just for laughs.

"Kile B. Akorbson, M.D. Biogenetic Neuroscientist - Transgender Specialist." That's what the card read, and the logo imprinted above his name was two blue and pink circles intertwined with a pair of brains with cartoon lips kissing one another. I don't know why they just didn't call him a swap doc, because that's what everyone else seems to call his profession.

I called the waiter over and paid the check. Then Gina and I headed out to my car.

"Why my place?" I asked her.

"Because, silly," she said. "You're place is closer to the swap doc. We'll have more time to fool around."

It was true. The swap doc was literally just around the corner from my house, though all these years I didn't care or pay it any notice until Todd came up with this idea for his birthday present.

We got in my car and headed off down the street. I pulled the throttle back and we lifted up into the air lane and zoomed off to my place.

___-----___

The sex was great, but I still felt kind of guilty about it afterwards. I mean, after all, Gina was really Todd, my co-worker down at the shop. The body was really a natural born woman's body alright, but the mind inside was a man's and that kind of creeped me out every time I thought about it. Like I said, the sex was great though, so it kind of balanced out my feelings of guilt after awhile. I just ignored her words as we had sex, that's all. If she'd just shut up about how good it felt as a woman, it wasn't so creepy. So I made good use of the situation and had my fill of sex but when it was time to turn in the rental body, the poor woman was about pleading me to go criminal and help her steal it, but I talked her out of that. After all, she was just overcome by her feelings. The whole experience was just too much for Todd's old mind to handle I guess.

I sat on a sofa in the waiting room while Todd went in to see the body doc to get exchanged back to normal.

A woman sitting next to me holding a baby tapped me on the shoulder.

"Would you mind holding my little girl?" the woman asked. "I have to use the restrooms. If my husband comes back.... oh, forget that - he won't be back for ten minutes at least. Just please watch my little girl until I come back, okay?"

I looked around but nobody else was available in the waiting room to watch the infant, so I guess I had no choice. I didn't really want to hold a baby. I'm not really good with children, you see, and they make me uncomfortable, so I try to avoid even talking to them. So holding baby really made me nervous.

The woman quickly handed me her sleeping daughter and hurried off down
the hall to the restrooms.

The infant couldn't have been more than two years old at the most. She was dressed in a little pink cotton t-shirt with a frilly collar and sleeves and wore a plastic diaper and pink booties. Though asleep, she was sucking peacefully on a pacifier.

The baby yawned and the pacifier tumbled out onto my lap and bounced into the chair beside me.

Her eyes opened up and she looked right up at me and then to the left and right, looking for her mother.

"Don't scream," the baby girl said to me and I about jumped right out of my seat when she said it.

"You can talk?" I asked surprised.

"Yeah, so what's the big deal?" she asked. "Ain't you never seen re-born before?"

"I heard of it but I thought it was illegal, just like cloning," replied.

"Illegal to norms like you," she said involuntarily kicking her legs up and stretching her arms. "But guys with the know-how who got the dough can rig up an infant clone and swap for the right price and circumstances. Especially guys on the most wanted list if you catch my drift."

"You're telling me you were a GUY before?" I asked raising my eyebrows at the child.

"Yeah," she replied swinging her arm at me and slapping me in the stomach. "You're catchin' on quick, stranger."

"Well, why an infant?" I asked. "Why not just swap with an adult?"

"Adults can be made to talk," she answered. "But ain't no cop gonna give a two year old the third degree, right? So even if they suspect, all I got to do is bawl my head off and they'll think I'm just an innocent two year old girl. Perfect hide-out, eh?"

"But how do you know I'm not a cop?" I asked her.

"Trust me," she said. "I can tell. You ain't no cop. You're hands are too scratched up. You're a mechanic, right?"

"Yeah," I nodded. "So why are you bothering to blow your cover and tell me all this?"

"Just this," she said. "I've been hiding out for almost a year now, and I'm tired of being stuck this way and I want out. Now if you help me, I've got some money stashed away from a bank job I did awhile back and I think I can make it worth your while."

"So what am I supposed to do?" I asked. "Kidnap you or something?"

"No, stupid," she said. "My buddies will take care of that. You got a pen and paper handy? I have a number I want you to call. Tell them Vin Xentrok want's out of hiding. Got that? Now write down this number and code message . . ."

I held the infant in my left arm and pulled out a pen and a business card from my coat pocket (since I had no paper, a business card was going to have to do the job).

I wrote down the number she gave me and stuck the business card and pen back in my coat pocket.

Just then, the girl's mother came walking back into the waiting room.

"Oh, I see Holly's awake," the woman said walking over to me and taking the baby from me. "Was she behaving herself okay?" The woman reached down and picked up the pacifier off the chair beside me.

"Fine," I said nodding. "Just fine."

"Good," the mother said. "She's pretty good with strangers, don't you think? Kind of a shy and quiet little girl, but that's much better than how her older brother Jeffery was at her age. My husband's returning body he rented out to do some heavy lifting around the yard. We had to cut down and prune some trees and his back is just not fit for that sort of thing, and he is much too proud to ask someone else for help. Insists he does everything himself, so he rented an athletic body for the day. Kind of expensive if you ask me, compared to hiring help, but Jason's got to do things his way. Now I suppose he'll have body-lag and stay up all night. What's a woman to do? It's bad enough I've got one baby to deal with all night, now I've got my husband's body-lag to deal with for the next few days. Oh, here he comes now, pardon me. It was so nice of you to watch Holly for me. Thank you again, sir, but I must be going now."

A short man in a gray business suit came over and kissed his wife, then they both walked out the exit. As they did, I noticed little Holly giving me a thumbs up with a wink.

Todd came out next, looking kind of depressed.

"What's the matter?" I asked.

"You wouldn't understand," he said sadly as we walked outside.

I knew he appeared happier when he was in that woman's body, but couldn't begin to imagine know how awful it made him feel having to change back to his own. I just knew it wasn't something I was comfortable talking about, so I let it rest.

___-----___

I woke up the next day, Sunday morning, alone in my apartment.

Some of Todd's female clothes were still lying about on the bed beside me. He'd brought over a whole entire wardrobe of lingerie to try on and apparently left some of it behind in our haste to return to the body doc before the deadline.

I sat up in bed and thought about what the little girl, Holly, had told me last night about wanting to escape from her current situation.

On the one hand, I thought I might be able to get a reward for turning her in, but she only gave me a phone number and a strange cryptic message, so I didn't know where Holly actually lived, only the number to her accomplices. Besides that, Holly was right - if anybody turned her in, she'd just play like she was a real two year old girl and nobody would be able to prove anything. Perfect hide out but at the expense of freedom. She might as well be doing time in prison because her current situation is about the same thing anyway. I wonder if that goes through her mind when she's put in her crib and stares out through the bars.

I guess I can kind of understand why a crook would go for re-birth instead of just swapping with an adult body. The body cops are pretty good at catching swap criminals, but I've never heard of a swap criminal caught that was hiding out in a child's body. The laws that protect minors also protect swap crooks who'd rather trade up on adult life and take their chances as children than get caught and do hard time in prison.

Legally, only adults can swap with adults, and even then only for high price and limited time period. The governments around the world pretty much agreed to handling it that way to give people the technology they demanded as well as a certain measure of control the governments felt necessary to keep body swaps from getting out of hand.

I switched the vid-phone on sound mode only and dialed the number Holly gave me.

"Hello?" an older woman's voice answered on the other end of the line.

I read off the code message,"Can Johnny come out and play?"

"Oh, hang on a sec," the woman said and I heard her talk to someone else in a lowered voice. "Guy's using an old code. What do you want to do? . . . okay." She cleared her throat and then said,"Look. I don't know where you got that code from but it's changed."

"Well Vin Xentrok just wanted me to pass on the message that he wants out of hiding," I explained.

There was laughter on the other end of the phone, then the woman said,"Is that a fact? Well you ought to know better than to take the word of a baby. Vin wanted rebirth and that's what we delivered. Now unless you have something more important to tell me, I'm going to hang up."

"He said there was alot of money involved," I added.

There was a pause and then I heard the woman talking to someone again. Finally a nervous little boy's voice came back on the other end of the line and said,"Give me that code message, buddy."

"Can Johnny come out and play?" I said.

"Right," he said and paused to speak to the woman. "Betty, analyze that voice pattern, would ya?" Then he said to me,"You want to talk more about this, then meet me at Grant Park at noon. Bring an umbrella. Bye."

He hung up.

I hung the phone up and stood up and looked out the bedroom window. It was bright and sunny outside. Not a cloud in the sky, and yet this kid wants me to bring an umbrella?

Shrugging it off, I went out to my kitchen and ate some breakfast, then I got ready to go to the park.

___-----___

I got there early. There was a soccer game going on in the field before the park bench I sat on. Junior league game I think.

There was a light breeze blowing through the oak trees to my left and right and some pigeons gathered along the bumpy asphalt trail, begging for scraps from passers by.

I sat there with a black umbrella lying on the bench in the seat beside me.

Off on the horizon over some more trees and the brown haze of the city, I saw a stream of busy air-cars dashing to and fro along the expressway.

An old fashioned air liner streaked across the sky towards the Hargron Mountains. Probably a nostalgia flight to Casino Keep.

I watched the soccer game for an hour or so and got up and walked over to sit on the ground under one of the oaks.

I set my umbrella beside me, this time leaning it up against the tree, and I nodded off to sleep.

___-----___

I woke up as someone poked me with the end of my own umbrella.

I saw three children of about five to seven years of age. Two were blonde girls dressed in pink Sunday dresses, white socks and black flats. The other was a brown haired little boy who wore bluejeans, sneakers, and a black t-shirt. An old aged gray haired woman stood behind the children and waited.

"He don't look like no gangster," one of the little girls commented.

"He don't look like nobody important at all," her twin sister added.

"Hey buddy," the little boy said jabbing me in the ribs with my umbrella. "Give me the signal again."

"Can Johnny come out and play?" I said.

"Okay, okay," the boy said waving his hands for me to lower my voice. "Not so loud. You don't want everyone to hear, do you? Even an old code is still dangerous in the wrong hands. Now get up and pretend you know us. Like you're an uncle or something. Then we're all going to walk slowly to granny's car and I don't want you to say a word until I say so. Got that?"

I nodded and stood up, picking up my umbrella.

"You'd better give that to granny," the boy said taking the umbrella from me and handing it to the old lady. "She collects 'em."

We walked slowly down the asphalt trail, the two little girls leading the way, while the little boy walked beside me on my left, and the old woman to my right.

"Gretchen, pick up your feet, would ya?" the boy asked the girl on the left. "Loose that stupid strut. You're supposed to be a girl now, remember? And Emily, for God's sake, loosen up a bit. You're not Frankenstein's monster you know. Just act natural."

I turned to look at the old woman and she smiled at me and kept her head down as we walked along. She was wearing a white dress with little rose petal patterns all over. Her shoes were simple gray flats and she wore a wide brimmed gardener's sun hat.

"Body cop up ahead," the boy warned.

"He's got a scanner," the old lady said worriedly. "He'll catch me for sure. I knew I shouldn't have come along."

"He won't bother us," the boy assured her. "Now shut up and keep walking."

The body cop, dressed in a typical white uniform, waved a scanner rod back and forth as we approached him.

"Hold on there a second," the body cop said to us. He waved the scanner over the children's heads for a moment, then over mine and finally granny's.

"Anything wrong officer?" Granny asked as the body cop tapped the side of his scanner readout box.

"I don't know," the officer replied switching the device on and off and rattling it around a bit. "Battery must be going dead."

"Well, I hope you get that fixed," the granny said. "Those body thieves have to be stopped you know."

"Yes, yes," the officer said scratching his head. "Well you folks have nice day then."

"We will," granny assured him as we walked on towards the parking lot.

We walked up to a white hover-van and everyone climbed inside and the doors closed in behind us automatically with a hiss. The van rocked back and forth like a boat as it floated there and then granny pulled back the throttle and we accelerated up into the airway.

"I think introductions are in order," the boy said. "My name is Johnny Ergrond, and these two girls are Gretchen and Emily, my sisters. We're into the body exchange business and do alot of work for the Mob. Granny is just our driver, escort, and legal guardian but don't pay her no mind. Us kids are the real heart of this operation. Now who are you and what do you have to tell us about Vin Xentrok?"

"I'm Jack Larnstrom," I said handing him my card. "I also work in the body shop business, only not exactly the same type of work as you're doing."

"What did Vin tell you?" Johnny asked.

"He just wants out is all, and he said he's got some money stashed away from a bank robbery or something," I explained looking out the window at the cityscape stretched out below us. "I think he's tired of the situation he's in and wants to be an adult again. He said to call you."

"We can help," Johnny nodded. "But we can't just kidnap the infant. Her new father is pretty high up in the Government, you know. We rigged it that way to protect Vin the most. It's not going to be easy to get her out of there, let alone even get near her. We can swap her back, if that's what she really wants, but it's not going to be easy and we'll need someone to take her place." He stopped and looked up at me with smile,"You wouldn't be interested in volunteering would you? . . . No? Well then, we'll have to find someone else then."

"If you want my opinion," Gretchen said. "Leave Vin alone. He was too much trouble as a gang leader. I like his replacement, Ted, much better."

"That's right," Emily agreed nodding. "If Ted finds out we're even thinking of bringing Vinny back, he'll kill us all."

"But there's the money, too," Gretchen reasoned. "We sure could use some good money right now. Things have been kind of dead around the shop lately. Some new cash would be great about now."

"Money nothin'," Emily argued. "Vin's not worth it for the money."

"We could trick him into telling us where it's hid," Johnny suggested.

"Yeah!" Gretchen exclaimed. "That would work! Vin's easy to convince. We'll just trick him, that's all. We'll tell him we want to see the money first and THEN help him change back, but when he tells us, we'll just keep the money all to ourselves and leave him stuck there where he belongs, as helpless baby girl. Give him what he deserves. Trick him and leave him stuck the way he is. That's what I say."

"We'll think of something," Johnny assured everyone and turned to me. "Well, Jack, looks like we can take care of things from here. Since you gave me your card, here's mine. I think this bit of information you've brought us entitles you to a body swap or rebirth, free of charge."

I took his card and examined it. The logo was a stork with an eye-patch carrying a pair of infants surrounded by the lazy-eight infinity symbol. The card had the same phone number I'd been given already and it read: The Stork Inc.

"There's a new code message scribbled on the back," Johnny said. "I advise you to memorize it and destroy the card. Now I think our business is finished, so we'll let you go. Oh, and if you tell the body cops any of this, we'll find you and make your life miserable. Now good day, Jack."

The hova-van pulled back into the parking lot beside Grant Park and let me off.

I stood on the sidewalk and watched the van fly off back into the airway and disappear into a blur of traffic.

A hand gripped me on the shoulder and I turned around to see a redheaded teenage girl looking up at me with concern.

"What do you want with the Johnny Mob?" she asked stepping back and aiming her red purse at me as if it were a gun or something.

"Nothing," I lied.

She was wearing bluejean cutoffs, a pink t-shirt and some white ankle socks and sneakers.

"I'm giving you one more chance," she warned. "Now tell me what you want with the Johnny Mob."

"Nothing," I lied again stepping back and bumping into someone who stood behind me.

"Hose him," the girl said and whoever was behind me stuffed some pantyhose over my face and sprayed some rose scented perfume up my nose.

I got dizzy and passed out.

Transplanetary by Cleo Kraft: Gems of Ordon - Chapter II

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • Fiction

Genre: 

  • Transformations

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Some treasures are hard to find, and harder to hold onto.

Gems of Ordon

by Cleo Kraft

Chapter II

I woke up lying naked on top of a bed in some sort of cabin room aboard a space liner. I could tell it was a space liner because of the familiar rumble and low gravity, not to mention the room decor that only space liners were known for. Blue and red sparkled wallpaper, white beds, orange velcro floor, emergency pressure suits hanging on the wall beside the door. It was obvious I was now on my way to some unknown destination.

I sat up and looked out the porthole and saw stars outside, confirming for a certainty that I was no longer on my homeworld, Mars.

I looked around for my clothes but they were gone. Whoever did this to me not only wanted me off Mars, but also wanted to humiliate me on top of it.

I glanced over at the pressure suits and realized I'd look almost as ridiculous wandering around the ship wearing one of those as I would walking about in my nakedness.

No clothes, no wallet, nothing, and probably half a million miles away from my homeworld to boot.

I figured a pressure suit was better than walking around my stateroom
naked, but my captors didn't leave me with a very good selection. There was a green suit but it was for someone half my height, and that left only a pink suit . . . a woman's suit as was evident by the narrower waist and double cup design in the chest.

I squeezed in the pink suit as best I could. Luckily the waist stretched both outward and upward to compensate for differing height and girth. Even still, it was a tight fit and extremely uncomfortable, let alone embarrassing.

I put on the helmet and lowered the black sun visor to disguise my face. At least people would think I was a woman, even if they still thought was crazy for wearing a p-suit on a star liner.

I opened the door and walked out into a red hallway.

Some women passed me, laughing at me as they continued on their way.

I turned and walked out into a grand lobby filled with hundreds of young beautiful women walking about to other parts of the ship.

I walked down the great spiral staircase to the next level and stood beside a huge marble fountain. Everywhere about the room there were women, and they were laughing and pointing at me like I was some kind of freak for wearing a p-suit.

"Hi, I'm Tanya. What's the problem, honey?" a woman staff member asked. "If your room is too cold, all you need to do is call the main desk and we'll fix it for you."

A few other women laughed at that.

"Um, I'm lost," I said. "I think I got on the wrong ship. Where are we headed?"

Tanya looked at me with raised eyebrows and asked,"What's the matter with your voice, dear? Not to be rude or anything but through your suit speaker it sounds almost mannish, but that's impossible, right? This is a private cruise for women only, and where we're headed is Neptune."

"Neptune?" I asked in horror realizing now I was on some sort of slave ship. No women ever go to Neptune voluntarily, at least none that I've ever heard of. This was some kind of slave ship bringing new slave girls to one of the most notorious parts of the solar system.

"Yes, dear," Tanya said placing her hand on my shoulder. "Neptune. Now why don't you run back up to your room and take off that silly pressure suit, okay?"

"But-"

"But what?" Tanya asked.

"But someone stole my clothes and things," I explained.

"Very well, what room are you staying in?" she asked.

"Two-fourteen I think," I shrugged.

"We'll send someone right up with some courtesy clothes and makeup. How's that? Better? Okay, now run along dear," Tanya said turning me around and patting me on the back.

I walked back up the stairs and back to my room. Luckily the door was unlocked, but I guess on a slave ship like this you don't really need locks on the doors anyway.

I walked in the bathroom and shut the door and waited there because I knew sooner or later someone was going to ask me to remove my helmet and they'd catch me. Better to hide in the bathroom and let the delivery girl just drop off some clothes and things for me. Too bad they can't also drop off a wig but I'll have to make due with what I have if I want to get out of here.

"Hello?" a woman called out. "Anyone home?"

"I'm in the bathroom," I replied through the door. "Just leave the things on the bed."

"But I have to know your size," she called back.

I opened the bathroom door a crack and stuck my arm out and said,"I'm this tall, and about this wide . . . from here to here."

"Huh?" she asked puzzled.

"Oh, and my bust size is about out to here," I said gesturing from the edge of the door outward a bit, then quickly pulled my arm back in the bathroom and shut the door. Then I opened the door and stuck my leg out and shook it about and pulled it back in and shut the door once more. "That's for my shoe size."

"That's silly," the woman said. "Don't you know your own clothing sizes?"

"Um . . . fine, how are you?" I said pretending to mistake her question.

"I'll just leave the makeup here on the edge of your bed then and come back with the clothes," the woman told me. "Anything else?"

"Uh . . . You wouldn't have a blonde wig and a razor would you?" I asked hopefully.

"A wig?" the woman asked.

"Um . . . Hair loss . . . Bald spots. You know. Standing too close to the microwave antenna when dusting the rooftop. You know how it is. Nasty stuff, those microwave transmitters, you know. Nuked part of my brain too," I said konking my helmet several times against the bathroom door.

"What in the world is wrong with your voice?" she asked. "Oh, nevermind, it's not worth it. Okay, so you want one blonde wig and some razors. Very well. I have to go back to the supply room for the clothes anyway. I'm going to take a guess at your bust size if you won't tell me. If it's wrong, just ring the front desk and they'll send someone right up help. Anyway, I'll be back in a jiffy."

___-----___

Sometime later after the woman delivered the rest of the things, came out of the bathroom and looked over the goods.

Three dresses, all red, but slightly varying lengths, the longest coming to just below the knee from my guess.

Several pairs of stockings, panties, and bras lay folded neatly in little piles beside the dresses and three pairs of high heeled shoes, all black but varying heights, lay on the floor beside a box of makeup and what appeared to be not a razor but some sort of permanent hair removal wand I'd seen on commercials before. Beside the dresses sat a long blonde wig.

Whoever kidnapped me and stuck me naked on a slave ship for girls, was definitely not on my happy list, that's for sure. Even if I managed to get all dressed up in drag to somehow fool the women on board this ship, I still didn't know how in the world I was ever going to get back to Mars without my wallet, and if the slave Lords caught me snooping around their girls like this, I can't imagine what they'd do to me. Bottom line is if I ever see that red headed girl who was involved in kidnapping me and sticking me on this cursed space liner, I'm going to be so mad with rage, I won't be responsible for my actions.

It's just humiliating, that's all. Having no choice but to get dressed up in drag just to hide my male identity - it's completely humiliating.

I looked at the dresses once more and realized it could be worse. It could be gegrothins instead. That would be really humiliating if I had to wear a gegrothin. Humiliating and painful. Those things have a built in crotch grabber that's designed to pull tightly against a woman and . . . well you get the picture. It's designed not so much to hide their sex, but to reveal it as through a second skin. If a man ever wore something like that, it would crush the life right out of him. Might as well shove a bear trap up between your legs because that's about the same effect a man would get from wearing a gegrothin.

Pure, excruciating pain.

Literally women are the only ones that could ever wear a gegrothin. Chalk up one more thing women can do that men can't, I guess. It's no wonder that Todd Angle wore one last night while in that rented female body. Even I'm a bit curious as to how something like that might feel like sculpted right up snug against a woman. I hear it's a constant turn on for women wearing gegrothins. No wonder Todd was horny as hell as a woman yesterday, even in the restaurant.

I reached down and picked up the hair removal wand and walked in the bathroom.

I got out of my p-suit and stepped in the shower, bringing the hair removal wand with me.

I hesitated for a moment because I knew this was going to be permanent hair removal. If I used it on my legs, I'd never grow hair there ever again. It would take special medication to grow hair again, and even then it wouldn't ever be quite the same. I had rather hairy legs that I was proud of. It showed how much of a man I was when I'd wear shorts to the beach or to the gym. Hairless legs just wasn't manly to me, probably one reason why I never wanted to become an Olympic swimmer.

I still didn't know if I could stand to zap off all my leg hair for good, just in a crazy attempt to disguise myself as a woman and somehow escape this slave ship and return to Mars where I belonged.

What has to be, has to be.

I flipped the "on" switch and the hair removal wand hummed loudly as waved it up and down my legs just inches over my skin as it vaporized the hair with some mysterious, invisible energy beam.

I quickly finished my left leg and ran my hand down my thigh, realizing the wand not only removed my leg hair but also tightened and toned up the skin into perfect smoothness. I couldn't even see the tiny holes in my skin where hair used to grow from. It was gone completely.

I waved the hair removal wand up and down my right leg and then decided to do the rest of my body, save the hair on my head and my eyebrows and eye lashes. I even waved the wand over my face to remove all hint of beard growth. I couldn't grow a beard or moustache now even if wanted to. It was gone forever.

I turned off the hair removal wand and stepped out of the shower, placing the wand back in the bedroom on the edge of the bed.

Then I went back in the bathroom and took a quick shower.

I realized that drying off after the shower was now a much quicker job without all that leg and body hair. Most of the water just dripped right off me before my towel even had a chance to do anything. It was amazing.

I went back in the bedroom and took another look at the clothes lying on the bed.

With a sigh, I picked up a pair of white cotton panties and pulled them on. They were a bit loose on me but the elastic band held them in place fairly well.

I picked up one of the bras and fumbled with it for awhile, trying to figure out how to put it on. After a few minutes I managed to get it into place, but it, too, was loose on me other than the elastic straps that held it close to my chest. Obviously I'd have to stuff this thing with a whole lot of something in order to make it look like I had any breasts at all.

I walked back in the bathroom and found some toilet paper and stuffed what seemed like rolls and rolls of the stuff into my bra. Then I walked back out to the bedroom and examined the pantyhose.

There were several different colors and styles to choose from, but finally I decided on a pair that was so black they might as well have been tights than pantyhose. I quickly pulled them on and in my haste I created several runs in the stockings.

I discarded the black stockings and found some dark tan ones that I thought would work fairly well. This time to avoid ripping the stockings to shreds, I carefully rolled each leg of the stockings up into little doughnuts and placed my feet inside, slowly unraveling the stockings up my legs until they were snugly in place.

The material felt silky and extremely stimulating as I practiced walking about the room in my stockings just to get used to them.

I picked out the longest red dress, which came to just below the knees, and put it on. The zipper in the back gave me no end of trouble but after about ten minutes or so I finally got the thing all zipped up.

The dress was really tight on me. I heard once that clothing companies started sewing automatic corsets right into dresses and this one was no exception. Almost as soon as the zipper in the back was fully locked in place, the built-in corset pulled my stomach painfully inwards. I wasn't really overweight to begin with but the corset obviously thought I needed to loose a good many inches off my waistline, pulling tighter and tighter until I had a thin, almost dainty waist.

Breathing became immediately difficult with that torturous dress on but I adjusted by taking shorter, quicker breaths than I normally did. I again walked about the room to get used to the clothing a bit and finally got to the point where I hardly noticed my breathing had changed at all. Kind of like getting used to the strong scent of roses in a garden. At first the smell can be almost overwhelming, and then you kind of forget about it and just enjoy it. That's how it was with this dress. Kind of overwhelming at first, but after walking around the room for a few minutes, I got used to it.

I carefully picked up the makeup box and walked in the bathroom, setting the box down on the counter by the sink.

Women's makeup applicators had changed considerably over the years, and as a man, I had really no idea what any of the stuff did anyway, which only made it that much more complicated for me as I rummaged through all the bottles, powders, lipsticks and creams.

I about kicked myself when I discovered at the bottom of the box was one of those full face makeup applicator masks. I'd seen these in commercials before and sure enough, it was fairly simple if you could figure out what all the dials and knobs were on the side control panel.

I set the eye shadow control to medium blue haze, whatever that was, and the lipstick for pretty pink. Then I set some sort of base applicator control to medium. In fact, I set most of all the settings on medium because I didn't want to overdo it, nor underdo it.

Once the controls were all set, I lifted the bulky silver mask up to my face, I closed my eyes, and I clicked a button on top. It worked sort of like how a camera works actually.

I heard a beeping noise but nothing else happened.

I pulled the mask away from my face and turned the darn contraption over this way and that in my hands until I saw the readout display. It said something like "lipstick cartridge empty . . . base makeup empty . . . paper jam . . ." and so on.

I finally figured out that you had to plug in about twelve different cartridges into the thing. It was now twice as bulky as before and now I wondered if it was really such a great scientific advancement compared to just putting on makeup manually.

Once again, I put the mask up to my face, closed my eyes, and pressed the button.

The mask got real warm and I felt it rippling against my face in warm, liquid waves of pulsating energy. Something rubbed against my lips and traced over them, leaving a slick substance behind. I felt tiny little combs grab my eyelashes and carefully run through them, painting them with what could only be mascara.

A bell rang and the mask popped off my face with a hissing noise as powder shot out all over the floor and counter.

Amazingly enough, as I set the mask down and looked at my face in the mirror, I realized the mask did quite a good job on me. If it weren't for my slightly larger nose and squarish chin, I was sure I was looking at the face of a woman. Not really too pretty, nor too ugly, but kind of a plain woman's face. Just an average girl I guess.

As good a job as the mask did on my face, it did an even better job on my dress with all the powder that now spotted up my outfit.

I'd have to remember to wear the dress last next time.

I went back out to the bedroom and removed my dress, then getting into a shorter one that came up two inches above the knees. At least my knees weren't really bony or else this wouldn't work at all.

I took the blonde wig and put it on, then walked over to the bathroom mirror to adjust it so it looked somewhat natural.

I looked in the mirror at myself and saw that the wig enhanced my girlish disguise considerably.

I went over and sat on the edge of the bed and tried on the shoes.

This is where I ran into trouble because none of the shoes fit me at all. My feet were just too long. There was no way I was going to fit in any of these shoes.

I decided to call the front desk. At least I looked more like a woman now than a man, so I knew this time I wouldn't have to hide from the delivery girl.

A few minutes later, a woman came in the room and glanced at me sitting on the edge of the bed.

"Oh, I see you've tried on some of the clothes I left you," she said and looked down at my feet. "Well, the shoes didn't fit, huh? Okay, those look like they're in the beta class, no offense."

"None taken," I said in my best girl's voice, which wasn't really all that convincing.

"Your voice sounds stranger than ever, girl," the woman said.

"Microwaves, remember?"

"Oh my," she said looking at my face and studying it for a moment. "You weren't kidding about getting too close to a microwave transmitter, were you? Oh, my poor girl. This just won't do. We're gonna have to do something about your looks if you're going to bring in any money at the auction block. Come on. Stand up for a sec, would ya?"

I stood up and she looked up at me.

"Oh my," she said. "This won't do at all. How did they ever pick you, you poor child? You're much too tall. Much too much too tall. We can fix that, and your face when we get to the space station. They've got cures for this sort of thing and we don't want the slave Lord's to get angry, do we girl?"

"There's something you don't know-"

"No, no, my girl. We'll talk about this later," she said reaching up and taking me by the chin, turning my face to the left and right. "Oh feel so sorry for you, girl. We'll get you fixed all nice and pretty and petite, don't you worry a bit. We'll fix that odd little voice of yours too. No, wait. I've got a better idea. It's a bit unorthodox since the slave Lords prefer original bodies, but I think what the slave Lords don't know won't hurt 'em, right? I'll phone ahead and have someone prepare princess clone. We'll just do a quick old fashioned body exchange on you, darling. Now don't you fret. We'll make you the prettiest girl in the entire auction and you'll make the slave Lords very, very rich, and some lucky new master very, very happy. Now lets just forget about the shoes for now, okay? We'll get you all fixed up at the station. So just stay here in your room and if you need anything, just give the front desk a ring and I'll be right up. My name's Sharla."

"And I'm . . . Jeanette," I said using the name of one of my ex-girlfriends.

"Jeanette?" she asked looking up at my wig. "Hmmmm . . . Seems like more of a brunette's name than a blonde. How about I set up a brunette clone? . . . That is, unless you'd prefer a blonde."

"Uh . . . brunette's fine," I said gulping, realizing now I had to find a way to escape more than ever because if I didn't, I'd soon find myself living the life of a real slave girl.

She turned around and left, waving happily at me as she closed the door.

___-----___

I searched in my mind dozens of ways I might escape from this mess, but in the end I realized there was really no way I could escape this unless somehow while I was on the station I could manage to get out of my female disguise. In all likelihood that situation wasn't going to happen. Slave girls may have free roam on a ship like this, but such freedom for slave girls wasn't known on Gamma Station, if that's where we were headed. They'd post at least two guards on me at all times if what I'd seen on different news programs about the slave trade was true.

If I blew my cover at Gamma station, I could take the chance of escaping to freedom as a man, or getting thrown in some slave Lord's prison for masquerading around as a woman on board his slaver vessel.

If I let them swap me into a real woman's body, I'd be trapped for sure whether I wanted to be or not.

There was one other way, but it meant almost certain death if it went wrong. I could try and get to an escape pod and hope that it would land me on Neptune near one of the big cities. The problem with that idea is if the pod didn't land near a big city, I'd be stuck in the middle of nowhere with oxygen running out and not much food or water to live on. Plus, if the pod didn't get to Neptune, I'd probably just drift off into space and die anyway as the life support gradually failed.

There was also the problem of Neptune itself. The entire city structure of Neptune was composed of both asteroid grids interconnected with gravity attractor discs to hold them in place all around the tops of the clouds of Neptune. If the pod were to pass the high altitude population grid and plunge deep into the atmosphere of Neptune, the enormous winds would tear the pod apart. Failing that, if the pod should travel even deeper inward, the atmospheric pressure would almost certainly be too great for the pod to stand up against, and if the pod made it all the way to the surface of the core, the boiling, poisonous liquid would finish the pod for sure.

The escape pod idea was about the only chance I had to escape this ship before we got to the space station, but I was too afraid to risk almost certain death if the pod went too far off course. Oh, there were distress beacons built into the pods, sure, but I don't want every slave Lord on Neptune coming to my rescue considering they'd be able to trace where the pod came from and that would put me in an even worse situation than I'm in already. Slave Lords are known for being pretty harsh to guys that mess with their precious cargo ships.

As I sat there on the edge of my bed thinking about my options, I realized there really was no way out of this mess. If I got out of my disguise and gave myself up, the slave Lords would kill me. If I didn't, I would be body swapped into a princess clone, probably one of the immortal models. You know, the kind that are set at age eighteen or twenty-one permanently. I'd be stuck literally forever as a beautiful young slave girl with pretty low chances of ever going back to who I was before.

I got up off the bed and walked over to the bathroom mirror.

I was six foot tall, but no doubt I'd loose at least six to twelve inches off my height if they stuck me in a girl's body.

My hands were kind of rough from my years of being a mechanic, but they'd be changed to soft, delicate girl's hands if I went along with this fiasco.

I had over thirty thousand plinkets worth of credit card debt, but by becoming another person, it would be wiped out. I'd start off with clean slate. Of course, I'd also never be allowed to own property as a slave girl, so there was that price to consider as well.

As a guy, I didn't really do too much with my life. I was a workaholic, spending more time at the shop or working on my own hovacar than trying to actually go out and live my life or have any fun at all. As a girl, I imagine I'd become a sexaholic instead, and though I wonder what that would really be like, I'm not sure I'm ready to find out, but do I even have a choice? That's the real question. Do I really have a choice in all this, or did the redheaded girl back at the park screw my life up forever all because I wouldn't answer her question about the Johnny Mob?

Obviously, whoever that girl was, she wanted me out of the picture for some reason, and I just can't imagine why she'd do this to me just because I failed to answer one simple question. I wonder if she was onto the whole thing about Vin's secret money stash? Probably not. The only one's that probably even knew were Vin himself and the few people I talked to in that hovavan. Still, if I ever get ahold of that redheaded girl that did this to me, I won't be responsible for my actions.

___-----___

Sometime later the door opened in my stateroom.

"Knock-knock," Sharla said peeking her head inside and then stepping in the room. "Are we ready? Come on, it's all set. You're new body's waiting for you. Leave that junk here, we'll be back for the trip down to the planet. Come on, now. Follow me, Jeanette."

I silently followed Sharla down the hallway. She was wearing a white dress with a gold belt. A little white cap adorned her head. Her whole uniform matched that of all the other staff I saw as we headed down the spiral staircase and into the main lobby.

People stared at me, probably because they each secretly guessed I was not who I appeared to be. I was not a woman but a man in a fairly bad disguise. A few women chuckled to themselves as I passed by, while others only stared, and still others took no notice of me at all.

I wondered if my disguise was really all that bad, though. It certainly seemed to fool Sharla anyway, or did she only pretend I was a woman for other reasons? What if she was in on that redheaded girl's little game and wanted to change me into a woman as part of some evil little plan of theirs to get me out of the picture for good without actually going through the trouble to kill me?

But changing me into a woman would be nearly the same as killing me anyway. The person known as Jack Larnstrom would cease to exist.

I lined up behind three other girls and Shawna and two guards dressed in black body armor escorted us down a red carpeted gangplank and onto a moving sidewalk that quickly sped us along, deeper into Gamma Station.

The girls standing in front of me must have been going in for body swaps as well. One of them was even taller than I was, and the others were just a tad overweight in spots. Obviously we were all going to be swapped into newer and better bodies to better impress the slave Lords. I wondered how it was that these minor imperfections in the girls were overlooked in the first place. Probably didn't matter much to the cargo runners if all it took was an illegal body swap into a princess clone to correct such things.

The moving sidewalk ended in a red carpeted hallway with white marble pillars along the walls.

We marched forward through an open doorway and Shawna produced her identification badge to a guard standing in a small entryway.

We continued through and into a small waiting room.

A short, chubby man wearing green Neptunian Army fatigues stood there to greet us. "Welcome to Gamma Station, ladies," he said looking at us and then looking at his clipboard. "I'm afraid you won't be enjoying your stay here too long. Point of the matter is you're here because your bodies are unacceptable as they are. Ugly women aren't acceptable as slave girls on Neptune, and boy are you ladies dog ugly. However, because of your looks, you were cheaper to purchase, but we'll fix all that in a few moments, my ladies, and place you in more expensive bodies that we feel will serve both your new masters well while also easily make up for the added risk and cost of this procedure when you are finally sold on the auction blocks. Now in order to be fair, we'll take ugliest first and move right along."

"Ugliest to the front!" one of the guardsmen ordered.

Another guardsman looked right at me and said,"That means you. Now move it."

A nurse stepped in the waiting room from a door on the far wall and said,"We're ready for the first patient now."

I looked down at my stockinged feet, trying to think of some way out of this.

"Move it, lady," a guard said jabbing me in the ribs with his phase rifle.

I walked forward, surprised that all the guards remained behind to watch the others.

"This way please," the nurse said and I followed her through the door and down a white hallway and into a large room.

There were suspended animation chambers lined up like coffins to my left and right as I followed the nurse up to a platform that held two additional chambers, one of which was occupied by a sleeping brunette woman dressed in a black bikini.

"Please get in," the nurse said gesturing to the empty chamber.

"What will become of my old body?" I asked gulping, wondering if now was a good time to make a run for it. To my knowledge, there was only one way back out of this room and that was the hallway that led to the waiting room and the guards. No way of escape. I had no choice but to go along with this and hope I'd find some way back to normal later.

"Archive and eventual deletion," the nurse replied. "You won't need your old body anymore anyway. Now please get in. There are others waiting."

I gulped once more and carefully climbed in the empty chamber and lay on my back.

The glass lid closed above me and a hissing noise filled the chamber as cold fog surrounded me.

This was it. I knew I was going to die. Jack Larnstrom was going to die now.

No matter who or what I became after this, it didn't matter because the person I knew myself to be will no longer exist.

I heard about these suspended animation chambers, but never knew they used them in combination with body swapping.

Amplified cold. That's what this stage was all about. In a few moments I'll soon feel the chamber rumble from my feet up to the top of my head and final wave of icy fog will blast across my body, placing me in a deathlike sleep. After that, I suppose they'll do the mind transfer. I guess it was better this way, at least for the poor clone. She will never have a single waking moment of awareness on her own. Her body was made simply for others to occupy. She will never become a conscious individual. Her brain was reserved to place another's memories, thoughts and consciousness inside. That is why swap clones were made illegal, but laws only really seem to restrict the general population, while giving crooks a monopoly over a technology that was never meant to be.

Poor clone. They'll swap us and then kill her in my old body after archiving my DNA and structural pattern for some library computer somewhere on Gamma Station.

Archival and deletion. I'd heard of it before but only on animals. It wasn't ever meant to be used on humans. Once again someone came along and misused science to achieve their own selfish ways.

The chamber started to rumble.

This is it. My male life is about to be over with.

The rumbling gripped my feet and I felt a stabbing pain shoot up through my legs as the suspended animation process accelerated.

The whole chamber vibrated wildly and the cold jutted up through my legs, abdomen, chest, neck

Everything went black and silent.

Transplanetary by Cleo Kraft: Gems of Ordon - Chapter III

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • Fiction

Genre: 

  • Transformations

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Some treasures are hard to find, and harder to hold onto.

Gems of Ordon

by Cleo Kraft

Chapter III

I woke up but everything was a blur and I shivered from being cold and wet all over.

Someone helped me up out of the chamber and I nearly stumbled to the floor in my weakened condition.

A towel was wrapped around me and I walked along, trying to focus but my vision blurred in and out and I felt dizzy and as weak as a newborn kitten. The floor felt really cold on my bare feet as I stumbled along, guided by some kind woman I could barely focus on. I was so dizzy and disoriented I just looked down at the white tiled floor and let the woman guide me to wherever it was she was taking me.

She helped me sit down in a chair in some strange white hallway and just huddled there shivering and pulling my towel closer to me for whatever warmth I could obtain.

Everything was really confusing so I closed my eyes and tried not to think of what was going on or what happened to me.

Awhile later I opened my eyes and my vision started to clear.

I saw there was a girl sitting beside me with a white towel wrapped about her body. She just sat there with her head hunched between her knees while she shivered and quaked. Her wet, tangly blonde hair trailed down to the floor and she coughed every now and then as she trembled from the cold.

My vision finally cleared all the way and I looked past the girl and down the hall to the suspended animation room I'd been in awhile ago. The nurse was helping another girl out of one of the booths.

A hand clasped my left knee and I turned to see Shawna sitting there on my left.

"Feeling better, Jeanette?" she asked letting go of my knee.

I nodded a "yes."

"Good," Shawna said admiring the new me. "You're a lucky, lucky girl. What I wouldn't give to have a princess model for my own body . . . and the best part is you'll never age now. Well don't thank me. If you hadn't called me up to your room for some new clothes, you'd still be stuck in your old ugly body. You'll fetch much more money now, and I'm sure both you and your new master will be more than pleased with the results. Oh, and even better still, I've been told these new princess models have some sort of regenerative ability, so you'll never run out of eggs. That means you'll be able to have babies forever if that is your master's wish. You're a lucky, lucky girl."

I heard feet shuffling to my right and I turned and saw the nurse escorting another girl to sit down on one of the chairs nearby.

"Another waker," the nurse said shaking her head back and forth like she was just tired of her job already.

"Will I ever be able to get my old body back?" I asked Shawna hopefully.

She looked at me like I was out of my mind for asking such a thing.

"Girl," Shawna said to me. "You're must still be delusional from this experience. You can't honestly want your old body back, can you?"

I shrugged and said,"What if I wanted to though?"

Shawna turned to face the nurse and said,"Nurse when is the deletion set for on the old bodies?"

"Tomorrow morning," the nurse replied.

"Would you do me a favor and have it done within the hour?" Shawna said.

"Certainly," the nurse nodded. "No problem at all. I'll page the maintenance boys."

The nurse headed over to a phone nearby.

"See?" Shawna asked turning to smile at me. "Now there's nothing for you to worry about, is there? So get those silly thoughts out of your head, girl. This body is a gift. I advise you to forget about your old body and start accepting this wonderful gift I've given you."

"Done," the nurse said to Shawna while hanging up the phone. "Someone's on their way right now to take care of it."

"Good," Shawna said standing up. "Come on, Jeanette. Time for you to head back to the cargo ship where you'll be nice and safe now. I've had some new clothes laid out for you in your room. One of the guards will escort you back to the ship. Come on. Follow me back to the waiting room."

I stood up and wobbled a bit as I tried to get used to balancing my new body.

Nervously I took a step, and then another, and realized it wasn't so difficult to adjust to walking at all. My hips swayed some, but I guess that's to be expected now that I'm a girl. Other than that, my new walk was pretty easy to adjust to.

My breasts didn't bounce about like I expected. They were firm and trim and held in place quite snugly by my bikini top. Still, they did tend to sway from side to side a bit as I walked. Not overly large breasts, nor too small, but kind of medium. Perfect, I suppose, for a body like this.

The hair on my head was long and still a little wet. It's soft, tangly strands tickled across my back as I followed Shawna down the hall and into the waiting room.

"Guard," Shawna said to one of the men in black armor. "This princess model is through here. Please escort her back to the ship and return here for the others."

"Yes, maam," the guard said and took me by the arm. "This way, girl."

___-----___

Back in my stateroom alone, I sat on the edge of my bed and cried as I looked at my face in a small hand mirror.

My familiar masculine face was gone now and the strange hormones in my new body gave me the ability to openly cry out of control and I did.

In the mirror I saw the face of perhaps an eighteen year old woman with brown eyes, a slight little button of a nose, and ever so kissable lips. My hair color was dark, dark brown, almost black, and some of it kept getting in my eyes and I had to brush it aside every now and then.

I touched my face in disbelief and ran my hands along it's features. Smooth cheeks and chin, soft little nose . . . smoothness all over.

There was also the constant baby skin kind of smell. I smelled new and fresh. I smelled like a girl, and it was inescapable. Just sitting here crying at myself in the mirror, I could smell the girlness all about me. Though it was a nice scent, I began to understand one of the reasons women wore perfume to variate it a little.

I set the mirror down with a sniffle and picked up a bottle of perfume in the box of makeup sitting on the bed beside me. I squirted a little perfume here and there on my neck and arms until I smelled a little bit like some sort of flower garden.

I set the perfume down and brought both my legs up on the bed and spread both legs out to my left and right until I was doing the sideways splits.

If I was my old self and walked in the room right now and saw this pretty girl sitting on her bed doing the splits, I think I'd be so turned on I'd have to walk back out of here crouched over to avoid showing the hardon in my pants. However now there was nothing. This wasn't turning me on at all and it really disturbed me because I thought girls would always be turned on by their own actions, but nothing stirred within me at all. It was almost like being sexless. There just wasn't anything happening down there between the legs now.

I pressed both hands between my legs flat up against my new sex and still there was no apparent sexual stimulation at all. I rubbed my hands up and down against the outside of my bikini briefs and nothing seemed to happen. It felt good, like a massage, but other than that there weren't any fireworks going on.

I put my hands on my bikini top and rubbed my breasts a bit. My nipples got hard and a little tingly, but the feeling only filled me with repulsion and shame. I rubbed my breasts all over and jiggled them about but nothing came of it. It was easy to tell that as a woman, I'd be pretty useless at turning myself on. I'd heard of this though. I'd heard that some women rarely ever climax except a few times in their whole life, if at all. I wondered if I was going to be one of those women. I hoped not. If I had to be a woman at all, I wanted everything to work the best that it could. I realized though that this situation was just all wrong. Who was I kidding? I was born male and that's where I belonged. Not here in a woman's body.

I stopped fondling myself because it just wasn't working, and I picked up the mirror again and cried, wishing that I'd never gotten into this mess to begin with.

After awhile, I glanced at the new clothes left for me on the bed and wondered what I'd look like in them. Anything was better than sitting around half naked in a bikini.

Before they'd given me three red dresses, this time I got two dresses and one gegrothin, all black.

I picked up the gegrothin and dangled it there before my face. It looked like someone took a body stocking, sewed a short skirt on it and then ran the thing through a gigantic hole puncher until it looked like Swiss cheese.

I lifted up the skirt portion of the gegrothin and felt the soft, warm material in the panty-area. Though I couldn't see or feel any mechanism built in the material, I knew the famous crotch grabber of the gegrothin was there. I think they called it "smart fabric" or something. It looked like normal material but if you put the thing on, it would grab hold tightly until it became like a second skin. Supposedly the effect was pretty erotic for a woman wearing this, though I'd heard it didn't affect all women. Probably like the orgasm thing. Some could, some couldn't. Kind of sad but I bet I was the kind of woman that couldn't.

I got up off the bed and stood there holding the gegrothin, pondering on whether or not I should try it on.

I decided I'd give it a try.

Since my black bikini matched, I left the top on as a sort of bra, just as an experiment, but I took my bikini briefs off.

There wasn't any zipper or anything in the back of the gegrothin, so the only way in the thing had to be through the neck. I discovered the neck area was pretty flexible and I took both hands and stretched the thing wide enough to slip both legs inside. I placed my left foot in, then the right and tugged the material up until my legs slipped all the way in.

My right foot accidentally stopped in the crotch grabber and the material grabbed my toes and let go. It felt oddly enough like a kiss. I guess the crotch grabber could tell the difference between my foot and my crotch and let go after realizing what it grabbed ahold of.

I slid both legs down into the stocking portion of the outfit and even before I could pull my arms into the sleeves, the crotch grabber started doing it's job and pulled tighter and tighter up against me between the legs. If I were still a man, I'd be in considerable pain right now, but oddly enough the sensation was quite pleasant, even comfortable. The silky material simply snuggled up close and grabbed on tight like glove. It fit perfectly like a second skin just as it was designed to do.

I pulled both arms though the sleeves of the gegrothin and the rest of it just slid into place.

I looked at myself in the bathroom mirror.

I had to admit, the gegrothin not only looked nice, it felt nice too.

I guess now that I've tried on a gegrothin, I've finally done what could never do as a man - survive the crotch grabber in this thing.

___-----___

I felt the rumble of the ship as we departed the space station and began our approach of Neptune's population grid.

Since life on Neptune was out of the question due to high winds and poisonous atmosphere that ranged from below freezing temperatures in most of the upper atmosphere to boiling temperatures at the core, scientists early on devised a way to both harness the wind power and provide a means of supporting life by herding hundreds of asteroids into low orbit just above Neptune's fast moving clouds. The asteroids in most cases were hollowed out to extract metals and also construct cities and bases inside.

During the asteroid harvesting, the asteroids were placed in a safer, higher orbit in preparation for connecting them together with invisible gravity fields using new technology obtained from the discovery of a remarkable new substance found in the asteroids themselves. That material was called kelleniualite and changed the course of science forever.

Once the gravity discs were in place, and the underside of the asteroids were fitted with enormous steel windmills, the asteroids were carefully lowered into place above the clouds of Neptune and the gravity discs activated, keeping the giant web of cities securely in place.

The windmills, once in place in the incredibly high winds of Neptune, would provide more than ample means to supply the cities with a virtual eternal power source. Energy without waste matter.

Even better, the cities disposed of their own trash by ejecting it into the core of Neptune where winds tore it apart and gravity took it down to be melted into nothingness.

Originally, scientists considered Jupiter for the first stratospheric population grid, but after careful evaluation it was decided that Neptune, being a smaller gas giant, would be an easier undertaking.

I've never been to Neptune before, and this was going to be my first visit to a stratospheric population grid. Unfortunately whatever excitement I had was replaced with fear because I wasn't going to Neptune for a mere visit, I was going there to be sold as a slave girl. Something I wasn't at all looking forward to.

___-----___

Sometime later Shawna came to my room and informed me we were beginning our final approach to land on Neptune.

"You'd better come with me down to the main cargo hold," Shawna said. "You'll find the conditions aren't as nice as this stateroom but Neptune slave Lords insist their women are treated as cargo. Us traders try and be a bit more civilized for most of the journey to Neptune, but we must put on a show for the slave Lords, so to the cargo hold you go."

I followed her out the door and down the hall.

"You know," she said. "When your old body was being archived, one of the nurses discovered something unusual and reported it to me. Would you by any chance happen to know what they found?"

I gulped but didn't answer.

"The nurse told me that she discovered a man's body," Shawna said shaking her head like she couldn't believe it. "Now I know the lab's entitled to make a few mistakes every now and then, but not anything like this. Do you, by any chance, happen to know what the slave Lords would do if they found out one of their new princess models was walking around with a man's mind inside?"

She stopped and turned around to look at me with her hands on her hips.

"They wouldn't be happy," I guessed.

"Darn right they wouldn't," she said and handed me a card. "We found this . . . along with some male clothes stashed away in a maintenance locker just after we departed Mars. At the time I didn't know about it, but after what the nurse told me about finding a male body in your shunting chamber, I checked with security and found out. It seems to make sense considering you had no clothes in your stateroom, right?"

"Let me explain-"

"No," she interrupted, holding her hand up. "Let me guess. A red headed girl in the park, right?"

"How did you know?"

"Because this is the third time it's happened," Shawna replied. "But the other two men simply called the front desk and we dropped them off at Gamma Station. Look, I don't care why you crossed Imlari or her gang, but you would have saved me and yourself alot of trouble if you just came forward to begin with. Now it's too late. The chips are already on the bidding table and someone's already interested in purchasing you. Now there's nothing I can do to save you now. You're going to be sold as a slave girl and it's all your fault for not coming out and telling me the truth about yourself. Now I've had the nurse spare your old body from deletion, so you owe me one, but it's going to be up to you to to get back to Gamma Station on your own if you want to get swapped back ever again. Oh, and there's going to be a hefty fee you're going to have to pay for causing all this trouble. Princess models aren't exactly cheap, you know."

We walked in an elevator and the doors closed.

"Cargo hold seven," Shawna called out and the elevator descended.

"I'm sorry," I said. "I didn't know this was going to happen. Thanks for saving my old body though."

"It's alright," Shawna said smiling at me. "You probably won't ever see it again anyway. Once you're sold at auction, you'll probably be lucky if your new master ever lets you out of his house. Now body storage costs money, so you've got thirty days to get to Gamma Station before they figure you're not coming back and they delete your old body for good. Don't look so shocked, they were going to delete it after a week, but convinced them to extend it to a month."

"Thanks," I said. "Honestly, I didn't know what to do. I'm sorry."

She looked at me and shook her head and said,"You don't know what's going to happen to you, do you? You don't even have a clue. Do you realize what your new master is going to ask you to do? You're going to be some guy's sex slave. Are you prepared for that? I don't think you are. Look, I'm really tempted to save you from this, but it could cost me my job. What you've done really makes me sick though, and I don't know whether to save you because I feel sorry for you or let you go because you make me sick. For one, you're treading in territory no man was ever meant to tread. How dare you come along and think it's okay to masquerade around as a woman? You have no right to know what we know or feel what we feel. Why you're no better than a peeping Tom."

"I didn't know. I was-"

"Just shut up!" Shawna ordered, crossing her arms.

The elevator stopped and the doors opened. We walked out into a massive cargo bay where hundreds of other women were huddled about...naked.

"I'm sorry," I said as Shawna pushed me away from the elevator.

"You have thirty days," she said remaining behind in the elevator. "Good luck, for what it's worth, girl."

I guess she decided not to save me then. I guess I deserved that, though, for letting her think all along that I was a woman.

The elevator doors closed and she was gone.

"Clothes off!" a black armored guardsman ordered. "Remove your clothes and discard them in that laundry chute."

I slowly got out of my gegrothin.

My arms slid out easily enough, and so did my breasts and stomach, but the crotch portion wasn't budging. It was locked on tight.

"I said NOW!" the guard demanded.

"But I don't know how to . . ."

He walked over and grabbed me right between the legs and squeezed and the gegrothin relaxed it's hold on me.

The guard let go of me and I quickly finished removing the gegrothin, tossing it in the laundry chute.

"Stupid woman," the guard said to me. "Didn't your mommy ever teach you how to undress? I bet you never wore a gegrothin before in your whole life."

I suppose that was true, but I never took one off a woman before either, so how was I to know that you had to squeeze the crotch to get it to release?

I pulled off my bikini top and threw it in the laundry chute.

"Over there with the others," the guard said gesturing with his rifle.

I hurried over into a crowd of young naked women.

"Oh, oh!" a brunette said waving at me. "Another princess!"

She and two other girls, one a blonde, and one a redhead, hurried over to greet me.

I realized their bodies were identical to mine, except the hair color was different on two, but that brunette could have been my twin sister now. These were the other three women that went with me to get body swaps. We all got basically the same clone princess models.

"Hi," I said. "I'm Jeanette."

The girls giggled.

"Don't get used to your name too long," the blonde said. "You'll be assigned a new one once you're sold."

"I'm already sold," the brunette boasted adding. "To a man named Guron
Harrkar. I was sold on video auction just last night. My new name's Lacey. See this pink earring? It's the receipt. I'm not supposed to remove it though because I'm already sold, but you're the same princess model as I am, Jeanette, so why don't we play a fun game on the slave Lords and trade places? Nobody'll know except us girls. What do ya say?"

"Well I don't know . . . ," I said.

"Come on," Lacey urged. "You're just gonna be sold to some other creep anyway. What's the difference to you or me? It'll be our little joke on the slavers, okay?"

I guess it really didn't make any difference. Plus it would save me from the humiliation of being placed on an auction block in front of bunch of strange men.

"Okay," I agreed and Lacey took off her earring and put it on me.

"Good," Lacey said laughing. "This'll be a fun trick, right?"

"Sure," I shrugged.

"Okay, slaves," a guardsman said. "When we land the facilities at the auction will be limited, so . . . bathroom line, NOW!"

Before I could react fast enough all the women rushed to the sides of the cargo bay and got lined up beside some bathroom doors.

I walked over to one of the lines while tugging gently on my new earring.

It felt weird to be wearing an earring. I'd never worn one before. It kind of just hung there and jingled a bit. I guess earrings must have been for more than just looks. It was probably kind of a girl's way of reminding herself of her pretty ears. The gentle pinching was indeed an almost constant reminder that an earring hung there on my right ear.

By the time I got in the bathroom I could hear the outer cargo bay doors opening and I realized we'd landed.

I hurried up so fast that I couldn't really react to the new sensations of using the bathroom in my new gender. I just did what I had to do and got out of there.

I saw the girls lining up to depart the ship down a ramp and into some hova-trucks.

Shawna walked past me and pulled one of the princess clones out of the line. It was the brunette one! Shawna must have thought Lacey was me!

The two walked back past me and I heard Shawna say to Lacey,"Shut up.
No questions. I'm saving your ass, now be quiet and come with me."

Lacey turned back and looked right at me and gasped with a wide eyed expression of shock and confusion and she turned back around and followed Shawna back to the elevator.

I reached up and tugged on my earring, realizing Shawna must have seen it on me and determined immediately that I was the other brunette princess clone.

Shawna was going to take Lacey back to Gamma Station . . . They were going to swap the wrong princess clone into my old body!

"You there!" a guardsman said jabbing me in the ribs with his rifle barrel. "Where do you think you're going? You're already sold, now get down that ramp and into that car over there."

I walked down the cargo ramp and out onto the dirt. Bright artificial sunlight beamed down from anchor pods under a gray rock roof some two or three hundred feet above me.

A green scaled Ventrusian man grabbed me by the arm and shoved me in the back seat of a nearby hova-car and closed the door. He got in the front seat and pressed a button that locked the back doors.

"Who are you?" I asked.

He pressed another button and a steel divider quickly sealed off the front seat from the back.

I turned around and looked out the back window at all the other girls being marched into slave trucks. Marched right in the back of slave trucks as if those girls were cattle.

Then I turned back around as the hova-car took off.

From here on out, I guess I'm on my own, just like Shawna said.

Transplanetary by Cleo Kraft: Gems of Ordon - Chapter IV

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • Fiction

Genre: 

  • Transformations

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Some treasures are hard to find, and harder to hold onto.

Gems of Ordon

by Cleo Kraft

Chapter IV

The hova-car took me into the underground garage of the house and palace of my new master, Gurron Harrkar.

Before I had a chance to say anything, the driver parked the car and yanked me out of the back seat, clamped his hand over my mouth and hurried me along into an elevator.

The elevator ascended up a few floors and I was led down a white corridor and into a room filled with strange and horrifying devices that looked like a cross between torture gizmo and high tech experimental gadgetry.

A doctor in a long white lab coat stood there waiting for me. "Oh, the
new princess model," he said. "Wonderful news, Gribsly. You are dismissed."

"Thank you, Doctor Karbak," the driver, Gribsly, said bowing as he backed out of the room, closing the door on his way out.

The Doctor took me and placed me in an iron body cage and closed the door.

"What are you going to do to me?" I asked worriedly.

The Doctor picked up some sort of scanning device and started waving it slowly up and down my body, just inches away from my naked flesh.

"Standard things," Karbak replied smiling at what he saw on the scanner display window. "Just standard things, my dear. Your new master will be pleased. A genuine princess clone. Not many people can spot them on sight like Gurron Harrkar, you know. That is why you were picked out and brought here without having to go to the auction house with the others. Harrkar has a particular fondness for princess clones, you know. You ARE an
original, I presume, and not mind swapped?"

Not knowing what was the best answer, I took a guess and said yes.

"Double good," Karbak said clasping his hands together. "Then there are two orders of business that must be attened to before I turn you over to your master. A pattern lock, to prevent chemical body alteration methods, and a mind lock, to prevent some greedy mind swapping fool from trying to steal your beautiful, immortal young body."

"Is that really necessary?" I asked gulping. If the Doctor did lock me into this body like he was suggesting, even if I escaped, I'd be trapped like this forever. An idea that wasn't at all pleasing to think about right now.

"Necessary?" the Doctor asked laughing. "Why, my dear, I should think you'd be thanking me for what I'm about to do for you. Besides, your master is a jealous man with picky tastes. If he were to find out someone stole the mind or altered the body of one of his slave girls, he'd be furious. So yes, my angel, mind and body locks are quite necessary for princess clones and indeed all of Gurron Harrkar's servants. Now don't worry, this isn't going to hurt a bit . . ."

He pressed a hypo up to my arm and I felt a slight pinch as a DNA pattern
locking chemical was injected in me.

He set a mind locking cap atop the body cage I was in, and I heard humming noise come from above my head and I felt dizzy for a moment but the sensation cleared up fast.

"There we are," Doc Karbak said smiling at me. "All done. Now wasn't that easy? Now you're a protected investment."

He opened up the body cage and let me out.

"One more thing," Karbak said. He took me by the left wrist and placed golden bracelet on it, clamping it shut. "This identification bracelet will forever mark you as slave girl Lacey, property of Gurron Harrkar. Once worn and the clasp shut, the bracelet can never be removed. If you try to escape, you won't get far. All the spaceports on Neptune have scanners for this certain type of bracelet, as do most other public places on the planet. If you are in a place you do not belong, the bracelet will sound an alarm and reveal you as a runaway slave girl. You will then be brought back here and punished. Additionally there is a way we can track you down with a homing device that locates your bracelet. So you see, running away is a useless endeavor and I urge you
never to even consider it. Now if you'll please step outside, one of the guards will escort you to your new master."

Karbak opened the door and led me out into the hall where a black robed guardsman stood there waiting.

"Come with me," the guard said grabbing me by the arm and leading me down the hallway.

We walked through a low doorway and down some marble steps and out into a large room. A skinny, forty-something black haired man sat at a great oak desk and looked up at me.

"Is this her?" the man asked looking greedily at me.

"Yes, master Harrkar," the guard replied. "Slave girl Lacey, just as you wished."

"Slave?" Harrkar asked with a raised eyebrow. "Bah! I have many slaves, Korby, and many toys, though this one shouldn't be treated much different from the rest, however I think for the most part this new girl will become my new hunting companion." He turned to face me and continued,"I'm told you're quite skilled with the crossbow. Is this true?"

Now I realized why Lacey was bought before going to auction. She had skill probably few other slave girls possessed, and certainly a talent had never even considered before. The crossbow? I never even handled any kind of weapon before in my life. What was I going to do now? Tell Harrkar I wasn't skilled at all in hunting, or should I lie my way out?

If I told him I was no hunter, what would become of me? Would I be reduced to scrubbing the floors with the other slave girls or would Harrkar have me executed instead?

If I lied and said I was skilled in the use of the crossbow, then what would happen to me when Harrkar found out otherwise out on a hunt?

Fortunately I didn't have to come up with an answer because my new master waved his hand to one side and said,"Bah! Such talent might come in handy in case of an emergency, my dear, but you can be rest assured I won't be trusting you to handle any weapons for quite some time. At any rate, none that are loaded. You will however be trained as a spotter, and of course assist the cook from time to time at each camp." He looked at me and laughed, saying,"I bet you never knew Neptune had a wilderness, did you,
nor mountains covered with snow, but you see my dear, this asteroid that hovers over the dangerous atmosphere of Neptune isn't really Neptune at all, nor was it even close to being earthlike as it is now, but I have accumulated great wealth, my dear, and purchased this little hollowed out rock and turned its innards into a vast mountainous paradise of snow and pinewood forests. An asteroid no longer, but a world, my dear. A world populated by many dangerous creatures. Have you seen or heard of the red tiger of Mars, the two headed lions of Africa, the abominable snowman of the Himalayas? I have them all, and more than that, some of them have been
genetically altered into more ferocious beasts than mankind could ever have imagined possible, and you, my dear Lacey, you will accompany me on the greatest hunt of all hunts, for we're not just hunting animals, my dear, we're hunting through them on our path to find something even more rewarding than the mere taking of a life." He paused and addressed the guardsman standing beside me. "Korby, you'd best leave now."

"Yes master Harrkar," Korby, the guard, said backing out of the room and closing the doors behind him.

Alone now with me, Gurron Harrkar continued,"Lacey, my dear, please have a seat here beside me." He gestured for me to sit on a stack of pillows beside his throne and I did as he instructed, then he went on. "In my business I don't often get a chance to make friends, Lacey. The servants all fear me because of my occasional temper, and I must admit that though I've never killed a slave before, I've come pretty near close to it, so this time I wanted to do things differently. I wanted to obtain a slave girl skilled in the hunt and saved from the horrible experience of the auction blocks so that I could personally mold her into the perfect hunting companion, and hopefully, some day, something more than that."

He pressed a button on his armrest and the platform we sat on rotated about one hundred and eighty degrees and black curtains parted before us, revealing a fantastic scene through a huge rectangular window.

We sat there looking out from the top of a snow clad mountain and down past rows and rows of pine trees into a vast, forested valley below. The sky was overcast and patches of fog huddled low inbetween the trees here and there as far as the eye could see.

"This is my hollow Earth, Lacey," he said. "Or rather, my little bit of
Neptune. The deed to this asteroid says it's called Ordon, but I like to call it my hollow Earth. Some time ago, just after the asteroids were assembled as they are now over the atmosphere of Neptune, a Captain's journal was discovered among the ruins of an ancient alien city at a place called Moray, I believe. I think the place is mainly just a kelleniualite mine at present, but was once home to an alien civilization. Anyway, the journal was written by a man called Sam Hollandsworth. You must have heard of him. I believe he discovered the catacombs of Mars and the core pyramids of Edokka. I was able to obtain Captain Hollandsworth's journal just after the great assembly of Neptune's stratospheric population grid. When
discovered in that journal that a particular asteroid called Ordon
contained some of Hollandsworth's buried treasure, I had to purchase this chunk of rock to see for myself if I could find the loot. Since my father was a fairly wealthy man, the owner of seven kelleniualite mines, I was fortunate enough to have the means to obtain Ordon for myself. This asteroid was not hollow originally, but I had it mined so thoroughly that it became hollowed out. In the process, I had the foresight to have it terraformed internally and mountains were sculpted as the mining continued. For ten years this went on and no treasure was ever discovered. Finally the main brunt of the mining halted, and obtained animals to populate my little hollow Earth so that I could gain
at least a little pleasure in hunting lives to console me in my continuing quest to hunt treasure. Now, my dear Lacey, my world is littered with unfinished mining tunnels that I've converted over into vastly complex caverns. On my hunting trips I bring with me several servants to prepare my meals and care for my needs. I also bring with me a team of miners and some musicians. We hunt until we get to a cavern, and then I let the miners toil and work for awhile to see if they can help locate the treasure. Then we turn back and hunt once more until we all arrive back here in my little castle. Now you will accompany me on the hunt, Lacey, and perhaps bring me some much needed luck. I have done almost everything imaginable to find this treasure. I have even sought out fortune teller, and that is why I have sought out you, Lacey, because I was told things that eventually brought you to me. `A woman skilled in the hunt . . . Someone who lost everything' . . . Ah, but the details of what the fortune teller told me are unimportant now. What is important is I have you now, Lacey, and together we must find the treasure."

"Lost . . . everything?" I asked. "Skilled . . . in the hunt?"

One out of two wasn't bad I guess.

He nodded and took my hand and said,"Lacey, you must help me find the treasure. You must accompany me on the hunt. Prepare yourself. We leave at once."

___-----___

"Snow boots, my lady," Gwendelin the cook said as she handed me a pair of white knee-high fur boots and buttoned up my blue tiger fur jacket. "Keplur was right, my lady. Master Harrkar was seeking a new hunting companion."

"Who's Kepler?" I asked as I put on my boots.

"Why, he's the head hunter," she replied tossing me a backpack. "That is, he was until Harrkar fired him."

"Head hunter?" I asked.

"Oh, my!" Gwen exclaimed with her hand up to her chin. "Certainly not THAT kind of hunter, my lady. Though we do have some savages about the wilderness to add to the games Master Harrkar likes to play, though not any head-hunters that I'm aware of. What I mean to say is: Keplur was first in charge of the hunting parties, that is, under the Master of course, and until you replaced Keplur's position. Though I wonder what Master Harrkar wants a slave girl for. Such responsibilities belong to men like Keplur, not to a common slave girl such as yourself. You must be a fine hunter, my lady, to be so lucky to be chosen for this. A fine and wonderful hunter."

"How long have you been here, Gwen?" I asked.

"Oh, since the start," she replied waving her hands at me like it wasn't a big deal. "Oh, but after the first few years you get used to it. That is if you live long enough. If the beasts don't kill you out on the hunt, you still have to survive the Master's fits of temper. Why, Kepler alone has been nearly killed twice ten times already if it's been a dozen. Oh, but don't you worry about a thing. Nobody's died at the hands of our Master and besides, Dr. Karbak is good at bringing the dead back and around again as long as the body hasn't been dead for too long and everything is pretty much in one piece."

Though I was short, Gwen was even shorter still. She looked like a pretty eighteen year old woman with long black hair draping down her back and over her shoulders, but the way she talked it sounded like she was much older than that. Perhaps she was in a permanently youthful body such as mine and confined to slavery forever.

She wore an outfit similar to mine. A tiger fur coat, only hers was red, as were her boots.

"When do we leave?" I asked.

"Right now," she said ushering me down some stairs and through a pair of double doors and out onto a snow packed clearing beside some trees.

To my left stood ten miners wearing gray pressure suits without helmets. On their backs were heavy black backpacks with mining tools strapped tightly in a crisscross assembly.

On my right stood another ten men in green tiger skin fur suits and black boots. These were the hunters and they carried a wide assortment of weapons from spears and rifles to plasma grenades and razor sharp skabuls (or whips). Certainly these hunters were not slaves or they wouldn't be armed so heavily. Perhaps they were friends and associates of Harrkar, invited along for the sport of the hunt.

Gwen and I stood among eight other servant girls that were coming along for various duties from cooking to tent pitching.

Ten more men marched out from the doors of the gray stone castle walls. These were the musicians. A small marching band wearing bright yellow tiger fur suits and shiny white boots. Apparently Harrkar wanted live music to accompany us along on the hunt, though I don't understand why because such an assembly of instruments would almost certainly frighten
away even the most ferocious beasts before anyone had a chance to do any killing.

"What are THEY for?" I asked Gwen while pointing to the musicians.

"The celebration," she shrugged. "Though we've never celebrated much. I think the Master is reserving them for something special. Perhaps rare beast that hasn't been killed yet. Who knows? You'll hear the drummer probably, and perhaps Henry, the vocalist, but don't expect much from any of the others."

Gurron Harrkar marched out of the castle and walked past us to stand at the lead. He wore an armored silver pressure suit with his helmet strapped to his back. In his left hand he carried a long, black blaster rifle. In his right hand was what appeared to be a compass, though what good that might do in a hollow world was beyond my understanding.

"Hunters split up," Harrkar ordered and they formed a V-formation with five on each side and Harrkar taking the lead. The band arranged themselves in two columns of five each to the left and right of the slave girls (including myself), and the miners brought up the rear in two rows of five men each.

"Half-core rightwards," Harrkar said speaking to his compass and the thing leapt from his hand and darted down through the trees and stopped about ten yards away, hovering there, waiting. He turned to all of us and said "this way!" and started marching knee deep in the snow towards the compass.

We followed Harrkar down the gradually sloping mountain and towards the valley below.

"Half-core forward," Harrkar ordered his compass and it sped off down
a snow-packed meadow. He turned to face me and handed me a pair of binoculars. "You're the spotter, Lacey. Get used to it. Let me know when you see anything moving out there, and that includes the natives."

"Natives?" I asked.

Harrkar laughed and replied,"I hired two tribes of Indians to make things more interesting around here. One tribe's friendly, the other isn't. I'll let you guess which is which."

"You don't actually kill the-," I started.

"Kill the Indians?" Harrkar asked. "No. I'm cruel but not that cruel. Though they have the right to try and attack us if they want. At least one tribe does, that is. The other tribe assists me sometimes by sending out scouts to look for our prey and warn us of the hostile tribe."

"Then this is all some sort of elaborate game?" I asked as we continued to march along through the snowy meadow.

"Yes," Harrkar replied. "You could call it that. Like I said before, though, this is just something to make the treasure hunt more interesting. If you've been hunting for this treasure as long as I have, you get to appreciate games like this. It makes the days more interesting, don't you think? Anyone can dig for buried treasure, but this way I've made finding the treasure half the fun in my little hollow Earth."

I put the binoculars up to my eyes and scanned up ahead through the trees. There were three gray wolf-like creatures dashing inbetween the trees up ahead. The wolves were coming right for us.

"Wolves I think," I said lowering the binoculars and pointing forward.

"Let me see," Harrkar said taking the binoculars from me and having a look for himself. "Those aren't wolves . . . those are sharbolvs. I had them specially engineered. Cross a shark's jaw with a wolf and a bear's body and you get sharbolvs. Nasty creatures, but not as bad as some of the others." He handed me back the binoculars and turned to the hunters on his left and called out,"Sharbolves!"

A hunter to my left took aim with his grenade rifle and fired at the beasts. A small explosion sent the creatures flying apart in little bits and pieces in smoke and flames.

"Next time save one, Zabston," Harrkar said angrily to the man who fired the grenade. "Those are expensive hides you just obliterated, you know."

"Yes sir," Zabston said lowering his weapon and looking down at the ground in shame. "Sorry, sir."

"That's alright, Zabston," Harrkar said. "You didn't know. It's your first day but from now on reserve those grenades for the Oltdarneth if we ever run into one."

"Yes sir," Zabston said.

"And that goes for the rest of you," Harrkar commanded. "I want hides intact if possible. Is that understood?"

"Yes sir!" the hunters cried out in unison.

I scanned the forest up ahead as we continued to march onward across the snowy meadow.

"Nothing up ahead," I reported, lowering my binoculars.

"Check again," Harrkar instructed, pointing to a motionless blue spot crouched atop a fallen log some hundred yards away. "Now take a hard look at the jacket you're wearing."

I looked down at my blue and black striped jacket. It was the same material as the creature stalking us up ahead.

A blue snow tiger.

"Snow tiger!" Harrkar called out to the men. "This time I want the hide!"

The drummer started beating his drums and while we all marched on, two of the hunters ran off ahead with their rifles aimed at the tiger.

Two shots were fired, then another, but it was too late. The tiger fled back into the woods. A few snow covered trees shook here and there, scattering snow to the ground up ahead as the beast hurried off away from us.

The two hunters returned to rejoin us, disappointed they failed to shoot the snow tiger.

"That's alright," Harrkar said. "There's plenty more where that one came from. You'll get your money's worth, men, if you're patient enough." He turned to me and said,"Let that be a lesson to you, Lacey. Sometimes even binoculars aren't as good as the naked eye. Try and use a bit of both, would you? Thanks."

We continued walking through the meadow and towards the forest.

"You're new here, aren't you?" a blonde slave girl asked me from my right. "My name's Nina."

"I'm . . . Lacey," I told her, still feeling a little squeamish about my new name that reminded me I was a woman now and no longer a man.

"You're a princess model," she said in almost a whisper. "I know all about it. My friend got to be a princess model. I hear they sometimes use a swap. Did that happen to you?"

"I don't want to talk about it, Nina," I replied and looked once more through my binoculars.

"So it did happen to you," Nina guessed, speaking softly so only I could hear. "I see . . . Well, we can talk about it later if ya want. Just don't let the Master know. He'd probably get real upset if he knew you were swapped. I bet you miss your old body. I bet you weren't as ugly of a girl as they told you before you swapped. Anyway, talk to you later, Lacey."

___-----___

We made it down the mountain and into the valley where Harrkar led us into a cave and we setup camp.

Harrkar and the miners continued onward into the cave to go dig for treasure somewhere while the hunters remained just outside to stand guard. The musicians quickly put up their tents as us women were just finishing our own.

Gwen quickly began preparing a few camp fires and started the dinner.

"Come on," Nina said taking me by the arm and leading me off through a narrow side passageway. A small torchlight in her other hand helped guide us around and down the passage and out into an underground pond.

Nina removed her boots and then her fur coat.

"Come on," she said wading into the pond.

"I'm not going in there," I said looking around for the others. "It looks too cold."

"The water's just fine," Nina assured me splashing some water at me. "Come on in, fraidy-cat."

"Without any clothes on?" I asked. "Without a towel?"

"Live a little," she said splashing me again as I stood there on the black gravelly shore.

I pulled off my boots and then quickly removed the rest of my clothes.

The cave was surprisingly warm, even though a cool breeze blew in every
now and then.

"Are you sure?" I asked. "Is it safe?"

"Come on," she urged. "What are you waitin' for?"

I took a few steps into the water and realized it felt pretty warm.

I lowered down into the three foot deep water and looked at Nina and asked,"What are we doing this for?"

"What do you mean?" she laughed. "Don't you KNOW???"

"Know?" I asked puzzled. "Know what???"

"You're the new girl," Nina said tilting her head down and raising her eyebrows. "The new girl . . . get it?"

"Get what?"

"Do I have to spell it out for you?" she asked making a circle with the thumb and pointer finger of her left hand while sliding the pointer finger of her right hand in and out of the circle. "New girl . . . get it? What do you think old Harrkar bought you for anyway? Do you think he wants to have sex with a sweaty, dirty slave girl? Come on. Don't tell me you weren't briefed about this. Look, tonight's supposed to be my turn with him, but since you're new, he's going to want you as well. That usually means you're going second, but that's not so bad. In fact, you get to sleep with him the rest of the night. You lucky girl, you. Anyway, try and wash up as best as you can. You don't want to make a bad impression on the Master."

"Look," I said standing up in the pond. "I don't want any of this. just want out of this deal."

"Don't we all, Lacey," Nina said and sighed. "Don't we all."

"I mean it," I said angry and frustrated now. I didn't want to be here. I didn't want to be a woman, and I didn't want to have to go through with sex from the other side no matter how curious I really was to find out what it's like. "I mean it, Nina. I'm not supposed to be here. I want to escape."

"Oh my!" she exclaimed. "Don't let the Master hear that or you're finished."

"I can't have sex with him," I insisted crossing my arms under my breasts. "I won't do it."

"Maybe he'll be too tired once he's through with me first," Nina joked.

"It's not funny, Nina," I said. "I can't do it."

"Of course you can, girl."

"No," I said. "I mean it. I'm not going through with it. This isn't even
my body."

"I know that, dear," she said. "You're a princess clone. You've been
swapped, but really now, Lacey, compare your old body with you're new one and you'll see you're a pretty lucky woman. Why, do you realize there's at least a million women who'd die to have that body you've got right now?"

"But I'm not a woman."

"What?" she asked.

"I said, I'm not a woman," I repeated. "I'm a man. I got shanghaied and when I woke up I was on this slave ship - oh, it's a long story. Anyway, they made a mistake. This wasn't supposed to happen. I'm a man, not woman, and I can't have sex with another man, and you've GOT to help me escape from here!"

She was quiet for a moment while she pondered over what I said.

"You know you'll never be able to prove that to me now," she said. "I think you'd better just forget about it. Whoever you were before can't possibly make any difference to you now, even if you were a man, which I don't believe by the way, and don't even think about telling Harrkar any of what you just told me because he'll kill you whether it's the truth or not."

"But it IS the truth," I assured her. "My real name is Jack Larnstrom, not Lacey. I was born male and I'm in the wrong body now. I got all dressed up as a disguise until I could figure a way off that slave ship but then they thought I was so ugly that I needed to be swapped into a prettier body, so then I did, and I couldn't get out of the mess, and then it got worse. This girl named Shawna realized I wasn't a girl at all before because someone found out about my old body. Anyway, I was supposed to get a second chance. I was supposed to be able to get my old body back but another princess clone who had the same model body as me got mixed up in this and she took my place. Anyway, if I don't get back to Gamma Station and clear all this up, I'll be stuck like this forever."

"You're forgetting one thing," Nina said. "You already are stuck like that forever or didn't you get the full treatment at Dr. Karbak's lab when you arrived?"

"Then . . . that pattern lock and body lock . . ."

"Are very real," Nina finished for me.

"And this princess clone body

"Is virtually immortal, yes," Nina said nodding. "Almost all princess clones are immune to the effects of aging. You're stuck at that age for good. What are you, a twenty-one? Yes, I think you're a twenty-one chronohalted princess clone. A brunette too. Oh well, nobody's perfect. Well if you want to be a blonde like me and have more fun, there's some bleach back at the castle, or you could just dye it blue to match your jacket over there. Hmmmm . . . Ordon blue . . . yes, I think we've got that in stock."

"What'll I do?" I asked looking around for some secret exit out of here.

"I'd bleach it blonde if I were you," she replied.

"No," I said. "That's not what I meant. What'll I do to get out of this mess? I can't stay this way forever. I've got to get my old body back."

"Well good luck, Lacey," she said. "You're stuck pretty good, aren't you? I'd just get used to it if I were you. Get used to your new life and forget who you were before because there's nothing you can do about it so don't even try."

"I'll make a run for it then," I said snapping my fingers once. "I'll grab one of those grenade rifles from the hunters and I'll find a way back to the castle and off this rock, that's what I'll do. I'll escape."

Nina pointed to my left wrist and said,"I'd like to see you try. With that gold bracelet you're wearing, you won't get far and when you're returned back here you'll have to answer to your Master for running away. I'd hate to see what happens to you then. Man or not, when Harrkar get's through with you, you'll be nothing but a mindless little sex slave, whipped into submission and locked up for good in a tiny little dungeon cell. I've seen it happen before to a few of the other girls. You don't want to suffer the same fate. If you really were a man before, then welcome to the other side, but I know you couldn't possibly have been a man. A real man would have tried to escape back at the body swap machine right? So then what are you doing here in that body, huh? Tell me that. If you're such a man then why didn't you put up a fight to keep your old body? Either you're lying to me or you went along with it because you knew you'd like being a woman. Tell me I'm wrong . . . You can't, can you? Know why? Because you know I'm right and you can't prove otherwise, so get used to your new body, girl, because you'll be living in it for a long, long time."

She was right. I was just panicking now because she said I'd be expected to have sex with Harrkar tonight and I wasn't prepared for this. Initially went along with the body swap hoping to find a way to escape on Gamma Station but there just wasn't any opportunity for escape. Oh Nina was right, I could have fought my way out of there if I really wanted, but what if they killed me for impersonating a slave girl? I guess deep down I was curious about what it was like on the other side of humanity but certainly it was subconscious then because I really was afraid for my life. I didn't know how to get out of the mess I got in, so I just went along with it and let them swap me into this girl's body.

Then there was the gegrothin I tried on after the swap back in my quarters aboard the slave ship. I was curious to find out what it felt like to wear one because only women could ever physically get away with wearing gegrothin because the crotch grabbing feature in the material would just cripple a man if not kill him outright.

I tried on the gegrothin back then because I was curious and when I put it on, I was excited by how it felt. It was a wonderful and comfortable experience. Something no woman could ever really describe to a man. It was exotic and thrilling to wear that gegrothin. I realized then that there might be some little advantages to being a woman and wearing a gegrothin
was certainly one of them.

I may not have consciously wished to be a woman, but now I realized it must have been a mixture of the subconscious and fear and an undeniable bit of curiosity and the ability to let someone else make that decision
for me. In a way, it was Shawna who made the decision for me. All I did was go along with the whole thing. I could have told her who I was. I could have pleaded with her to help me out of the mess I got in, but in the end I was satisfied at least on the subconscious level about going along with the swap. Perhaps even more than that. Perhaps even on the conscious level to a reasonable degree. After all, I let it happen, didn't I? I let them do this to me and I never put up a fight. Not even once.

Did I really deep down wish for this? Did I actually want to be a woman
and not a man?

If Nina was right, and I knew she was, then I wanted this. For some reason I wanted to see what it was like to be a girl. I let it happen and now here I am. Female forever.

The mind lock and pattern lock certainly must be reversible. What if they realized a mistake like this had happened and honestly wanted to help me change back to my old self? I know it's unlikely that I could ever expect such cooperation from Dr. Karbak or Gurron Harrkar but I've been told that every action must have an equal and opposite reaction so therefor there must be a way to reverse all this. There must be. If not then the best could ever hope for is to somehow escape and make my way back to Mars and though I'd still be stuck as a woman, I'd at least be a free woman with more options in life than I currently have now.

I sat back down in the pond and looked down at myself, then at Nina.

"If it's the sex you're worried about, I'll try and keep Harrkar busy longer than normal tonight, okay?" Nina offered. "I can't promise anything but I'll try. Though you'll have to face him sooner or later anyway, I'll see what I can do."

"Thanks, Nina."

"Don't mention it. The least I can do for a new friend is get screwed for her, right?"

___-----___

It was pretty obvious that Harrkar and his band of miners didn't locate the hidden treasure. They were all disappointed and gloomy during dinner and then everyone went off to their tents for the night.

Nina and I shared a tent together, and the other girls paired up in their own little tents.

It wasn't long before Harrkar came by and took Nina off to his tent on the other side of the cave.

I lay there in my sleeping bag and listened to Nina's moans which gradually got more and more frequent and excited while I also heard Harrkar's tent rustle a bit every now and then.

No matter how I tried, I couldn't sleep. I kept thinking about how it was my turn next to have sex with my new master. The thought was repulsing to me, but as I lay there and listened to Nina's excited moaning and the crisp, rhythmic rustling noises coming from my master's tent, I started to get oddly turned on by it all. Whatever Nina was doing or whatever master Harrkar was doing to her began to sound more and more like fun and became more and more curious to experience it for myself, to see what it was like.

I realized it was almost like waiting in line for a roller coaster you've
never been on before. I was both frightened and excited, and I was next in line. As soon as Nina rolled back in the station, it would be my turn
on the roller coaster ride.

My first roller coaster was one of those old wooden one's on the boardwalk. Waiting in line made me nervous and afraid, but I wanted to ride the roller coaster because it sounded like fun. Oh, but it didn't look like fun. The whole structure looked dangerous and rattled about as the cars zoomed up and down the hills and drops and around the twists and turns. The screaming cheers of fear and excitement faded in and out somewhere in the distance and I got more and more afraid of what I was about to do. Waiting in line for my first roller coaster was much like what I felt right now.

I felt really afraid but also curious and excited about it all at the same time, and being next in line and hearing what was going on to Nina was just like being right up there in between the yellow gates, gripping onto the guard rails for dear life as my knees trembled and my stomach filled up with butterflies.

Nina moaned and paused, and moaned and paused. It was just like listening to those riders of the roller coaster as they went up and down the hills.

The master's tent rustled and shook every now and then and it was just like that old wooden framed roller coaster rattling above me as I realized the current riders were nearby and would soon be returning to the station.

My turn was next and when Nina parted the tent flaps and came back in
our tent, I knew I was up next.

"Your turn," she said smiling at me and shrugged. "He insisted. Sorry."

I didn't want to go. Just like when I was a kid and it was my turn to get in the roller coaster car, I wanted to turn back and run back down the line and to safety, but it was too late now. It was my turn and it was just too late to back out and there was nowhere to run.

"You're next," Nina reminded me. "What are you waiting for? You don't want to upset him. Go on. If it's going to be too much, you might want to close your eyes and it'll be over with before you know it, but I'll bet you want to go again after it's done. You'll see. Harrkar's quite a ride, despite what you might think."

I got up out of my sleeping bag and wrapped my fur coat around me and crawled out of the tent.

I quietly walked over to Harrkar's little tent and parted the tent flaps.

"Come in, Lacey," he said in the dark. "I'm over here."

I crawled towards his voice and he quickly grabbed me by the arms and pushed me over onto my back on top of a sleeping bag.

"What-"

"Shhhh," he said covering my mouth with his hand while removing my fur coat with his other hand.

I was naked now, and even in the dark I could tell he was straddling there above and around me on his hands and knees.

He pulled my legs apart with one swift movement of his feet, then he found my arms and pinned them to my sides.

`Keep your hands and feet inside the car at all times,' I thought.

Even though it was too dark in the tent to see, I closed my eyes anyway and lay there, just waiting for this to be over with.

I felt him kiss me right on the mouth . . . I kept trying to imagine that I was being kissed by a woman and not a man but it was no use, I couldn't fool my senses. This wasn't the way a woman kissed. At least not that remembered anyway. This was much stronger and more forceful.

Then before I knew what was going on, he was in me. Both in my mouth with his tongue and up between my legs with a part of him that I didn't want to think about.

This was it. The first drop of the roller coaster.

He let go of my arms and I quickly brought them around so they were lying there on a pillow behind and above my head.

First drop and my stomach really felt it as he slid in and out of me.

I felt like I was flying.

I cried out and tears formed in the corner of my eyes.

It really was like a roller coaster!

First drop done, and now up the next hill

He gently caressed my breasts, sending chilling tingles throughout my body and I knotted my hands into fists as I anticipated the next drop.

Second drop and it was just as exciting as the first and I felt like I was soaring high in the air like an eagle and diving quickly down onto a lake.

It felt really wet between my legs now.

I didn't want the ride to end, and yet I didn't know how much more of this I could possibly take. My heart was beating so fast now, I thought it was going to stop and as my new master continued taking me further and further on this wild and wonderful ride, I realized that even though it was a bit rough just like my first ride on a wooden roller coaster, it was worth every moment just to be here right now experience this.

It went on and on and though I thought I couldn't possibly get any better, it actually did. It got more and more intense as the moments went by and I was moaning and laughing and yelling and squirming and the ride continued on and on. I kept waiting for the climax but it seemed like it would never arrive and then when I was about ready to claw my fingernails and rip the walls of the tent to shreds, I felt a rumbling through my body. A definite and uncontrollable rumbling through my body and suddenly it was like taking the whole ride and cramming it all into that one rumbling sensation
. . . and then there was another . . . and another . . . It kept continuing even though Master Harrkar was clearly done and already rolling off from on top of me.

I opened my eyes and through the darkness I saw bright colors. Reds and blues, pinks and yellows, greens and whites. Balls of light flashing there before me like some insane fireworks display. I closed my eyes again but the colors were still there and my body continued to feel the wonderful rumbling.

It was like getting off the roller coaster and getting excited all over again as another train rumbled and shook high above the station, but this was also like being on that train even though my body was clearly not. felt like I was flying through a sky full of fireworks that made by body tingle all over as I flew through them.

"Out," Harrkar said coldly. "I've changed my mind. I want to be alone the rest of the night. You're body might be nice to look at, Lacey, but you're just terrible in bed compared to the other girls. Now get out of here and leave me alone."

But the climaxes weren't over with. I didn't want to move. It was all so engrossing.

"I said get out of here," Harrkar said tossing my fur coat at me.

I slowly got up and wrapped the coat around me and crawled out of the tent on my hands and knees as climaxes continued to jolt through my system, forcing me to pause in mid-crawl every now and then.

I got up out of the tent and slowly walked back to my own and crawled inside.

Nina was already asleep so I just quietly removed my fur coat and snuggled back inside my warm sleeping bag.

I stayed awake for awhile as my mind obsessed over the intense climaxes I experienced tonight.

Then I fell asleep and dreamed of roller coasters filled with princess clone passengers, all identical to myself and all along gratefully for ride after ride after wonderful, magical ride.

Transplanetary by Cleo Kraft: Gems of Ordon - Chapter V

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • Fiction

Genre: 

  • Transformations

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

Some treasures are hard to find, and harder to hold onto.

Gems of Ordon

by Cleo Kraft

Chapter V

"Wake up, Lacey," Nina said shaking me. "And quit saying that."

"Saying what?" I asked opening my eyes and yawning.

"That stuff about `Can I have another book of tickets' that's what," she replied shaking her head back and forth like I was a useless case or something. "You sure you weren't really a blonde before? I mean, talk about weird. Who asks for tickets in their sleep? What happened, were you dreaming about getting a traffic ticket or something? You got thing for cops?"

"Huh?" I asked rubbing the sleep from my eyes. "Oh, that. It's nothing."

"Come on then," she said. "You've got to help with breakfast, then we're heading back to the castle. Oh, by the way, how was it last night? Did you please your master?"

"I don't know," I shrugged. "I don't think so. He was kind of angry at me afterward. I think you must have worn him out just a bit too much before he got to me. He was real upset."

"So you didn't please him then. That's bad for a new girl. You'd better watch it or you'll wind up in the dungeon, or worse . . . you could get sent back to the auction blocks."

"I wonder," I said. "You think Dr. Karbak would have to undo the mind and body lock he put on me then? I mean, that is, if I was sent to the auction blocks."

"Don't count on it," Nina replied as she finished getting dressed in
her fur coat and boots. "Once locked, always locked. You're stuck that way. The only thing that they can change now is who you call `master.'"

I sat up and pulled the sleeping bag down, unzipping it as I climbed out,
naked.

Nina left the tent and for a moment I paused to take a good look down
at my body. Last time I took a really good look at myself was back in
my stateroom aboard the slave ship. I was amazed then, and looked at myself mostly with disbelief that I was a woman, but now, after having had sex in this body last night, I looked down at my seemingly weak body admiringly.

I was about five feet tall, where before, as a man, I was about up to six feet tall. I felt even shorter than I looked now, and weaker and a bit more insecure than I ever was as a man. My manhood gone now, felt a great loss of more than just the anatomy between my legs. I felt like a part of my mind and a part of my confidence was gone now. It was just like some mad brain surgeon snipped a part of my well being away and instead of bothering about replacing it, he tweaked up my emotions while turning up my fear and insecurity and dowsing out everything male about me except for the memories of who I was before.

I've seen and slept with women before and knew their bodies well . . . from a purely external point of origin. I'd heard that many women
don't climax during sexual intercourse so I'd always thought that the vagina they had between their legs was just a numb piece of flesh, almost like I'd imagined it might feel like for a man to have his penis cut all the way off. Just a numb bit of flesh, but this was different than I'd imagined. It was sensitive, and all over too. I'd certainly found that out last night with Harrkar.

When I'd first seen myself naked in this new body, I was amazed, but now I'm even more amazed now that I know more about what this body is capable of experiencing . . . And the breasts - I'd been told by one of my ex-girlfriends that she never understood why men were so obsessed with breasts. After all, breasts were designed mainly for providing milk for infants, right? Oh, it's true, last night I understood a bit of what my ex-girlfriend was talking about. Harrkar jiggled my breasts around and fondled them, sure, but that didn't turn me on at all. Even when he fondled my nipples it didn't do anything really . . . until he hit dead on in the center of my nipples right on those tiny little buds of button heads. That's where it sent all my alarms off in my body. Hardly a small percentage of the breasts, and all concentrated in the very center of each nipple, and yet all my time as a man, I just never knew. I never knew that only those tiny spots were where it felt good for a woman. The rest was just all skin. Soft skin just like everywhere else on a woman's body, but skin none the less.

So on two counts I was wrong, or at least backwards. The breasts erogenous zones are mainly in the center of each nipple, not the whole breast itself, and I was way off on what it felt like between the legs. It wasn't numb at all. It's . . . it's really indescribably wonderful.

I can't believe it, and all this soft skin all over my body, and everyone who see's me, see's me as a beautiful young woman. They don't see me as anything other than the woman I am right now. It's actually quite amazing to be accepted like this without having to really try. People notice me and I don't have to go out of my way to get noticed.

. . . and there's so much about me to notice too! Shapely legs, nicely rounded breasts, soft creamy white skin all over, long brunette hair and soft, pretty brown eyes, full red lips, and a delightful almost singing quality to my voice when I talk. It's really quite amazing.

I can't believe it. I'm a woman . . . and I actually LIKE it!

Just yesterday I wanted my old body back and now even though I'd still like to escape from here, I've developed a keen appreciation for this delicate, wonderful female body. All because of that roller coaster ride of sex had last night. If it wasn't for that experience with Harrkar, I'd be hating life this morning.

"Lacey," Gwen, the cook, called to me. "Come on and help me with the breakfast, dear."

I put on my blue and black striped fur coat and slipped on my boots and headed out of the tent.

I walked over to stand beside Gwen who stirred some scrambled eggs in a black pan over one of the campfires.

"Finish stirring this, would you, Lacey?" Gwen said handing me a wooden
spoon. "Thank you."

___-----___

We packed up camp and headed out of the cave after breakfast.

Harrkar seemed angry at me still, either that or he was still frustrated over not locating the treasure yesterday.

The air was cool and the snow felt cold on my feet even through my thick boots. A light fog shrouded the ground in knee-high patches about us and we marched back toward the castle high upon the mountain off in the distance.

"Snow tiger, sir," I said pointing to a blue beast I spotted off in the woods before us. "By those trees over there. He's about forty yards away."

Something growled and roared nearby to the left of me.

Someone cried out and I turned and saw another blue snow tiger ripping at two of the miners on my left. The hunters were too slow and now there were five more tigers attacking us from behind. Everyone panicked, even
Harrkar who nervously fumbled with his rifle as a tiger pounced on
hunter nearby.

It was a complete disaster. Everyone ran in different directions and the tigers kept up their assault, mostly going after the larger men and leaving the women alone.

I saw a discarded blaster rifle beside a bloodied body and I took the weapon and hurried back up the mountain towards the cave.

The drummer ran past me, so did a horn player who uselessly played his horn in some attempt to either warn others about the attack or else hopefully frighten off the tigers by the noise.

I hurried over to hide behind some trees nearby and waited a moment to catch my breath.

With all the armed hunters, I was surprised at how few gunshots actually heard. Only one or two shots had been fired so far. It seemed the huntsmen were too busy fleeing for their lives than trying to stand bravely at close range and get off a few shots at the tigers.

"Lacey?" a familiar woman's voice called out to me nearby. It was Nina. She walked up to me with blood everywhere on her clothes. After quick inspection I was relieved to see it wasn't her blood. "Lacey, we've got to get out of here before it's too late . . . Come on. There's an old mountain trail up that way. You can't tell because of the snow, but the trail's still there alright. Come on."

"What about the cave?" I asked following Nina up the slope through the trees.

"Forget about it," she said. "If we get cornered in there, we're finished for sure. We've got to get up that trail. We don't have much time. If you really want to escape, now's your chance. Come on."

"Escape from the tigers?" I asked.

"No," she said. "Escape from Harrkar. That's what you really want, right? His men will eventually gather up their nerves and kill those beasts, so that'll keep them busy for awhile. For now, if you really want to escape, this is your chance."

"But I thought there was no hope of escape, right?" I asked, following her out of the trees and across the base of a cliff that stretched up before us. "The bracelet device, remember? It'll give us away."

"Not necessarily," Nina said. "There's always a slight chance when given
an opportunity like this. We're out far enough from the castle that one of the Indian tribes may be able to help us but we've got to keep moving. Come on."

We walked through the snow up a little hill and around into a high canyon that split outward into other valleys and a larger mountain on the right.

We walked for a mile or so along the snowpacked canyon floor and then
came to an intersection where the canyon continued forward but also split off into a small meadow to the right.

I heard a horn blowing behind us and Nina and I turned around to see several men way off in the distance back the way we'd come. They were like tiny black silhouettes against the bright glare of the snow filled canyon. Some figures on horseback appeared beside the men.

"It's Harrkar," Nina said looking sick now. "We've made a horrible mistake. They've got trackers now. Indian trackers. There's nowhere to run. We've come as far as we can go. Now we've got to face Harrkar and take what punishment he doles out to us."

"We'll just say we were running from the tigers," I suggested. "That's all. We'll tell them we ran because of the tigers. They won't suspect we were trying to escape Harrkar himself because of the tiger attack."

The horn blew again and the men started making their way towards us.

I turned around and spotted some footprints up ahead of us and some more footprints that went the other way up the small meadow on the right.

"Those footprints," I said pointing. "We could follow them. Perhaps we can find help like you said. What if those are the footprints of someone that can help us?"

"We won't make it," Nina said giving up and sitting down in the snow.

I turned back around and saw the men on horseback coming towards us at pretty good pace. They were still about a mile or so away but were making good ground.

I looked down at Nina who just sulked there, awaiting to be recaptured by Harrkar and made his slave again.

"We can escape," I said confidently. "The meadow right there . . . It leads around over to those rocks. We can mix our footprints in with the others already there. We might fool Harrkar and his trackers that way."

"No, Lacey," Nina said. "You go if you must. It's no use though. You won't get far. They've got horses. The Indians know these mountains better than
us. There's nowhere to run."

"I'm going anyway," I said at last. "Good-bye, Nina."

She said nothing and just sulked there while I walked away.

I tried the best I could to run in the snow but it was useless. The best I could do was walk at a fast pace taking the biggest strides I could as made my way up the small meadow.

The meadow itself was rather bumpy even though it was covered in one to two feet of snow. I stepped in a small stream by accident and the cold bit right through my boots to my feet. Despite this I kept moving onward through the meadow.

I followed the footprints up to the high edge of the meadow and looked back for a moment.

I saw Nina still sitting there in the canyon waiting patiently to be recaptured by Harrkar.

With a sigh, I turned and followed the footprints around a bend to the left along some huge boulders.

Trees on my right, and giant rocks on my left. This area of the wilderness was pretty peaceful. Some birds were singing nearby, almost like they were cheering me on, urging me to hurry and escape the evil Harrkar and his men.

I heard the horn blowing again behind me, getting closer now.

The snow was only a few inches deep at this point, much to my relief, but now it was packed down so much it was almost a solid sheet of ice along the trail.

I followed the footprints up the now visible trail and then the trail suddenly bent to the left and stopped between two boulders where there stood something that to my knowledge shouldn't belong here at all.

It was a gray set of double doors.

Beside the doors there was a little red button imbedded in a rock wall.

"Lacey!" I heard a man call out to me in the distance. "Lacey! Come back! Where are you going, my girl?"

I pressed the button and the double doors slowly opened up, revealing an elevator inside.

I walked in and spun around in disbelief at what I saw.

The walls were covered with hundreds, perhaps even thousands, of rubies, emeralds, sapphires and diamonds of nearly all shapes and sizes and colors imaginable.

The Gems of Ordon!

I looked closer and saw there were little numbers imprinted in the metal walls. Hundreds and hundreds of tiny numbers everywhere.

The horn blew again outside and I knew I only had moments left before my pursuers would arrive here.

I quickly scanned the wall to the right of the open doors and saw buttons numbered from one hundred down to one named "L." I looked up at a lighted display above the doors and saw this was level one hundred, so I decided "L" must mean lobby or something.

I pressed the "L" button, which was a large white diamond.

The doors closed up just as Harrkar and his Indian trackers arrived in view nearby. They were too late to do anything but stare at me in the gem coated elevator car with wide eyed, gaping mouthed expressions.

The doors closed up and I felt the elevator lurch once and then slowly descend into the heart of the mountain.

A moment later the elevator slowed to a halt and the doors opened.

Bing-Bing!

The scene opened up into what appeared to be some sort of mini-market.

An icey-juice machine stood there on the other side of a white tiled isle beside some chips and candy.

I walked out of the elevator and stood there looking around me in total disbelief at what I saw.

It was a mini-market. You know, like the kind you'd find on the corner of a city block or at an electric car refilling station somewhere on
one of the inner planets.

I walked past the cookies and looked up at a skinny man standing behind the counter. He was black haired and had white skin, and one of his eyes had a patch over it. "Can I help you, sir?" he asked.

Normally such a scene wouldn't have been a big deal to me, but who puts an elevator at the top of a mountain, and for that matter, who puts an
elevator in a mini-market? And why, of all places, should a mini-market be found at the center of a mountain on an asteroid over Neptune?

"Th-the . . . ," I stammered, unable to find the words to say.

"What is it?" the clerk asked. "There are others in line, lady. What do you want?"

I pointed behind me to where the icey-juice machine stood.

"You want a juicey?" the clerk asked. "Help yourself, then come back here to pay."

"N-n-no," I said pointing and pointing again and again to the elevator.

"Cocoa Bar?" the clerk guessed. "Come on, man. I don't have all day."

"E-e-elevator," I said gesturing at the elevator.

"What elevator?" asked the clerk. "Look, man. You need help and I've got other customers, so go gather up your senses and decide what it is you want."

A short, bald headed old man looked up at me and shook his head and said,"Too much icey-juice."

"But the elevator," I said walking over to it and pointing. "See? Did you know you've got an elevator that goes to the top of a mountain?"

"Mountain?" the clerk asked and nodded to his right. "Take a look outside, lady. There's no mountain."

I walked over to the store window and saw a city street outside. I walked out the doors and stood there on the sidewalk and looked up at the blue sky above me. I turned around as I looked up and then I had to sit down
on the curb because what I saw was just too much to handle.

High above the mini-market, past wide open clear blue sky, sat a gigantic mountain atop some small wispy little clouds. It just hovered there whole mountain just hovered there and none of this made sense at all. What was a mountain doing hovering here? This place looked like a city somewhere on Earth. The blue sky gave that away anyway. There's no hovering mountains on planet Earth.

How did I get from Neptune to Earth so fast? And was this really even
Earth at all? How did an elevator move between that mountain up there and open air to land in this mini-market down here?

I stood up and took another look at the hovering mountain way above my head, then I walked back in the store and said,"M-m-mountain! . . . E-e- elevator and a mountain . . . What's going on here? Don't you people see this stuff?"

"Lady," the clerk said. "Look, there's no elevator over there, and there's
no mountain outside either."

"F-floating mountain," I corrected.

"There's no floating mountain either," the clerk said annoyed. "Look, why don't you go see your doctor. Want me to call an ambulance for you?"

"No," I said looking around at the store. "No. No that'll be okay. I'll be fine. I'll be alright."

I walked over to a teenage boy who was filling up a cup of soda beside the elevator.

"Um, tell me," I said to the boy. "Don't kid with me, okay, just be honest. Is that an elevator right there or am I going crazy?"

"Elevator?" the boy asked raising his eyebrows as he turned around. "That's an ice cream freezer. What? You never saw an ice cream freezer before?"

He reached in the elevator and pulled out an ice cream bar out of thin
air and handed it to me.

"See?" the boy said. "Ice cream. It won't bite. It's vanilla."

I set the ice cream down on the soda drainage tray and scratched my head, trying to reason this all out.

It must be a multidimensional teleportation device of some sort, but why can't these other people see the elevator, and why can only I see that floating mountain outside? The elevator or whatever it was must have done something to me so that only I can perceive certain things.

This was more than just the discovery of a treasure lined elevator, the Gems of Ordon were part of a multidimensional machine of some sort. device that for all I know could have closed up it's doors for good back on top of the mountain. Harrkar would be pretty upset at watching his treasure vanish into solid rock I bet.

I entered the elevator again and pressed a red ruby button at random.

The doors shut and the elevator moved . . . sideways!

I felt the elevator move to the left at a rapid pace and then the doors opened up again.

I walked out into a small pink bedroom and paused to examine a painting of a clown that hung on the wall beside a closed door.

"Hey lady," a squeaky child's voice called out to me. "Where the hell did YOU come from?"

I turned around and saw a little baby girl lying on her back in her crib.

"Yeah," the baby said waving her rattle at me. "I'm talkin' to you. Where the hell did you come from?"

"Vin?" I asked recognizing who I was talking to now. "Vin Xentrok? The mafia boss?"

"How the heck did you know that?" the infant asked dropping her rattle. "Are you here to snuff me out of existence? If you are, I wanna know who's the dirty rat that sent you."

"We've met before," I explained. "The clinic, remember? Only I was a man
back then. Your . . . mother - walked away for a moment and you decided to talk to me. You told me you were one of the re-born. You said you had some money stashed away and that if I helped you, you'd give me some of it. Well, I don't know how I got here really, but I'm here. Now you want out of that body still or what?"

"Funny," the girl said. "But you know what? I was just thinkin' of you a second ago just before you walked in here out of nowhere. Yeah I want out. You think I want to be called `Holly' the rest of my life? Now get me out of here quick before the bitch comes back to check on me."

I picked her up and cradled her in my left arm while I picked up a small, soft blanket in the other. I wrapped the blanket about her in such a way that her whole body, even her head, was covered. I didn't want her to see what was in the elevator because if she saw those gems, she might get greedy or something and not tell me where her money was hidden.

"Say, what's the big idea?" she asked from under the blankets as I carried her aboard the elevator. "Where'd the lights go?"

"Just hush up," I said pressing a blue sapphire button. "Now I have hunch on something here so just think about where your old body is being stored, okay?"

"Sure," she said. "But why?"

"Nevermind that," I said as the elevator doors closed. "It doesn't matter. Just think about where your old body is stored."

The elevator jolted backwards a bit and then I felt it moving rapidly to the left.

We stopped and the doors slid open again.

Outside was a warehouse of some sort with hundreds and hundreds of coffin-like suspended animation booths laid out in row after row along a huge concrete floor.

I stepped out of the elevator and pulled the blanket off the baby's face.

"Here we are," I said to her, walking past some glass booths. "Now where's your body?"

"Hold me up so I can see," she instructed and I held her up under each of her tiny arms and let her have a look at each body in each chamber as I walked slowly along the path.

"Oh, cripes," she said after a minute. "I'll never find it in this place. There's just too many of 'em. Just stick me in one of those returning chambers along the far wall over there and pick one of these at random. I don't care who you pick, as long as I'm an adult again."

I carried her over to a black booth that stood on end beside one of the warehouse walls. I placed her inside and closed the glassfront door with the press of a button and listened to the cold air hissing it's way inside the chamber.

There was a button marked "transfer" beside a grid of buttons in a strange little numeric keypad.

I didn't know really how to work the device but it seemed simple enough with the few buttons that were there on the control panel.

I pressed in the numbers six, four, five and then pressed "transfer."

The booth glowed from within and it rattled about a little.

I heard another booth some twenty yards away or so rattle as well.

I walked over to the other booth just as it's lid was opening up automatically. Cold mist spewed out and over the sides and a black haired
nude man sat up and stretched his arms.

He climbed out of the chamber and stood there on the cold concrete floor and shivered a bit as he stretched his arms and legs.

He about forty years old and fairly well muscled. He also was a good foot taller than me now.

"Now then," he said cracking his knuckles. "How about you tell me how the hell we traveled a thousand miles away so fast from a bedroom that had absolutely no teleporter booth installed in it?"

"It's a secret," I said shrugging nervously. This guy could easily overpower me now. I didn't count on that but now I wished I had. "Anyway it doesn't matter. I saved you, right? Everything's okay, right? We're buddies now, right?"

"Buddies?" he asked grabbing me by the wrist and smiling down at me. "You're a man in that body, right? Why'd you change into a woman for? You want to insult me or something? I'm the biggest boss there ever was and you want to insult me by rescuing me as a woman? I ought to kill you."

"But . . . you were a girl too," I pointed out. "A baby girl at that."

"Wasn't my choice," he said letting go of my wrist. "They double crossed me. How was I to know I'd wind up a girl? All I asked for was to be hidden
and they did a pretty good job of that. A two year old girl, but it wasn't my choice. They did this for laughs I think. Anyway you did save me, so I'm still willin' ta give you a share of the loot if you want. Now you tell me how we got here so fast."

"First I changed my mind," I said. "I don't want the money. I just want you to help me find my old body, then we're even. Okay?"

"Sure," he said laughing. "It's your loss babe. Where's your old body?"

"That's just it," I shrugged. "I don't know. Gamma Station maybe, or even somewhere on Mars. It's a long story. To make it short, I got stuck in this body and sold into slavery. First you have to help me get this bracelet off my wrist, then help me find a way to undo a brain-lock and body-lock."

"Brain-lock?" Vin asked laughing at me. "Baby, there isn't any such thing. They must have told you that to scare you. Same goes with body-locks. They don't exist, at least not that I know of. If you want, I can swap you out of that female body into any one of these ice-men here and just get it over with."

He reached over and examined my bracelet, then he twisted it about my wrist and I heard a click, then the bracelet opened up and fell down to the floor.

"Twist-offs," Vin said patting me on the back. "Greatest insult they could give you. Childproof twist-offs, that's all. You'd never have thought it could be so easy to remove your bracelet and escape, right? Well, that's just what your master wanted you to think. I know because I used to own
a few slave girls myself. Oh a few girls figure it out after awhile but that's rare. They usually pull at the bracelet instead of thinking to just twist it. Now I think we're even. You've got your freedom and the pick of any one of the bodies in this warehouse. Just let me know which one and I'll swap you."

I looked down at myself. I still wore the thick fur coat and backpack.

I reached down and picked up the bracelet and put it in my backpack.

"Souvenir?" Vin asked surprised. "You know they'd track you down
eventually if you keep that thing."

"I know," I said. "But I want to keep it. It may come in useful in the future."

"So what body do you want?" he asked gesturing about to all the suspended animation chambers.

"I'm not so sure I want to change back into a man," I said honestly. "I said I wanted you to help me find my old body, not change back into it. I never said I wanted back. I just want to find my old self. Then I'll decide what to do from there."

"Well, I'm no body hunter, lady," Vin said shrugging. "I don't think I can help you nab the location of your old body. That's going to be pretty tough no matter who you get to help you. Look, this means we're
not really even, so is there anything else you might want from me?"

"Yes," I said realizing the answer. Only a mob man could possibly help me out on what I really wanted now. "Are you pretty good at convincing governments to undo their laws?"

"Sometimes I've been able to help influence their decisions. Why? What do you mean?" he asked.

"Vin Xentrok," I said. "Have you ever been on a roller coaster?"

His eyes lit up and he knew at once what I wanted.

"Consider it done," he said rolling his head way back and laughing happily. "Consider it done, my friend."

___-----___

Shiny green metal rings surrounded the tall building across the open air as I sat there aboard the Mondar Kri.

I felt a hand grip me on the knee and I turned to face Todd, my date.

"What are you up to now?" he asked me bringing his left hand up off my knee and around the back of my neck to rest on my left shoulder.

He kissed me briefly as the roller coaster clicked and rattled it's way up the first slope.

"What do you mean?" I asked. "You're the one making a move."

"As always," Todd said. "But this time you're the girl. Why don't we go back to my place after this?"

"Why not the Gems of Ordon?" I asked.

"Sounds good," he replied. "But first my place. I'll push your buttons if you push mine."

The roller coaster edged over the first hill past the American and Martian flags that waved proudly in the air and we plunged downward into screams of happiness and dreams come true.

THE END

Wullee (part 1)

Author: 

  • Cleo Kraft

Audience Rating: 

  • Mature Subjects (pg15)

Publication: 

  • Fiction

Genre: 

  • Horror

Character Age: 

  • Mature / Thirty+

Permission: 

  • Posted by author(s)

In a haunted, desolate valley a lone man and his dog venture back to civilization to return with an ancient map that will lead them on a journey to a far off land.

Wullee
by Cleo Kraft

Thunder rumbled over the darkened rolling hills bordering the vast deserted landscape of a dead tree forest. Fog and mist hung low in twisty little tendrils reaching down to the marsh and up through a long forgotten graveyard which sat beside an ancient abandoned abbey. Wolves howled off in the distance and the crashing of waves upon a deserted shore sounded from miles away rolling, rumbling and echoing in through the lifeless valley.

The clattering and clanking of dusty old extinguished oil lamps hanging on splintery old broken and bent lamp posts accompanied the screech and howl of some unforeseen evil awakened in the lurch of night.

James Flanden stood atop the windy hillside trail with his trusty old hound and looked back upon the haunted landscape with a shiver and a twitch in his eye as he remembered his brief encounter with evil there. His shotgun barrel still hot and smoky from the last fidgety fiend he'd extinguished. His tan leather overcoat bathed in blood and ripped to shreds in parts was the only thing really keeping him warm in the chill wintery night.

He gazed out upon the valley with gray eyes and scratched his brown stubbly beard with the back of his hand and wiped the dripping blood from the corner of his mouth. "Soulless bastard," he cursed, patting his coat pocket. "At least I have the map."

His dog glanced up at him with a fearful concerned look in its eyes and snapped to attention the other way as it spotted a lone dark figure making its way through the valley floor far below.

"Come, Boy, before the necromancer catches up with us," Flanden said reloading his shotgun and continuing on the trail up and over the ridge.

He made it to his waiting pickup truck. An old rusty 1941 Plymouth with one headlight busted out and cracks in the windshield. He fired up the motor and with his dog at his side he drove off down the bumpy old dirt road back to town.

Awhile later sitting in the library of his wealthy employer Mr. Deeken and counting the wad of money he'd been given for producing the map he said,"This is the last time I risk my life for you out in that
godforsaken place. My life's worth more than a couple wads full of money you know."

"Were you followed?" Deeken asked worriedly.

"The necromancer was on my trail but I doubt he had a car or anything to follow me once I got to my truck," Flanden replied unphased by his employer's concern.

"Fool. I warned you about him. I warned you not to let him follow you. Do you know what this means now?" Deeken asked rolling up the map and stuffing it in his leather bound briefcase. "It means we're both dead men if we don't get out of here and off this island immediately."

"Why you're so worried about that old guardian, I don't know. I took care of every foul creature he summoned up. All you need is a little guts and one of these," Flanden said patting the barrel of his trusty shotgun. "Besides... The ferry's not due out of here until nine in the morning. Unless you've got a better idea or can grow wings and fly out of here I suggest you just stay put and lock all the windows and doors and get a good night's sleep."

"There's no time to waste. I can't chance loosing it all now. I'm going for the row boat," Deeken said walking over to his desk and opening up the drawer. He pulled out a small revolver and checked it for bullets before placing it in his coat pocket.

Flanden laughed and said,"That thing? You think that thing'll do any good against any of the necromancer's pets? You go out there with that little toy pistol and you'll be dead for sure if you run into him."

"Then I advise you to come along with me. I'll pay you double if you just get me safely off this island and back to the mainland," Deeken offered.

The bell tower rang off in the distance.

"Too late. They've sounded the alarm," Flanden said.

"The town must be under attack. We've got to get out of here, now!" Deeken said hurrying out to the hallway and towards the front door.

A great flurry of howling off in the distance grew nearer all of a sudden as the two men rushed outside the manor. They ran for the shore and hurried up the beach. The boat house sat alone at the end of the pier several hundred yards away.

Sounds of gunshots and people hollering came from the town and echoed deeply from the dark ridge bordering the shoreline.

"Calamity shall be drawn upon you," a wicked voice cried out of the howling wind. A voice so pent up with death and doom and so terrifying in its presence that it sent shivers running up and down the spine.

The sound of hoofbeats coming hurriedly up the beach from behind caused the two men to stop and turn and there, off in the distance and approaching rapidly was a dark and hairy beast with yellow glowing eyes.

"Look! A fell beast!" Deeken exclaimed.

Flanden cocked his shotgun and let off a blast and the creature stopped in its tracks and slumped to one side. "Not anymore," he said.

Now the sound of rattling bones came scurrying over the hillside. Hundreds of them being towed along the sand, bumping and tumbling end over end by invisible strings and suddenly forming into dozens of skeleton warriors screaming harshly through permanent grinning teeth.

"There are too many for us. We're done for!" Deeken cried cowering in fear with an arm raised up over his face to avert the impending danger.

A couple more shotgun blasts cut through the hoarde but more kept coming.

Flanden took out a stick of dynamite and lit and threw it at the skeletons and shoved his companion to the ground as the blast echoed loudly through the night.

The two men got quickly up again and continued running for the boat house.

Flanden kept reloading his shotgun and firing off blasts at the few remaining undead fiends until he dispatched them all by the time they arrived at the pier.

They got in the rowboat and quickly rowed away. Flanden's dog whimpered and cowered beneath the seat as horrible screams sounded from shore.

"That map must be worth quite a bit to that old wizard," Flanden said at last as they made sight of the mainland some distance away on the horizon.

"You have no idea," Deeken said wiping the sweat off his brow with a white handkerchief.

"Some kind of treasure map?" Flanden guessed.

"You could say that, I suppose," Deeken replied. "It's a map to an ancient ruin buried beneath the desert."

"What desert?" Flanden asked. "Not that one back there I hope."

"No. Another one. It's on the mainland. I would like for you to come with me to find this place. I will pay you handsomely of course," Deeken offered. "We'll need the key though."

"And I suppose that involves sending me on another mission to get it, right?" Flanden guessed.

Deeken let out a slight grin and said,"You might not be a big fan of the idea I am about to propose. I'll explain in detail once we get to the inn on shore."

(end part 1)


Source URL:https://bigclosetr.us/topshelf/book-page/52212/cleo-kraft